Cambridge
active
GRAMMAR
with answers
>: LEVEL 2
* * *
Fiona Davis and Wayne Rimmer
Series Editor: Penny Ur
Introduction
What is Active Grammar?
Active Grammar is a grammar reference and practice series for secondary students
and university students. It is divided into three levels, corresponding to the levels
of The Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEF). Level 1
corresponds to A1-A2, Level 2 to B1-B2, and Level 3 to C1-C2. The books give
comprehensive coverage of grammar at each level, while also covering reading,
composition and discussion. The books are suitable for students who are
preparing for Cambridge ESOL exams.
How are the books organised?
Each unit includes
•	a short presentation text which shows the grammar in context and provides
authentic content in areas such as geography, history, social studies and science.
•	easy-to-understand grammar explanations with plenty of examples.
•	Tip boxes which highlight common errors or other interesting facts about the
grammar.
•	graded grammar practice exercises, many of which are in the style of
Cambridge ESOL exams, aimed at building students’confidence.
•	a My Turn activity, where students can actively apply the grammar to their own
experiences, opinions and personal preferences.
•	a My Test section which allows students to check their understanding of key
points.
Also included in the book
•	regular Review units which provide contrastive practice of previous units.
•	an Answer key.
•	the Appendices, which include a Glossary with definitions for all highlighted
words in the units.
The CD-ROM includes
•	extra activities for all the grammar covered in the book.
•	printable progress tests.
How do I use the book?
You can work through the book unit by unit from Unit 1. Alternatively, you can use
any unit or group of units separately if you want to focus on a particular area of
grammar.
The book can be used for self-study, or in the classroom. For teachers, a
comprehensive online teacher’s guide gives practical tips on how to use the
material in class.
www.cambridge.org/elt/activegrammar
Introduction 3
Contents
Introduction	3
Tenses
1	Present simple and present	continuous	6
I'm holding my breath.
2	Past simple and past	continuous	10
He was driving on a dark night.
3 Used to and would	14
They used to pay soldiers in salt.
4 Present perfect, past simple, present simple 18
Many famous people have studied at Harvard.
5 Present perfect simple and present	22
perfect continuous
She’s been living here for 30years.
6 Past perfect simple and past perfect continuous 26
Scientists had been studying a hurricane.
7 Will and be going to	30
What will the future be like?
8 Present continuous and present simple for 34
future use; future continuous
Well be flying from Hong Kong to Bangkok.
9 Future perfect and other future forms	38
Will they all have gone?
R1 Review: present, past and future forms	42
Modals
10 Modals of ability and obligation 1	44
Six astronauts can stay there.
11 Modals of ability and obligation 2	48
He should have given the dog a biscuit.
12 Possibility and certainty in the present and future 52
It must be 3.
13 Possibility and certainty in the past	56
It must already have been there.
14 Requests, permission, offers, suggestions,
promises	60
Could you take your hat off, please?
R2 Review: modals	64
Questions, multi-word verbs and verb structures
15 Question forms	66
What is language?
16 Question tags	70
Babies don’t have teeth, do they?
17 Multi-word verbs	1: prepositional verbs	74
What are you looking for?
18 Multi-word verbs 2: phrasal verbs	78
Throw away the remote control.
19 Verb + to-infirutive or -ing	82
He decided to run without shoes.
20 Verb + object + to-infinitive	86
Greg made the children work 60 hours a week.
21 Linking verbs: be, get, feel, etc.	90
It looks a bit yellow but it tastes great.
R3 Review: questions; multi-word verbs;
verb structures	94
Determiners and prepositions
22 Articles	96
A famous code
23 Quantifiers 1	100
Anything can happen in the mountains.
24 Quantifiers 2	104
There are plenty of activities.
25 Reflexive and reciprocal pronouns	108
Do it yourself!
26 Prepositions of place, movement and time	112
We waited in front of a petrol station.
4
27 Verbs with two objects Throw her to the dogs!	116
28 Prepositions He was terrible at spelling.	120
R4 Review: articles; quantifiers, pronouns; prepositions	124
Adjectives, adverbs, the passive and conditionals 29 Adjectives	126 Totally amazing!	
30 Comparatives A three-year-old speaks much more fluently.	130
31 Superlatives The most dangerous fish is	134
32 Adverbs and adverb phrases He climbs the monument regularly.	138
33 The passive 1 The new metal was called bronze.	142
34 The passive 2 They deserve to be mentioned.	146
35 Zero, first and second conditionals If you think you can, you can.	150
36 Third conditional, I wish, If only 1 wish 1 had heard those songs.	154
37 Variations on conditionals We can change the world if people listen to us.	158
R5 Review: comparatives and superlatives; the passive; conditionals	162
Word formation and sentences
38 Indirect statements	164
They said their son was flying.
39 Indirect questions	168
If you are wondering why glaciers are interesting...
40 Defining relative clauses	172
The companies who connect people to the Internet
41 Non-defining relative clauses	176
‘I thought it was dumb, which shows he's smarter
than I am!'
42 Word formation 1: verbs and adjectives (affixes) 180
Scrabble - the international game
43 Word formation 2: nouns (affixes)	184
You need imagination, self-confidence...
44 It and there	188
Do you find it difficult to sleep ?
45 Linking words 1: addition, contrast and time 192
Once you have read one...
46 Linking words 2: reason, purpose and result 196
Why? Because the roads were bad.
R6 Review: indirect speech; relative clauses; word
formation; it and there; linking words 200
Appendices
Verb tenses	202
Irregular verbs	203
Glossary	204
Grammar index	206
Answer key	207
5
view blog
about
Info
^Jieisdn paq ui si j^ium aqj asnoq s.puauj jaq 10 siq si jsium aqj. I
Present simple and present continuous
I’m holding my breath.
blogspot blogspot blogspot blogspot blogspot blogspot
new post
posts


Friday night..................................................................
It s midnight and I'm holding my breath.
I feel so scared that I can't move.
There it is again - a noise downstairs. I think there's someone in the house
Don t be silly!’ I say to myself. (I’m always lying awake at night and listening
to noises Usually I find out it’s the fndge or someone next door or... just nothing.)
I’m staying at my friend's house Round here all the houses have got two floors. My
friend doesn’t live m a safe part of town and sometimes burglars come in through the downstairs windows.
I’ve prepared for this moment. This is what you do
1 You lock the door as quietly as you can. 2 You phone the police on your mobile. 3 You talk to the police very loudly
There’s the noise again .. . and it s getting closer.
I don’t want to do this I get slowly out of bed But then I stop Two round eyes are looking at me.
I scream
The neighbour s cat runs back the way it came How did it get in? Probably through the downstairs window.
But that means the downstairs window is open ...
1 Where is the writer of the story?
2 What is making the noise?
Present simple and present continuous
Present simple
1 Add an -s for third person forms in present simple statements.
All other forms stay the same.
/ / you I we I they run.
He / she / it runs.
3 Use the present simple for things that are always
or usually true.
He doesn’t live in a safe part of town.
4 Use the present simple for regular or repeated
events and habits.
/ visit my friend every month.
2 Make negative forms of regular verbs with don’t and doesn’t.
I don't want to do this.
My friend doesn't live in a safe part of town.
NOT z. doesn’t lives...
5 We often use the present simple with adverbs of
frequency, e.g. always, never, usually.
Usually I find out it's the fridge or someone next door...
or just nothing.
6 We often use the present simple to give instructions or
directions.
1	You lock the door as quietly as you can.
2	You phone the police on your mobile.
7 We often use the present simple to tell a story, or to
describe a series of events as they happen.
/ get slowly out of bed. But then I stop.
8 We often use the present simple for a review (of a book
or a film, for example).
The film tells the story of a boy who lives in the poorest
part of the city. It has an unexpected ending.
HP
Have got means the same as have.
Have got is more common in informal and British
English.
I’ve got three brothers. - I have three brothers.
I haven’t got any sisters. = I don't have any sisters.
A Have you got any children ?
B: Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t.
=• A: Do you have any children ? B: Yes, I do. / No, I don't.
Present continuous
9 Make present continuous sentences with am / is /
are + verb + -ing.
I’m always lying awake.
It’s getting closer.
Two round eyes are looking at me.
10 Use the present continuous to describe an activity in
progress now or around now.
Two round eyes are looking at me.
I'm studying two languages: English and Spanish.
11 Use the present continuous to talk about unfinished
or temporary actions.
I'm staying at my friend's.
12 Use the present continuous with always, constantly or
forever to criticise.
I’m always hearing noises.
13 Use the present continuous to talk about situations
which are gradually changing.
The noise is getting louder.
14 We often use the present continuous to describe the
background to a story. We use the present simple to
describe the events.
It's midnight and I’m holding my breath.
'Don't be silly!'I say to myself.
15 We don’t usually use the present continuous with
state verbs (which describe states, not actions), e.g.
want, sound, believe, mean, promise.
I don’t want to do this.
That means the downstairs window is open.
16 We can use some state verbs in the continuous form
to describe actions. The verb then has a different
meaning. Some common verbs we use like this are:
appear, expect, feel, have, imagine, look, think, see,
smell, taste, weigh.
I think there's someone there.
[think = talking about a belief)
I’m thinking what to do next,
[think - talking about a process)
IIP
We often use the present simple in formal letters
and emails.
I write to inform you that...
I look forward to meeting you.
We often use the present continuous in more
informal letters and emails.
I’m writing to let you know that ...
I’m looking forward to seeing you.
► See Unit 8 for the present simple and present continuous with
future meaning.
Note the difference:
He lives in a beautiful flat. (The speaker doesn’t think
this situation will change soon.)
He's living in the north of the city at the moment.
(The speaker thinks this is a temporary situation.)
Present simple and present continuous 7
Practice
A Underline the correct option.
It’s the middle of the afternoon. In a quiet
neighbourhood a burglar1 tries /is trying to break
into a house. He 7 creeps/is creeping round the
house when he 3hears/is hearing a voice.
‘Spider-Man ^watches/is watching you!’
The burglar5turns/is turning round quickly but
he doesn't see/isn't seeing anything. So he
7starts/is starting creeping across the garden
again.
‘Spider-Man ^watches/is watching you!’
The burglar9hears/is hearing the voice again and
this time he “sees/is seeing a parrot. The parrot
nsits/is sitting by the side of the house.
u‘Doyou talk/Are you talking to me?’ liasks/is
asking the burglar.
‘Yes,’14says/is saying the parrot. ‘How do you do?
I’m Batman.’
‘That’s a silly name,'15 laughs/is laughing the
burglar. ‘Why l6does your owner call/is your
owner calling you that?’
‘I have no idea,'17replies /is replying the parrot,
‘and 18i don’t know/I'm not knowing why
the rottweiler’s name is Spider-Man.’
‘I l9don't want/am not wanting to find out!’ the
burglar20says/is saying.
And he21rur?s/is running away!
C Match the pairs.
1 At last the sun-----------------a
2 The sun--------------------------b
3	They’re not staying	a
4	They don’t usually stay	b
5	The sea level on Earth	a
6	The sun	b
7	In the mountains	a
8	Come and have your dinner- b
9 I’m looking forward	a
10 We look forward	b
is coming out.
always comes after rain.
at home in the evenings.
in the country for very long.
is rising.
rises early.
it’s getting cold.
it gets cold.
to meeting you at the interview
tomorrow.
to seeing you in town tomorrow.
D Complete the sentences using the verbs from the box in the
present simple or present continuous. Each verb is used twice.
В Match each text 1-5 to a description a-e. Then
complete the texts using the words in brackets
and either the present simple or the present
continuous.
not have not look think weigh
1 C
You	(go)
along this street and you
turn (turn I left at the
end The shop is on your right
1 The child wtyfo	____________ 21 kilos.
2	He	all the ingredients for a cake.
3	They	any pets.
4	Alex .................................... breakfast	this morning.
5	What	 about?
6	What	of this photo?
7	You	very happy.
8	You won’t find it. You
in the right place.
2
3
As oil prices rise, the cost of air travel
(increase) Reports show that as а
result more and more people	(stay)
at home for their holidays and
(not travel) abroad.
4
(work) at the garage until September.
What annoys me about my sister? Well,
she	(always talk)
to her friends on the phone! And she
(always lose) things.
I enjoyed this. It’s about a guy who
(go) round the world
and	____(irav cl) on as many
different forms of transport as possible
a a description of change
b a book review
c directions
d criticism
e temporary situation
8
E Complete the questions using the verbs in brackets in either the present simple or present continuous
1	A: Do JOU know	that woman? (know)
2	A: When	? (set home)
3	A: Where	she	?(go)
4	A:	you	? (agree)
5	A: Why	? (laugh)
6	A:	his name ? (remember)
7	A: What	? (read)
8	A: Why 			?(cry)
B: No, I've never met her before.
B: Usually at about 4.
B: To the shop, I think.
B: Yes, I think you are right.
В: I just heard a funny joke.
В: I think it began with B.
B: It’s a novel by a new young writer.
B: It’s a really sad film.
F Complete the sentences in an appropriate way.
1	First of all, the oven has to be hot and tken. jou pkt
tta cab in for 20 minutes
2	because he's a vegetaria
3	On Saturday I work in a cafe all day but
4
but she wants to be a doctor one day.
5	Hurry up-
6	Look -
7	I’m an only child -
8	He makes me angry -
MV TURN!
Complete the descriptions by inventing answers to the
questions.
1	Where are you? And what are you doing?
Гт in bed and Гт sUepina,
What happens next? Ш alarm riijs. I Urn it off and JO
back to sleep.
How do you feel? I feet tired.
2	When is it? And where are you?
What happens next? । see mJ brother.
How do you feel?
3	When is it? And where are you?
What happens next? Tke lijktsjo out.
How do you feel?
4	Where are you? And what are you doing?
What happens next? I someone famous and (jo up to her.
How do you feel?
5	When is it? And what are you doing?
What happens next? The car breaks down.
How do you feel?
6	When is it? And what are you doing?
What happens next? fl Strader comes up to me.
How do you feel?
a watch
b rains
a lie b lies c are lying
c isn't belonging
b watches c are watching
c is raining
d am really liking
Circle the correct option
1 The Pyrenees
2 This bag
3 We sometimes
on the border between France and Spain.
to me. a doesn't belongs b doesn’t belong
the car racing in the holidays.
It's Sunday and I’m bored. It	heavily. a rain
This film is great -1	it! a really like b am really like
Present simple and present continuous 9
2
► Past simple and past continuous
г He was driving on a dark night.
Casey Jones (1863-1900) w as an American
railway driver. He became a hero when
he died because he saved the lives of
many passengers in a terrible accident.
Casey became very famous after this and
his friend wrote a very popular song, The
Ballad of Casey Jones, about him.
Past simple and past continuous
On 30 April 1900 Casey was driving his
train back to the station during a dark and
wet night. He was with another driver,
his friend Webb. The train was going fast
because Casey wanted to get back quickly
but this wasn’t the problem. There was
another train on the same railway. Casey
and Webb didn't know about this train.
As Casey was coming around a bend, he
saw the other train. Casey realised the
danger. ‘Jump!’ he shouted to his friend.
Webb jumped from the train while Casey
was try ing to slop. Webb fell 100 metres
but he didn't die. While he was falling, he
heard Casey. Casey was shouting, ‘Help!’
The train was going fast, so it couldn’t
stop quickly. Casey slowed the train down
but it still crashed Casey was killed but
the passengers didn’t die.
Underline the correct options:
1 Casey is a hero because he saved many lives/ wrote a song.
2 Webb was a driver/passenger.
Past simple
1 Add -ed to make the past simple (regular) for all
persons. Use did not with the infinitive without to to
make the negative and use did to make a question.
statement /	negative Л
1 / You / He / She / started. ! It/We ./They	did not (didn't) start.
question ?	short answer /Л
Did l/you/he/she/it /	Yes, (1) did.
we / they start?	No, (1) did not (didn't).
10
2 Many common verbs have irregular forms for past simple
statements, e.g. go -♦ went, see -♦ saw, be -» was / were.
Casey went to the station.
We saw the crash.
► See page 203 for a list of irregular verbs.
3 Use the past simple for past actions, states and facts.
Casey lived in the USA.
Millions of immigrants moved to the USA in the
nineteenth century.
4 We usually use the past simple for repeated or usual
actions or situations.
While I was on the train, Mike called twice.
Casey walked to work every day.
Past continuous
Past simple and past continuous
8 We can use the past simple with the past continuous
in the same sentence. The past simple is a shorter
action / event that happens in the middle of, or
interrupts, a longer past continuous action / event.
My dad phoned while I was having a shower.
past
My dad phoned.
X
present
I was having a shower.
9 Use the past continuous to give the reason for a past
event, or to set the background to a story - to talk
about what was going on when an event happened.
The train was going fast, so it couldn't stop quickly.
I was listening to the radio when I heard the news.
Make the past continuous using the verb was I were +
verb + -ing.
	statement /	negative X
1/You/We/ They	were working.	were not (weren’t) working.
He/She/It	was working.	was not (wasn’t) working.
Make questions and short answers as follows:
question ?		short answer/X
Were you / we / they	working?	Yes, (we) were. No, (we) weren't.
Was 1 / he / she / it	working?	Yes, (he) was. No, (he) wasn’t.
7
Use the past continuous (e.g. was walking, were living,
etc.) to talk about events which were in progress at a
particular time in the past.
On 30 April Casey was driving his train back to the
station.
What was he doing the day before?
Use the past continuous for a description of
simultaneous ongoing situations.
It was raining, so we weren’t driving fast.
What were the passengers doing while this was
happening?
When, while and as
10 Use when, while or as to link past simple and past
continuous verbs. Use when before the past simple or
the past continuous verb. Use while before the past
continuous verb.
While he was falling, he heard Casey.
I didn’t say anything when / while the police were
asking questions.
11 Use when to join past simple events that are
consecutive.
The train stopped when it arrived at the station.
When the phone rang, Jack answered it.
12 We usually use when with states, e.g. ages.
They left America when they were children.
Casey died when he was 37.
13 We usually use as to describe two short events that
happen simultaneously, or two events that change
together.
As the train crashed, everyone screamed.
As the train went faster, Casey worked harder.
IIP
Use during to say when something happened.
Use for to say how long something went on.
The train crashed during the night.
He was a train driver for 10 years.
I was working during my holidays and didn't see
her for three weeks.
Past simple and past continuous 11
Practice
A Write the past simple forms of these verbs.
1	drive - ягвл	2	do -
3	have- 	 ...	4	get -
5	open -	6	eat-
7	swim -	8	shout -
9	fall-	10	try-
11	know -	12	become-
В Complete the sentences using the verbs from the box in the
past continuous.
cry dream drive have live not play
not snow wait watch not work
1	Max was driviry his car to work when it happened.
2	The baby	.... very loudly, so I couldn't hear.
3	you	TV all night?
4	I couldn’t call you because our phone
5	While we	for the bus, it started to rain.
6	John	in London
when you met him?
7	My mum and dad	a coffee in the kitchen.
8	It	but it was very cold.
9	Did it really happen or	I only	?
10	Glenn and Kirsten	in the game
last Saturday.
C Match the pairs.
1	When I got home,-----------
2	The bottle smashed
3	After the teacher finished,
4	What music did you like
5	I wasn’t working
6	Clare was working in Oxford
7	We started
8	Was Susan wearing the
same dress
— a I made dinner.
b I was making dinner.
a as it fell on the floor.
b while it was falling on the
floor.
a the students asked some
questions.
b the students were asking
some questions.
a while you were 11 years
old?
b when you were 11 years
old?
a during two years.
b for two years.
a as Mike studied at night
school.
b while Mike was studying
at night school.
a when everything was ready.
b while everything was ready.
a when she came in?
b when she was coming in?
D This accident happened yesterday. Write what
the people were doing at the time of the accident.
When the accident happened...
1 Jfltj was eatuij an ice cream.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
E Someone stole a picture from the museum
last night. Read the detective’s notebook with
information from three museum workers, then
use the notes to write sentences. Every sentence
should have one verb in the past simple and one in
the past continuous.
• • 1 I
том. HiggiAs: leave »wuseu»w / hear uoise
rerwe»uber his car keys / walte to his car
С0ГЛ.С back / see a мгонмал with a picture
shout / the woiua a ruu away
Martha wilteiAs: cleau the root* / lights ao out
loote for sotwe matches / lights соме oa
Aotice gloss oa the floor / loote агсмлй
sarM.S»M.ith: sit at his desk / the phoue riug
he pick up the рЬоле / a st ra Age wo<m.o а соме Ia
he speak / the wohmoa go out
12
1 Tern was Uavinj tta nusum wtan, kt luard a wist.
2
3
4
5 ...............................................
6
7 ............................. .................
8
9
10
F Circle the correct option.
Dick Whittington (1358-1423) was a famous mayor of
London. The story says that Dick was a poor boy who1...
to London to become rich. Dick 2... his cat with him for
company. Life was very hard in London. Dick worked as a
servant3... some months but he got very little money and
all he had was his cat. Finally, Dick decided to give his cat
to a merchant and leave London. As he 4... down the street,
he5... a voice in his head. The voice said,‘Come back, Dick,
you will be Mayor of London three times!’ Dick came back.
At the same time, the merchant and his men 6... by ship
to another country. It was a good ship but there was a
big problem: rats! Rats 7...
everywhere on the ship and
no one 8... them. Luckily,
Dick’s cat was very good at
catching rats. The merchant
was very happy with the
cat and gave Dick a nice
present when he 9... home.
Dick now had some
money and he started his
own business. He also
married a rich woman. Dick
10... mayor of London three
times andn... he died he
left a lot of money. The
story does not say what 12._
to his cat.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
a was coming (!>' came c has come d comes
a was taking b were taking c took d taken
a for b during c in d at
a walks b is walking c has walked
d was walking
a hear b heard c was hearing
d were hearing
a travels b travelled c was travelling
d were travelling
a is running b are running
d were running
a has caught b could catch
d didn’t catch
9 a get b got c gotten
10 a did become b become
c was running
c did catch
d was getting
c was becoming
11 a as b while
d did becoming
c when d since
12 a happens b happened
c did happen d was happening
MV TURN!
I Complete the sentences to make them true for you.
1 When I got home yesterday, iwj sister was pLcujitv^
a Mmputer jaru_______________________________________
2
during the summer.
3 While I was having breakfast,
4 It was very late when
5
as I was going to my friend’s.
6 When I was 10,
__
a When
a spoke
a during b since c
when she heard the news?
a didn’t travel b
b While c As
b was speaking c were speaking
a was...saying b did...say c has
travelled c was travelling
Circle the correct option.
1 the train stopped, all the passengers got off.
2 I didn’t interrupt Casey because he to Webb.
3 Webb was a driver a long time.
4 What Casey’s wife
5 Casey’s friend never by train again
Past simple and past continuous 13
Before there was money, people
used to exchange things. They
would give each other things they
both wanted; for example, you'd give
a sheep and get a knife.
Traders used to prefer metals, like gold and
silver, because, unlike a sheep, they would
last a long time. The Egyptians used to
exchange gold bars.
The Lydians, people who used to live
in part of modern Turkey, invented
coins about 2,600 years ago. The
Lydians would put a picture on
their coins to show where the
money came from.
The Romans used to pay their
soldiers partly in salt. Salt used to
be very valuable and soldiers would
sell it for other things. The word
'salary' means 'salt money' and the
expression 'worth your salt' (= good
at your job) comes from this.
The Chinese made the first paper money about
1,500 years ago. in some parts of China they didn't
have enough metal for coins so they would print
paper money for the same value. However, paper
money didn't use to be very common in Europe
until about 1700.
True or False?
1	The Lydians lived in Egypt.
2	Coins came before paper money.
эги£ з as]ej f :$iOM$uy
14
Used to and would
Used to
1 Used to is followed by an infinitive without to.
Used to has no present or continuous forms.
Salt used to be very valuable.
2 Make used to questions with Did + noun / pronoun
+ used to„.?
Did the Egyptians used to buy gold?
Did you used to eat a lot of sweets when you were
young?
3 Make the negative of used to with did not (didn’t)
use to or never used to.
Paper money didn’t use to be very common.
We never used to spend much.
IIP
The negative didn’t used to is also common.
Used not to is also possible in formal language.
Used to vs. would
7 Used to, not would, is for past states.
The Lydians used to live in Turkey. NOT ...wouldlive
My sister used to know him. NOT... would know...
Used to and would vs. the past simple
8 We can use the past simple instead of used to and
would.
We used to watch / watched too much TV.
The soldiers would sell / sold the salt for other things.
9 Use the past simple, not used to or would, when talking
about single events, how long they took or how many
times they happened.
I went to the market yesterday.
NOT / used to-gotothe market yesterday.
We didn't eat for two days.
NOT We didn't use to eat-for two days.
Jane visited me in hospital twice.
NOT Jane used to visit me in hospital twice.
4 Used to is for habits and activities which are no
longer happening today. Used to often contrasts the
past and the present. Used to usually comes without
a time expression.
The Romans used to pay soldiers in salt.
I used to work in a bank hut now I'm a teacher.
Would
5 Would is followed by an infinitive without to, and the
negative is would not. The affirmative short form is’d
and the negative short form is wouldn’t.
For example, you'd give a sheep and get a knife.
They wouldn’t work on Sundays.
UP
Be ! get used to means to know something so
that it is not strange or new. A noun or verb +
-ing can come after be / get used to.
After three weeks, I was used to my new home.
It’s difficult to get used to working at night.
► See Units 14,35,36 and 37 for other uses of would.
6 Would is similar in meaning to used to but it is less
common. In a text, would usually follows used to or a
past time expression.
That summer we would go swimming every morning.
Jack used to love books. He would read two books
every week.
In this meaning, would is very rarely used in
questions.
Used to and would 15
Practice
A Underline the correct option.
1 The Romans used to /didn't use to have paper
money.
2 George Bush used to/didn't use to be
president of America.
3 Thirty years ago, we used to/didn’t use to
have mobile phones.
4 English used to/didn't use to be an
international language.
5 Robin Hood used to/didn't use to help poor
people.
6 Space travel used to/didn’t use to be
impossible.
7 Children used to/didn’t use to go to school.
8 December used to/didn't use to be the tenth
month of the year.
9 There used to/didn’t use to be any hospitals.
10 France used to/didn't use to have a king and
queen.
В Joe used to be in prison but now he is a free
man! Write about the changes in Joe’s life with
used to and didn't use to.
Now		Then
1	He gets up at 9.00.	
2	He is a mechanic.	£ mechanic
3	He works in a garage.	the prison kitchen
4	He likes his neighbours	this neighbours
5	He writes emails	letters
6	He wears nice clothes	a prison uniform
7	He sees his friends.	tsee his friends
8	He goes to bed late.	early
9	He feels happy.	sad
10	He is free.	4 free
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
He ustd t6 jet up at 6.00.
fie didn't ш to и a mechanic
C Change the past simple into would in this text, if possible,
kioulajo
I remember my childhood very well. Every summer, we went^ to
the seaside. I was ten years old and I loved the sea. I played on
the beach and my father bought me an ice cream. Sometimes we
went on a boat. Some people swam around the boat, others fished,
others watched. One trip my sister fell into the sea! Luckily, she was
a good swimmer. That was very funny. In the evenings, we walked
around the town. My mother told us stories about all the places
and we listened very carefully. At night I fell asleep feeling very
happy. A wonderful time!
D Underline the correct option. Sometimes more than one option
is possible.
1	My best friend used to have/would have a mountain bike.
2	That summer we used to spend /would spend all day on the
beach.
3	Yesterday I would phone / phoned Jill.
4	When I lived in France I used to speak/spoke French very well.
5 On long car journeys we used to play/would play cards.
6 Sheila didn’t use to know/ wouldn't know Charles then.
7 Did it used to be/Would it be a rich country?
8 When we got to the airport, the strongest boys used to carry/
would carry the bags.
9 Last April, they didn't use to work/didn’t work for a week.
10 I n those days, I never used to worry/would never worry about
my future.
11 Maggie used to be/would be the best student in her class.
E Complete each sentence b so that it has a similar meaning
to sentence a. Use two to four words including the word in
brackets.
1 a My Dad was an engineer, (be)
b My Dad	MuL to be	an engineer.
2 a People did more exercise then, (do)
b People	more exercise then.
3 a We wouldn’t go to the cinema much, (used)
b We	to the cinema much.
4 a Was Mike in your team? (be)
b	in your team?
5 a When I was a teenager, I used to get up at 11.00. (would)
b When I was a teenager, I	at 11.00.
6 a The prices weren’t so expensive in the 1990s. (never)
b The prices	so expensive in the 1990s.
7 a His sister always used to shout at me. (would)
b His sister	at me.
8 a Jennifer drank coffee for breakfast every morning, (have)
b Jennifer	coffee for breakfast.
16
F Complete the text using the words in brackets and, where possible, used to or would.
from 1921-1923. there 1 w® (bejvery high inflation in Germany, the cost of things increased very
dramatically. The reason for this was the bad political and financial situation after the First World War. The
national currency in Germany г	(be) the Mark. At the beginning of 1921. one
American dollar5	(tost) 60 Marks. By the end of 1922, one dollar
(get) you 8,01X1 Marks. The effect on ordinary German people was terrible In
1922, a loaf of bread cost three billion Marks. People 5	(buy) something in the
morning and find the price much higher a few hours later There is a story that once someone
(leavel a big bag of money outside a shop. When she
(cornel back, the bag wasn't there but the money was on the floor! Money
------ (become) worthless, so people9	________ (exchange)
things. Finally, the government10	(make) some new money, the Rentenmark.
and the inflation stopped.
c used
a used
b spent
b use c would
c have spent
c Did you used
c wouldn't be
Circle the correct option.
1 He	be a millionaire. a used to b are used to
2 Jack	sometimes give them some money for sweets.
3 Last Saturday I	a lot of money	a used to spend
4	collect coins when you were young? a Did you use to b Would you
5 Money never	important to me. a used to be b would not be
Used to and would 17
1 What year did John Harvard die?
2 Who was Charles Eliot?
60616981 U104 P-о'мец р циркам £ 8£9l I WMSuy
Present perfect, past simple, present simple
Many famous people have studied at Harvard.
18
Present perfect, past simple, present simple
Present perfect
1 Make the present perfect using the verb have +
past participle.
	statement /	negative X
1/ You /We/ They	have (’ve) visited	have not (haven’t /’ve not) visited
He/She/It	has(’s) visited	has not (hasn’t / ’s not) visited
Make questions and short answers as follows:
question ?			short answer/X
Have	1 / you / we / they	visited...?	Yes,(l) have. No, (1) haven’t.
Has	he/she / it	visited...?	Yes, (he) has. No, (he) hasn’t.
2 Use the present perfect to talk about recent events or a
past event which the speaker feels is connected with the
present.
Kurt is very happy that he has graduated.
A: Have they arrived ? B: Yes, they're here.
Past simple
3 Use the past simple to talk about a finished action in
the past.
John Harvard died.
Matt Damon went to Harvard.
Present simple
4 Use the present simple to talk about present facts
or events.
I study Mathematics at Harvard.
There are 15 students in my class.
6 Go has two past participles: gone and been. There is
a difference in meaning.
My brother has gone to America.
( My brother is travelling to America or is there
now.)
My brother has been to America.
(= My brother went to America but he is back home
now.)
Present perfect vs. past simple
7 Use the present perfect when we do not know
exactly when the past event took place, or it is not
important. Use the past simple to give details later.
Have you seen my book ?
BUI has come back from university. He arrived on
Tuesday.
President Obama has arrived in India. He met
Indian business men and visited...
8 With the present perfect, we use words which mean
‘at a time up to now’, e.g. already, ever, for, lately,
never, recently, since, yet. With the past, we use
words and expressions which mean a finished period
of time, e.g. ago, in 2003, last week, on my birthday,
then, when, yesterday.
Teresa has already graduated.
I’ve never been to America.
The university started in 1636.
Last Saturday we had a party.
9 With today and this + time word, e.g. this
afternoon, this year, we can use the present perfect
or the past simple. Use the present perfect to mean
the complete time period up to now. Use the past
simple to mean a finished part of that time period.
I've phoned John this morning.
(It is still the morning.)
/ phoned John this morning.
(It is now the afternoon.)
Present perfect vs. present simple
5 Use the present perfect, not the present simple, for an
event or a situation which began in the past and continues
in the present, when we want to say how much time it has
been going on.
Harvard has been a university since 1636.
NOT w&s a university...
Natalie, how long have you worked in the movie business ?
NOT ...did you work...
Il hasn’t rained for months now. NOT... didn’t ram...
IIP
In conversation, we can often use either the
past simple or the present perfect.
Did you speak to Jim ?
OR Have you spoken to Jim?
Brenda bought a hat.
OR Brenda has bought a hat.
Present perfect, past simple, present simple 19
Practice
A Complete these news stories with the present perfect and the
past simple.
1	John Bruce WO* (win) three million euros in a lottery.
He	(buy) the lottery ticket last Saturday and...
2	Princess Lola and Sir John Falstaff	(marry). They
(meet) at a party at Windsor Castle in 2009.
3	Cameron Bowie	(break) the 800 m record in
Oslo. He	(run) 1.40.23, the fastest time in the
world.
4	Farmer Bo Peep	(lose) all her sheep. She
(call) the police last night but they...
5	Pop star Donna Ma	(go) to live in Greenland.
The pop star	(say) that...
6	Builders Hansel and Gretel Sweet	(build) a
house out of sugar. Work on the house	(start)
two years ago and...
В Underline the correct option.
1	Let's go out. The rain stops /has stopped.
2	Alice lives/has lived in Newcastle for three years.
3	It is/has been my birthday today.
4	Tony doesn’t speak/hasn’t spoken German.
5	Tony doesn’t speak/hasn't spoken to me for years.
6	Do you ever see/Have you ever seen my school photos?
7	I play/have played it twice.
8	This cake doesn't taste/hasn't tasted very nice.
9	England has/has had a king or queen for more than 1,000
years.
10	Who thinks/has thought he knows the answer?
D Complete the dialogue using the verbs in
brackets in the present perfect, past simple or
present simple.
Susan: I’m not happy! It1 Iv45 bw (be) a
hard week and it2
(have not| finished yet!
Lorraine: What3	?(happen)
Susan: Well, after training on Monday Mr Jones
4	(phone) me and
5	(tell) me I couldn’t be in
the handball team.
Lorraine: Oh no, you always tell me that handball
6	(be) your favourite
sport.
Susan: That isn’t true any more. It
7	 (be) my favourite, but
not now! I never want to play again.
Lorraine: This is terrible.8	you
(speak) to the other
players?
Susan: No, I 9	(not see) them all
week. They are probably hiding!
Lorraine: When 10	you
(start) playing handball?
Susan: Three years ago, My dad
11	(take) me to a handball
club. 112	(not miss) a
single training session since then.
Lorraine: Don’t worry, Susan, you will get on the
team again.
Leo Tolstoy —- ..
That woman next to you
C Match the pairs.
1
2
3	Mark watched the film
4	Mark has watched the film
5	He’s been to Berlin.
6	He’s gone to Berlin.
7	I really need it
8	I really needed it
9	It hasn’t rained for months,
10	It didn't rain for months,
11	Kangaroos live
12	Kangaroos have lived
13	Sheila bought a bike
14	Sheila has bought a bike
15	’What happened next?’
16	What happens next?”
has written many books.
b wrote many books.
a yesterday.
b today.
a He will be back next Monday
b He got back last night.
a now.
b then.
a so there wasn’t much water.
b so there isn't much water.
a in Australia.
b in Australia for a long time.
a when she was on holiday.
b but she never uses it.
a ‘Let’s wait and see.’
b ‘Look in the newspaper.’
20
E Circle the correct option.
The University of Bologna is the oldest university in the world. It 1...
a university since 1088. (The oldest university in England, Oxford
University,2... in 1167.) Bologna, in the north of Italy,3... a beautiful town
and many tourists 4... the university each year to understand its history
and traditions. The first students at Bologna only 5... law but now the
university e... over a hundred different types of courses, from agriculture
to zoology. Many famous people 1... from Bologna, especially in law and
science. Perhaps the most important scientist is Copernicus (1473-1543).
Copernicus was an astronomer (someone who studies the planets and
stars). He 8... that the earth went round the sun at a time when everyone
9... that the earth was the centre of the universe. Since 2000, Bologna 10...
‘Alma Mater Studiorum’, which means ‘Dear mother of studies’ in Latin.
MV TURN!
Make questions with the present
perfect, past simple or present simple,
using words and expressions from the
box and write them below. Then answer
them.
1	a	was	b is	^c)has been	d	have been
2	a	started	b starts	c has started	d	have started
3	a	was	b is	c has been	d	have been
4	a	visited	b visit	c has visited	d	have visited
5	a	studied	b study	c has studied	d	have studied
6	a	taught	b teaches	c has taught	d	have taught
7	a	graduated	b graduates	c has graduated	d	have graduated
8	a	thought	b thinks	c has thought	d	have thought
9	a	believed	b believes	c has believed	d	have believed
10	a	was called	b is	c has been called	d	have been called
F You are interviewing the DJ at a hotel in Greece. Write questions to
match his replies, using the present perfect, past simple or present
simple.
1 ’For fifteen years.’
Hew toy Have jcu been a DJf Нбю Ury kave^u worked м tkis kotel?
2 'When I was a boy, it was always my dream to be a DJ.'
?
3 ‘The sea is great and the people are so friendly.’
?
4 ‘In 1976. It was the first hotel on the island.'
_________7
5 ‘Yes, lots of famous people have stayed here.’
7
6 ‘No, we are open 365 days a year.'
7
7 ‘I’ve never thought about it - I love my job!'
_____............................................................  7
the weather	be	recently
you	do	this week
your best friend	give	now
your parents	have	today
your English	go	yesterday
teacher	Play	last year
your dog / cat	want	
1 Has jjow best (rieiui had a party recuttyГ
lOo, ske kasn t.
2
7
3
7
4
7
5
?
6
7
c has come
c has been
c has become
b studied
a wants
b came i
b was
b became
a study
to go to Harvard
c have studied
b wanted c has wanted
Circle the correct option.
1 John Harvard	from England. a comes
2 Lesley	a student for two years now. a is
3 Obama	president in 2009. a becomes
4 Women	at Harvard for about the last 100 years.
5 My brother needs good marks because he
Present perfect, past simple, present simple 21
Present perfect simple and present
perfect continuous
She’s been living here for 30 years.
We went to Saffron Walden, a beautiful English village,
and asked people some questions about life there.
‘How long have you been living in Saffron Walden, Paula?’
‘Oh. only three months. My mum and dad moved here from
London. They’ve always liked the country and they wanted a
quieter life. It's difficult for my dad as he still works in London
and he’s been travelling from here to London every day. I prefer
London but I’ve already made some nice friends here. They’ve been
helping me a lot, so it hasn’t been too bad. Look, why don’t you
speak to Mrs Black over there by the bus stop; she’s been living here
for 30 years.'
‘Mrs Black? Can I ask you a few questions?’
‘Sure, I’ve been waiting for a bus for 20 minutes, so I've got some time.'
Has life here changed much in the last 30 years?’
‘Yes and no. The buses are still always late. They’ve been promising to improve the bus
service for years, but nothing has happened Seriously, the village centre is still the same.
We’ve kept all the beautiful houses and historical places, and the maze of course. The village
has been growing as young people like Paula and her family have moved here from towns.
One thing I don’t like .... Sorry. I need to go. my bus has come!’
Saffron Walden maze
Next we visited the village of Inkpen.
1	Who goes to London very often?
a Paula b Paula’s dad c Mrs Black
2	What do you do in a maze?
a walk around b have a picnic c wait for a bus
e? qi :$j9msuv
Present perfect simple and present perfect continuous
Present perfect simple
1 Use the present perfect simple to talk about events and situations which started
in the past and continue into the present, or have only just stopped.
I have moved to Saffron Walden and I’m very happy there now.
I„

past	T	present
The bus has come.
► See Unit 4 for how to form
the present perfect.
22
Present perfect continuous
2 Make the present perfect continuous using have + been + verb + -ing.
IIP
	statement /	negative X
1 / You 1 \Ne / They	have (’ve) been working.	have not (haven’t / 've not) been working.
He / She / It	has (’s) been working.	has not (hasn’t/ ’s not) been working.
Make questions and short answers as follows:
3	We use the present perfect continuous (or sometimes the present
perfect simple) for a situation or activity that is still going on or has
only just ended, when we want to talk about how long something has
been going on. We do not use the present tense in these examples.
She’s been living in the village for 30 years.
NOT... lives in the village...
I’ve been waiting for a bus for 20 minutes.
NOT... am waiting^.
Professor X, who is leaving us today, has taught here
for many years. NOT... teaches here...
Use for with a period of time, e.g. for an hour, for a few days, for
ages (= for a long time); use since to emphasise when a situation
began, e.g. since Monday, since last year, since she got married.
I’ve been standing here for half an hour / since 12 o'clock.
4	We usually use the present perfect continuous for changes.
The village has been growing.
Their music has been getting more popular.
Present perfect simple vs. present perfect continuous
5	We usually use the present perfect simple for longer permanent
situations and the present perfect continuous for shorter temporary
situations.
People have spoken English for 1,500years.
Victor has been studying English for three months.
6 We usually use the present perfect simple for facts or events and the
present perfect continuous for activities.
Mrs Black has gone home.
She has been working and is very tired.
We can use still... not with the
present perfect simple when we
want to emphasise that a past
situation is not finished. Still goes
before have.
The bus still hasn’t come!
7	Use the present perfect simple, not the
present perfect continuous, with state
verbs, e.g. understand, have and like.
Saffron Walden has had a church for
1,000years.
NOT Saffron Walden has been having...
8	Use the present perfect simple, not
the present perfect continuous, to
talk about how often you have done
something.
I’ve done the washing twice.
NOT / ve been doing...
9	Do not use the present perfect simple
and present perfect continuous with
past time expressions. Use the past
simple and past continuous with past
time expressions.
We visited Saffron Walden last summer.
NOT We've visited—
It was raining last night.
NOT /t’s been reining...
IIP
Often there is no difference in
meaning between the present
perfect and the present perfect
continuous, but the present perfect
is more common.
/ have lived here for 20years = / have
been living here for 20 years.
Present perfect simple and present perfect continuous 23
Practice
A Make present perfect continuous sentences from the
words.
1	been/it/day/raining/has/all
It has been rainiiy all dag,
2	have / looking / for /1 / everywhere I been I you
3	been/welt/hasn’t/Mike/feeling
4	giving /her /been /we /have /advice
5	eating / my / has / been / chocolate / who
?
6	my / been / has / me / helping/dad
7	haven’t / the / working / phones I been
8	doing / crossword / been I have / you / that
7
В Underline the correct option.
1	It has been/has been being a difficult day.
2	Trevor, have you listened/been listening to me?
3	Pete hasn't come/hasn't been coming back from London.
4	She has sung/has been singing for two hours, so she
needs a rest.
5	Has Sam taken/been taking my pen again?
6	Louise has read/has been reading the same book for
two months.
7	The match has finished/has been finishing and
Liverpool are champions!
8	I have thought /have been thinking about you all day.
9	He hasn’t understood/hasn't been understanding what
to do.
10	He can’t drive home because he has drunk/has been
drinking.
C Write these time expressions under for or since.
ages a long time February it happened
I got home midnight my whole life
she was two years old the rest of the year
two months Christmas
D Write present perfect continuous sentences to match
the pictures.
1 Skes been ruMiinj.
2
3
4
5
6
E Complete the sentences about changes in a village
using the present perfect continuous.
	2000	Now
Cars	300	500
Winter temperature	3°	5°
Working day	8 hours	9 hours
Population (= people who live there)	800	700
Tourists visiting every year	6,000	8,000
How much money each tourist spends	50$ a day	70$ a day
1	People	have been buginj	more cars.
2	Winters	warmer.
3	People	harder.
4	The population	 - •
5	More tourists	
6	The tourists	more money.
24
F Write one new sentence using the verb in brackets and
the present perfect or present perfect continuous.
1	John came to the bus stop 20 minutes ago. There is still
no bus. (wait)
Jokn. kas bun waiting for a bus for 20 minutes.
2	I didn’t speak German at all three years ago. I know it
perfectly now. (learn)
3	Shelly is driving to Newcastle. She left at 13.00 and it
is now 15.00. (drive)
4	The window is broken. The children did it. (break)
5	They are playing tennis. The match started at 12.00
and is still going on. (play)
6	I don’t have my keys. I left them at home, (forget)
7	My sister started to tell me a joke. The joke is not
finished yet. (tell)
Journalist: Well, have some tea with me. What do you
do in the market?
Villager I sell fruit and vegetables. Today
a great day. I
much. In fact,
recently business6
worse and worse.
Journalist: Don’t people buy fruit and vegetables now?
Villager Of course they do, but in supermarkets
outside the village. My wife and I
about it and we
B	to close our business
and do something new.
Journalist: Really?
Villager We’re not the only ones. A lot of people,
especially young people,9
the village in the last few years. It’s very sad.
Journalist: 10	you	any
ideas about your future?
Villager Yes. I want to work in a supermarket.
8	Ed saw the film at the cinema and then watched it
again at home, (watch)
MVTURN!
G Complete the dialogue using the verbs from the box in
the present perfect or present perfect continuous.
not be come decide freeze get have leave
not sell stand think
Journalist: I1 kav€C6me to the village of Inkpen to
interview some more village people. Oh, hello,
could I ask you a few questions? Are you all
right, you look very cold!
Villager: Hello. I am cold, 11
here in the market all day. I think my feet
з	I
Write possible explanations for the events or
situations, using the present perfect and present
perfect continuous.
1	His eyes are red.
He kas becx cnjwuj, / He kasxt been staepiiy.
2	She is hiding behind the sofa.
3	My mobile phone isn’t working.
4	I can’t find my pen.
5	My friend wants to speak to me. It’s 2 o’clock in the
morning!
6	My hands are very dirty.
in Saffron Walden for thirty years and they still like it. a lived b has lived c have been living
Saffron Walden three times, a has visited b have visited c has been visiting
for me long? a do you wait b did you wait c have you been waiting
a lot in the last five hundred years, a has grown b grew c is growing
that book about English villages yet? a Have you finished b Do you finish c Are you finishing
Circle the correct option.
1 The Blacks
2 Stephanie
3 I’m sorry, Paula,
4 Saffron Walden
Present perfect simple and present perfect continuous 25
9Z
Answers: 1 Hurricane Katrina had winds of 125 miles per hour.
2 More than 1.800 people died and tens of thousands of people lost their homes.
эиеэитц p бщЛрщБ uaaq ррц sjsijusiog
«jasnej ji pip эЗвшЕр jeq/v\ Z
ieuuje>|aueoujnHseM§uojjsMOH i
spaa jj ooixajAi jo j[nr) aqj ui
aaaq psq sjspuspg Ajp 3qj элвэ! oj susapo M3N Щ
эиоАдэлэ p[oj juauniJOAoS gf) aqj ‘gQOZ isnSny gj uq
jojeaa japun sbm
sireapo л\эм jo %08 рипоив ,0UE3Ujnq aqj jajjy
S3jsjg рэпип oqj jo Ajojsiq aqj ui
JSJOM
aqj jo эио sbm jj Ajp aqj jiq jnoq Jad S3(tiu 531 jo spuiM
uaqAA sauioq jpqj jsoj ajdoad jo spuesnoqj jo suaj pue
рэтр 3[doad 008* I UP4J ajopq элеэ! ‘jou pip jo ‘jou pjnoo
oqAA ajdoad jo jaquinu sSjei aqj joj ЛрЕэи uaaq jou psq
щэшшэлоЯ aqj ‘дэлэалон 1P| XpsaqE psq ajdoad Ливш
‘jsnSny 63 uo J?4 euuje^j зиЕЭшпн iwq/A
spEOj швиээ jo sapis qioq 8uisn Xq Xppinb Xjp aqj элвэ!
oj э|це злом ajdoad jno ajdoad ja8 oj usjd e ио рэррэр
ApEOJ|E prq puE SJE9X jo jaquinu в joj suvapo мэм u?
3UE3Ujnq в joj Suusdajd uaaq psq juoujujoaoS aqj,
•Ajp 3qj SpjBAAOJ Suiaoui
в SurXpnjs
SnORUIJUOD
josjisd jsnd pup ajduiis josjiad jsej
Past perfect simple and past perfect
continuous
Past perfect simple
1	Make the past perfect simple using had + past
participle.
They had already left /’d already left.
The government had not been / hadn't been ready.
What had they decided?
2	Use the past perfect to talk about an event which
happened before another event in the past.
When Hurricane Katrina hit the city on 29 August,
many people had already left.
Note the difference:
When I turned on the TV,
________________________i________________________
t
I heard the news.
(= I turned on the TV and immediately heard the
news.)
When my friend phoned,
___________________________________I
t
/ had heard the news.
(= I heard the news before my friend phoned.)
3	Use the past perfect to talk about things that did not
happen as you expected or wished.
I had intended to visit New Orleans that summer.
4	The past perfect is common in indirect speech.
/ told her what I had seen.
► See Unit 38 on indirect statements.
5	In sentences with the time expressions after, as soon as,
by the time or when, we can often use either the past
perfect or the past simple.
As soon as I {had) sat down, somebody knocked on the
door.
It was half past ten by the time they (had) finished.
Past perfect continuous
6	Make the past perfect continuous using had been + -ing.
They had been studying /'d been studying a hurricane.
I had not been listening / hadn't been listening.
How long had they been studying it?
IIP
Like the present perfect, we often use the past
perfect with the adverbs ever, never, just and
already.
The US government had already decided on a plan
to get people out.
7	The past perfect continuous is not as common as the
past perfect simple. Use the past perfect continuous to
describe an activity or situation in the past which began
before something else happened and continued during
it or finished just before. Use the past perfect simple to
talk about completed events or past states. Sometimes
both forms are acceptable.
The US government had been preparing for a hurricane
in New Orleans for a number of years.
(= These preparations continued up until the hurricane.)
The government had decided on an evacuation plan.
(= The decision and the plan were complete.)
The past perfect is not used on its own to talk
about the past. We use the past perfect only in
relation to another event or time in the past.
X She had get up at ten to seven.
7 She left the house at seven o'clock. She had got up
at ten to seven.
Practice
A Match the sentence beginnings to the correct endings.
1
2
3
4
5
6
We had become friends-----------—
I had been waiting for an hour	.
They had been enjoying the picnic
I was bored with piano classes; I had been going
He’d had an accident
My best friend had already been at the school
a for as long as I could remember.
b for a year when I came.
c by the time the bus finally arrived,
d when he was on his way to work.
e when it started to rain.
f a few years earlier on holiday.
Past perfect simple and past perfect continuous 27
В What do these sentences mean? Tick a or b.
1	The film had started when we sat down.
a We sat down, then the film started.
b The film started, then we sat down. /
2	When I arrived, everyone had left.
a Everyone left, then I arrived
b I arrived, then everyone left.
3	By the time I got his letter, I had forgiven him.
a I got the letter, then I forgave him.
b I forgave him, then I got the letter.
4	We had just been talking about my cousin when she
phoned us.
a My cousin phoned and then we talked about her.
b We talked about my cousin and then she phoned us.
5	She went to her friend’s house. She’d made a cake for
her.
a She made a cake, then she went to her friend's house,
b She went to her friend’s house, then she made a cake.
6	When they had given me the medicine, I felt ill.
a I felt ill, then they gave me the medicine.
b They gave me the medicine, then I felt ill.
7	When I started school, I had learnt to read.
a I started school, then I learnt to read.
b I learnt to read, then I started school.
8	She’d taken the wrong turning, so she got lost.
a She took the wrong turning, then she got lost.
b She got lost, then she took the wrong turning.
C Read the story and number the pictures in order 1-8.
One Monday evening in September, Grant put up his tent on a campsite on the edge of
a mountain lake. The next morning Grant started a 15-mile walk through the mountains.
A ranger had driven him to the start of the walk.
That evening a snowstorm started after he had put up his tent for the night. In the morning
there was snow on the ground, but it was sunny and clear, so Grant continued his walk. Grant
could not see the path very well and he slipped and fell down some steep rocks. He landed on a
flat rock, but he could not move. He had lost his glasses and broken his arm.
On Saturday morning Grant’s friend, Ed, waited for him at the end of the trail. When he did not
arrive, Ed phoned the rescue team. But Grant was lucky, a helicopter had already found him.
28
D Underline the correct option.
1	She was surprised to see him at work so early. She had
told/had been telling him not to arrive before 9.00.
2	I couldn't believe it when I saw the exam question. It
was just what I had been hoping/had hoped for.
3	He'd been coming/had come to the station to pick her
up.
4	He wanted to see the dentist, but she had been going/
had gone on holiday.
5	It was great to hear from her. I had been waiting/had
waited for her call.
6	She fell over and hit her head. She didn’t know how she
had been doing/had done it.
7	The children were very dirty. They had been playing/
had played in the woods.
8	I hadn't been hearing/hadn't heard of Louis de
Bernieres before I read Captain Corelli's Mandolin.
E Complete the sentences using the words in brackets.
Use one verb in the past simple and the other in the
past perfect simple or continuous.
F Complete the text using the verbs in brackets in either
the past simple, past perfect simple or past perfect
continuous.
On 26 December 2004 a very large earthquake
*Сббк ptace (take place) off the west coast of Sumatra in
Indonesia. The earthquake2	(cause) one of the
worst tsunami in history. More than 200,000 people
(die| in 11 countries on the Indian Ocean.
In all these countries, survivors 4	(tell) similar
stories of that morning's events. Many were tourists who
(travel) to the area for their Christmas
holiday. Many of them 6	(begin) their day
with a morning swim or7	(run) on the
beach when the wave suddenly 8	(arrive). They
(not have) any warning. Some 10
(see) the sea disappear from the beach before it
11	(return) a few minutes later as a wall of water.
Many local fishermen also 12	(lose) their lives in
the tsunami. They13	(be fishing)
at sea but they 14 (not come) home again.
1	| feuiui (find) the letter in my bag-1
kod fcyettu (forget) to post it.
2	I	(already make) some new friends
by the time my first day	(end).
3	I	(visit) Mallorca twice before, so I
(know) the best hotel to stay at.
4	I	(thank) my aunt for the book-
but she	(give) me the same one
the year before!
5	I	(just finish) my lunch
when Jemma	(arrive).
6	Toby	(come) home late last night - he
(watch) the football
with his friends.
7	I	(think) that my friends
(not be) very kind.
8	I	(not be) ready for the exams. I
(intend) to study more for them.
MV TURN!
Complete the sentences with your own ideas. Use the
past perfect simple or continuous.
1	When I woke up, I was in hospital. I didn’t remember
what kodkappeiwd
2	I saw the water on the ground and I thought
3	By the time I arrived,
4	When I saw my friend's face, I knew
5	When I got home, the door was open. Maybe
6	I was very tired when I got off the bus. It
7	Nobody understood why
8	In the morning I could still remember my dream.
Circle the correct option.
1 We long when we saw her. a didn't wait b don’t wait c hadn’t been waiting
2 When Jack the next morning, the bean plant had grown in the night. a get up b gets up c got up
3 Esther put on the music very loud and everyone . a jump b jumped c had jumped
4 When my mum came home, I still up. a not tidied b tidy c hadn’t tidied
5 I had been looking for my mobile phone all morning when I it ring! a hear b heard c had heard
Past perfect simple and past perfect continuous 29
Will and be going to
What will the future be like?
Wheat will the*
future
We asked you for your ideas.
Your fridge will be 'intelligent'. When you
don't have any food, the supermarket will
automatically send you your favourite things.
1 Who is worried about the future?
2 Who is hoping to do less shopping?
I'm going to be an architect. I'm interested in making
buildings more green. In the future we won't need electricity
power stations. Each house will produce enough energy from
the sun for heating and lights.
I think we'll spend too much time in virtual worlds. Even when
we travel - the car will drive itself and we will sit inside and play
computer games. We'll probably even forget to look out of the window.
Maybe the computer will send you a message saying 'It's sunny today,
did you know?' or 'Look out! You're going to crash!'
suog Z q*S I
Will and be going to
Will
1	Use will with the infinitive without to. The short form
7/ is used mainly with pronouns and in conversation.
The negative is will not + infinitive without to. We
often use the negative short form: won't.
We'll spend too much time in virtual worlds.
We won't need electricity power stations.
2	Will is the most usual way to talk about the future
in English. We use it to give information about the
future.
The holidays will start soon.
However, we don’t use will to talk about plans,
arrangements or schedules.
►	See below for he going to for future plans.
►	See Unit 8 for the present continuous and present simple
for future schedules and arrangements.
3	Use will for instant decisions made at the time of
speaking. We often use 'll in this context.
A:	I haven't done the washing-up.
B:	Don't worry! I’ll do it for you.
4	Use will for predictions based on your opinion. We
often use words like think, hope and be sure with will.
Maybe your computer will send you a message.
I hope she will write soon.
IIP
We often use will with the adverbs certainly,
definitely, probably, possibly. Use these adverbs
after will but before won't.
I’ll definitely go to the party.
Sam probably won’t go.
Be going to
5	Use om/is/ore (not) go/ng to + infinitive without to.
I am (I m) going to be an architect.
He is (He’s) going to crash.
They aren't ( They're not) going to run out of food.
IIP
When we are speaking, we often pronounce
going to as gonna. Sometimes we spell it as
gonna in informal writing too, especially in
American English.
6	Use be going to for plans and intentions.
She’s going to be an architect.
Are you going to clean your shoes ?
7	Use be going to for predictions based on present
evidence.
A large storm is coming towards the east coast of the
USA. It’s going to reach Florida soon. (We can see that
this is going to happen.)
IIP
After when, as soon as, until, after, before,
if, unless, we often use the present simple to
express the future and not will.
When you don't have any food, the supermarket
will automatically send you your favourite things.
NOT When you won't have any food...
► See Unit 35 for the use of will in the first conditional.
We also use be going to for something which has
already started to happen or will happen very soon.
I'm going to be sick.
Will and be going to
8	We use both will and be going to for predictions about
the future, with slightly different meanings.
They’re going to crash. (Something I can see now tells
me this.)
I think they’ll crash. (This is my opinion.)
► See Unit 14 for other uses of shall and will.
Will and be going to 31
Practice
A Complete the predictions using the verbs in brackets and either
will certainly, will probably, will possibly, probably won't or
definitely won't.
50 years from now...
1	There will possibUj bl a city on Mars, (be)
2	People
through the air and not on roads, (travel)
3	There	a vaccine for colds, (be)
4	We	all our classes at home, (have)
5	Robots	think like a human, (be able to)
6	There	a lot of oil in the world, ( be)
7	We	coins any more, (have)
8	We	live forever, (be able to)
C Add one missing word to each sentence.
'll
1	I feel really hungry. I А таке a sandwich.
2	This will the runner’s last race.
3	What they going to do when they leave
school?
4	The film finishes quite late. My dad’s
going pick me up afterwards.
5	Don't be scared of the dog. It not bite
you.
6	I’ve bought some paint. I going to paint
my room.
7	What do you think he do now?
8	Oh no! My phone has stopped working. I
take it to the shop.
В Write predictions with be going to and the words in the box.
break burn do some exercise drop them fall over win
2 He
4 They
6 He
D Complete the sentences by putting the verbs in
brackets in the correct places. One verb should
be in the present simple and one should be with
will/won't.
1	| U kavt a cup of coffee as soon
as I	Jtt	home, (get, have)
2	I	until I
everything is all right, (not leave, know)
3	She	angry when she
(be, find out)
4	You	an accident unless you
more careful, (be, have)
5	After I	my mum
back, I	any money
left, (pay, not have)
6	It	easy to find work before
the summer	. (start, not be)
7	When he	, he
a famous writer, (be, grow up)
8	Ifthey	as a team, they
. (work, do well)
E Underline the correct option. Sometimes both
options are possible.
1 Your plan won’t/is not going to work.
2 Those cakes look lovely. I 'll/'m going to take
two.
3 The actor, Tom Dickins, has been found guilty
of stealing and will/is going to spend one year
in prison.
4 She will/'s going to have a baby next month.
5 They will/are going to get married on
Saturday.
6 I hope 17//'m going to see you later.
7 The sky is very dark, it’ll/'s going to rain.
8 Who will/is going to be there tonight?
32
F Complete the dialogues using the verbs in the box and
will or be going to. Sometimes both forms are possible.
be buy have land not like sell stay win
1	A: I hope the party goes well tomorrow.
B:	Don’t worry. Everything SJSinj be / will be
all right.
2	A: Who do you think
the match?
B:	The blue team - they've already scored two goals.
3	A: Do you have any plans for the holidays?
B:	Mum and Dad have to work. I
at my cousin’s for a couple of weeks.
4	A: This is such a long flight!
B:	Don’t worry. We	soon.
5	A: Would you like apple or orange juice?
В: I	apple juice, please.
6	A: Why are you cleaning your bike?
В: I don’t ride it any more - I
it.
7	A: I forgot to get some milk!
B: Don’t worry! We
some on the way home.
8	A: I've bought Mum a new top.
B: She probably
it. It’s too bright!
МНШ!
Make predictions about the future in your area: things that you think will happen
and things that you think won't happen.
1	I tkixL there will be mere sports centres for jcunj people.
2
3
4
Write about things you have planned for tomorrow, for next week and for next year.
Write about something you plan not to do.
5	I m jflinj to visit nuj friends tomorrow.
6
7
8
c doesn’t win
c is going to
c probably
b am going
a will
c 'll
b isn't going to
b won’t probably
Circle the correct option.
1 A: Could you read this letter for me?
B: Of course. I	read it now. a am going to
2 She’s got the best score. She	win the competition.
3 We	go on holiday this year.	a probably won’t
4 A:	stay at home tonight?
B: Yes, I’m really tired.	a Will you b Do you c Are you going to
5 If your team	.you’ll be really disappointed. a won't win	b wins
Will and be going to 33
Present continuous and present simple
for future use; future continuous
We’ll be flying from Hong Kong to Bangkok.

Blog around the globe
1 September
What are we doing in SEPTEMBER?
This month we’re flying from HONG KONG
to THAILAND.
Times and dates
2 September
The plane leaves Hong Kong
al 21 ;40 and arrives in
Bangkok. Thailand al 23:25
5 September
We go to Trat in South-east
Thailand.
w
9 September
We sail lo the island of Koh
Chang. We are staying al
Salakphel.
What will we be doing?
This time tomorrow we’ll be flying from Hong
Kong to Bangkok.
In one week’s time Pat will be lying on the beach
and I'll be visiting the temples.
What’s next?
Next month we're travelling from
THAILAND to CAMBODIA
and from there we’re visiting VIETNAM ...
1 Where will Pat and Conor be in September?
2 Where will they be in October?
eipoquirj z puv||S411 VJa.w>uy
34
Present continuous and present simple
for future use; future continuous
Present continuous for future use
1	Use the present continuous form (be + verb + -ing) for
plans in the future, especially when we already know
the time and place.
Where are you going in September?
We're travelling from Hong Kong to Thailand.
2	Sometimes we can use either the present continuous or
be going to for plans in the future, especially when we
are talking about a decision that we have already made.
I'm going to have my first flying lesson on Friday. = I’m
having my first flying lesson on Friday. (= A plan and I
know when it is taking place.)
We usually use be going to (not the present continuous)
for intentions or plans which have not been arranged.
One day, I'm going to have flying lessons. NOT Of*
day, I’m having flying lessons. (= A plan but I don’t know
when it will happen.)
► See Unit 7 for other uses of be going to for the future.
Future continuous
4 We make the future continuous with will / won't + be +
verb + -ing.
While we are having our meeting, the boss will be
talking to the builders.
My course finishes at the end of May. I won t be
studying in June.
We occasionally use shall / shan't + be + verb + -ing with
I and we in formal language.
/ shall be making a speech during the afternoon.
5 Use the future continuous to talk about something that
will be in progress at a particular time in the future.
This time tomorrow we’ll be flying from Hong Kong to
Bangkok.
Note the difference:
At 21.40 I'm flying to Bangkok.
(= My plane takes off at 21.40.)
Present simple for future use
3 We use the present simple to talk about future events
which are part of a timetable or schedule.
On 2 September we leave Hong Kong.
On Wednesday I have Geography.
After when, as soon as, until, after, before, if, unless, we
often use the present simple to express the future and
not will.
When you don't have any food, the supermarket will
automatically send you your favourite things.
NOT When you won t have any food...
Hong Kong
Bangkok
At 22.00 I’ll be flying from Hong Kong to Bangkok.
(- I’ll be sitting on the plane on the way to Bangkok.)
Hong Kong *-
2200
Bangkok
Write dates with just the number and the month.
2 September / 2nd September (OK English)
September 2 (US English)
But say:
'the second of September' or 'September the second’
Practice
A Match the sentence beginnings to the correct endings.
1	I’m having dinner —	a
2	Tomorrow's match	b
3	This time next year	c
4	In 50 years'time, I think	d
5	Next year the Chinese New Year	e
6	He’s going to save 100 euros	f
7	One day	g
I'm going to own a Porsche.
we will be living in the new house.
with my grandparents tonight.
every month.
people will be living in cities underground.
starts in January.
is not taking place in the new stadium.
Present continuous and present simple for future use; future continuous 35
В Read the information about Harriet's trip next week,
then complete the sentences using the present simple
or the future continuous.
1 At 6.25 pm on Monday Hemet IwteSkltw
2 During the flight
3 At 1.00 am on Tuesday
4 At 6.35 am on Tuesday
5 At 7.30 am on Tuesday
6 At 8.50 am on Tuesday
7 At 11.35 am on Tuesday
8 At 2.30 pm on Tuesday
C Complete the dialogue between Pat and his friend Sam
using the verbs in brackets in the present continuous
(future use) or be going to future. Sometimes more than
one answer is possible.
Sam: Hi Pat! It's good to see you! I've been reading all your
news on the blog.
What * arc you jeuy W Ab (do) now?
Pat: 12	(get) a job. 13
(meet) someone from
Euruflight on Monday to talk about »obs in the
company
Sam: You'1	|notbeableto)
give up travelling'
Pat: I know. 15	(find) it really
difficult. But I've promised my mum and anyway I
haven't got any money left!
Sam: So, no more travelling ever?
Pat I don't think I'll ever really stop travelling. I haven't
seen the Americas yet One day 6
(travel) along the Pacific coast. And I’ve
already booked a weekend away next month -
12	(go) Scotland. Some friends
and 18	(spend)
the weekend in the mountains
Sam You haven’t stopped at all! Where9
you	(live)?
Pat: 110	(rent) a flat with my
friend, Conor. We 11
(look at) some possible places next week.
D Underline the correct option. Sometimes both options
are possible.
1	Have your parents decided what they are doing. are
going to do next summer?
2	The bus leaves / is leaving at 6.00 tomorrow morning.
3	When they ask you what happened, what are you going
to soy/saying?
4	Get better soon. We .’hint will be thinking of you.
5	I can't come out tonight - I'm going to bob' '
babysitting.
6	I'm helping/1 help at the school fair tomorrow.
7	My dad is retiring/ is going to retire in the summer.
8	They re not arriving/don't arrive until later.
9	During the next hour, I snail be talk ing m tailing abou
the effect of the Internet on shopping habits.
36
E Cross out all the options which are NOT possible. Cross
out one or two options each time.
ora	CD
$ C Ic □
Dt*Me Reply Reply All Forward Prwn
Hl Shaz
I'm so jealous of my sister! She 1 takes/» going to take/
is taking next month off work and 1 spends/is spending/
will he spending it in the Swiss Alps. She J/s finally going
to learn/is finally learning/will finally learn how to ski.
This time next week she Askiing/is skiing /will be skiing
down the slopes. I hope she '’will not be breaking/is
not breaking/is not going to break her leg or something!
Her plane ('gets in/will get in/is getting in on Saturday
morning and the classes 7begin/are beginning/shall be
beginning straight away in the afternoon.
She "picks up/is picking up /is going to pick up her
tickets this afternoon and talks about nothing else! And
just imagine what she 9» going to be like/is being like/
is like when she gets back. She 10B not talking/won't
be talking/isn't going to talk about anything else for
months!
Grrr!
Jem x
F What would you say in the following situations? Write
a sentence for each one, using one of the future forms
from this unit.
1	Find out if your friend has any plans to go on holiday
this year.
flre. joujciiy on kclutaij tkis^urf
2	You have an appointment at the dentist's tomorrow at
midday. Some friends want to visit you in the morning.
Tell them what time they can visit and why.
3	You are arranging an interview for a summer job in a
cafe. Tell the interviewer how to recognise you.
4	There is a good show at your local theatre. Ring the
theatre to find out the time of the show.
5	A friend invites you to dinner tomorrow evening but
you don’t want to go. Make an excuse.
6	It’s your birthday next week. Your mum wants to take
you out but you have already made plans with your
friends. Tell her about these.
Write questions with the words given, using the present simple, present
continuous, be going to future or future continuous.
Mf TURN!
1	What / do / next weekend?
tJkat art joujoinj t6 do utektnd?
2	What/do/this time tomorrow?
3	When / start / your next school term?
4	Who/have/dinner with tonight?
5	In ten years'time, where/live?
6	What time / get up / tomorrow?
c I’ll be waiting
c isn’t going to leave
are meeting
c are... going to get
b are going to meet c
a do... get b are... getting
; c are going to have
b I’m waiting
b isn’t leaving
Circle the correct option(s). Sometimes more than one option is possible
1 My friends me outside the swimming pool at 5.00. a meet
2 What your parents you for your next birthday?
3 One day they children. a have b are having
4 This time tomorrow at the hospital. a I wait
5 The boat until the morning. a doesn't leave I
Present continuous and present simple for future use; future continuous 37
[gflftga?
Change a poreiblo In 1965 Venice was on the verge of falling info the
sea after some very heavy rain, but today, after a lot of building work, it
is one al the most popular tounst places in the world By the end of thra
summer two m*on people will have visited Venice
Zabkf is a very old town in Yemen with very Interesting buildings It was
once the capital of Yemen and it had an mportaru Нанес university The
problem is that many businesses there need new roads and buildings
and the town rs changrig Some people say that by 2050 people will
have built a new town and al the old places will have gone
This building was the only building left in Hirosrwna after the nuclear-
bomb fell in 1945 The sad history o' Hiroshima tells us that we people
- are the biggest danger to ths beautiful world, its places, people
and animals When we are about to do something bad we sixxrkl
think about this
Future perfect and other future forms
Will they all have gone?



Many places in the world are in danger.
If we are to save these places, we need your help.
Vnavga Natcoal Park в m the Congo It has lots of different animate
like the mountain gorillas in me photograph Vrurga National Park was
going to be a great centre for tourists and nature lovers, but everything
changed in the 1990s There were wars in carenes near the Congo and
many people have come to live in the park. These people are hungry and
lull the arwnals Will all the animals have died before the wars stop?
True or False?
1	Zabid is the capital of Yemen.
2	Venice is a good example of how we can save
interesting places.
3	Hiroshima 1945 is a bad example of what
people can do.
МИД f »П4| у М|Ч т $*»<*SUV
Future perfect and other future forms
Future perfect
1 Make the future perfect using will + have + past participle.
	statement /	negative X
l/You/He/She/lt/	will have (’ll)	will not (won’t)
We/They	have finished.	have finished. 	
Make questions and short answers as follows:
5 Use if+ is / are to... to show that something must
happen before something else.
If we are to save these places, we need your help.
(= We need your help before we can save these
places.)
Be about to
6 Use be about + to-infinitive to talk about actions
and situations that are going to happen very soon
or immediately.
When countries are about to start a war...
The match is about to begin.
IIP
We can also use be on the verge of+ -ing and
be on the point of + -ing, to talk about actions
and situations that will happen soon.
2 Use the future perfect to talk about actions and situations
that will be finished by a certain time in the future.
By the end of this summer, two million people will have
visited Venice.
Will all the animals have died before the wars stop?
This time next week I will have finished all my exams.
The park is on the verge / on the point of
closing.
present
future
Present perfect
7 We can use the present perfect to talk about
actions and situations in the future that will
finish before something else happens.
After you’ve seen Venice, go to Rome.
I'll phone you when I've finished.
UP
Don’t use the future perfect for states, use will.
You'll be very tired by the time you get home.
NOT... will have been very tired...
3 We often use the future perfect with a time phrase about
the future.
Do you think the tour will have finished by 17.00?
The old town will have changed completely before they do
anything.
Be+ to-infinitive
4 Use be + to-infinitive to talk about plans and arrangements
in formal language. We don't usually use be + to-infinitive
in negatives and questions.
The King is to visit Zahid tomorrow.
Future in the past
8 We can use past forms of future forms, e.g.
am going to -> was going to, are trying -» were
trying, to talk about actions and situations in
the past that were planned but did not happen,
or that were planned but we don’t know if they
happened.
The park was going to be a great tourist centre.
(This was a plan but it never happened because
of the war.)
We were visiting Yemen later that month, so we
needed visas. (This was a plan but we don’t know
if they went or not.)
Future perfect and other future forms 39
Practice
A Ivan is thinking about his future. He is very ambitious! C
First, match the years to the events, then write
sentences about his future using the future perfect.
Complete the sentences using the verbs from the
box and the phrases in brackets.
burn drink fall jump sing win
f 2015, 2018, 2020, 2030, 2035, 2040, 2041, 2050
ke will kave fiiusked sckcol
become a millionaire
graduate
retire to the island
start my own business
buy a 10 million dollar house
finish school
sell this house for a big profit
move to an island.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
By 2015,
By 2018.
By 2020,
By 2030,
By 2035,
By 2040,
By 2041,
By 2050,
Now do the same for your own future.
1 Stj wfct jtar, (mill kave learned t6 drive.
2
3
4
В Read about Sarah’s week.
Sarah eats two eggs a day, but only one on Saturday and
none on Sundays.
She studies Italian for three hours on Wednesday and two
hours on Thursday.
Sarah watches TV for two hours every day except for
Friday.
She runs 10 km every morning except Friday, her rest day.
and Sunday, when she runs 15 km.
Sarah sleeps seven hours a night, three hours more than
this on Friday and Saturday.
She drives for one hour to work and one hour back. She
doesn’t work at the weekend.
Sarah gives £20 to ‘Save the Animals' every week.
Its 6n tke verje of falling.
1
2
3
4
5
6
(on the verge of)
.(on the point of)
.(about to)
. (on the verge of)
.(about to)
.(on the point of)
Write a new sentence about each situation using
was / were going to.
1	Tom wanted to buy a new bike last year, but he
didn't have enough money.
He was joinj to kj a new bite.
2	I wanted to phone him last night but I forgot
3	The sky got very dark and people opened their
umbrellas.
It is Monday. What will Sarah have done by the end of
the week?
Ske will kave eaten П e^s.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
4	He was hot and the window was closed. He went
to the window, but it was locked.
5	My friends said, ‘We will meet you at 5.00.' It’s now
5.30, so where are they?
6	Louise planned to move house, then her plans
changed.
E The Queen and the Prime Minister of Atlantis are visiting Shangri-La
tomorrow. Decide which activities each will do and which they will
both do, then write sentences using be + to-infinitive.
1	*1:00, tke апЛ tke Primt Minister arc to arrive at tke airport.
2 fit 10.00, tke фиш is to visit tke museum and tke Prime Minister is to meet journalists
3
4
5
6
7
8
10:00 - visit the Atlantis museum:
____ meet journalists
12:00 speak at a conference;
________give prizes to school children
13:30 - have lunch
16:00 - see the King of Shangri-La. ”
___ go to a business meeting
IILOO give a talk to Economics students
18:30 open a theatre
21:00 return home
F Circle the correct option.
Siberian tigers used to live all round Asia and eastern Russia but now they
only live in the north east of Siberia. We asked Olga Alexandrovna, an
expert on Siberian tigers, for some information on them. Olgax... go on a
conference but she agreed to speak to us.
There are not many Siberian tigers left, but it is not true that we are on the
verge of2... these beautiful animals. The 1990s was a very bad time for the
tigers because of hunters. I thought the hunters3... kill all the tigers; it was
terrible. It is important to tell people about these problems and this is why
I do a lot of travelling; 14... to 28 different countries by the end of this year.
I'm an optimist and I think the number of tigers 5... by, say, 2030. In the
future, people6... more sensible and they7... that we need the tigers. If we
8... change the situation, we need everyone to help. Sadly, in the future,
most Siberian tigers9... in zoos but we 10... them fror
hunters.'Olga n... meet the President of Russia very
soon and discuss this problem with him.
1	a was on the verge of b was on the point of
t) was about to
2	a losing b to lose c lose
3	a were going to b were going c were to
4 a was going b will have been c am
5 a have increased b are increasing
c will have increased
6	a will be b are c will have been
7	a understand b are about to understand c
will have understood
8 a are to b will have c are
9 a have been b will be c will have been
10 a on the verge of saving b about to save
11 a is b is to c was going
c will have saved
Mf TURN!
Complete these sentences using future
forms from this unit.
1	I might phone my friend, when
I’vefi»iiske4tkise)arcise. .................
2	Last night
but I changed my mind.
3	I hope I
by the time I’m 25.
4	Maybe I
before the weekend.
5	Someone
by the year 2050.
6 When
I will be very happy.
7 At the moment,
b will have built c were going to build
b are c
has arrived
is to come
will be
c will have arrived
c come
Circle the correct option.
1 This time tomorrow we	on the plane to Venice. a
2 This time tomorrow we	in Venice. a have arrived
3 The president to Hiroshima next January. a came
4 The gorilla run away. a is about to b is to c is on the verge of
5 They a new road there but they didn't have enough money. a built

Future perfect and other future forms 41
Review: present, past and future forms
A Underline the correct option.
1	At the end of the novel, the old lady goes /is going
back to the village where she was born.
2	Magda has/is having a driving lesson right now, so can
you call back later?
3	I'm thinking/think about having a party at my house
next month.
4	My brother is forever getting/ forever gets into trouble
at school.
5	is your mum usually taking/Does your mum usually
take the train to go to work?
6	Jaime is 19 years old but still grows /is still growing.
7	I am not believing/don't believe a single word of
Andrew’s story.
8	My sister is borrowing/borrows my mobile phone
until she gets a new one.
9	In the summertime in Scotland it isn't getting/doesn't
get dark until well after 10 pm.
10	To use the website, you are just completing/just
complete a form with your name, date of birth and
email address.
В Complete the sentences with the correct past forms of
the verbs in brackets.
1	As soon as the bell rang, everyone Uft
the room, (leave)
2	Ben	his jacket when a button
came off. (put on)
3	Aren’t you hungry? You	anything
since 7 o'clock this morning, (not eat)
4	I’m sorry. Are you OK? I	to hurt
you. (mean)
5	What nice shoes! How long	you
them? (have)
6	We needed to stop and have a rest because we
for several hours, (drive)
7	The children	that computer game
for three hours now. It's time for them to stop, (play)
8	We’re old friends. We	each other
for over ten years, (know)
9	Laura didn’t want to watch the film with Robin
because she	it already, (see)
10	What time	you
this morning? (wake up)
C Complete the text with the words from the box.
ago during ever for last never
recently since still then when
This time 1 test year my older brother Matt was
working in a special park for wild animals in Bolivia. Matt
has been very interested in animals ever2	he
was a small boy, and he absolutely loved Inti Wara Yassi, as
the park is called. It was first opened over 20 years
by two young Bolivians, Juan Carlos and
Nena.4	they started the park, their aim was
to provide care for five monkeys which had not been well
looked after by their owners, but 5	they
realised there were lots of other wild animals in need of
help. So,6	the 1990s, they started to look
after wild cats, bears and birds, and they now have over
700 animals in their care. People come from all round the
world to help them. Matt worked there 7	six
months. He looked after monkeys and wild cats and he
said it was one of the best things he’d 8	done
in his life. Personally, I 9	used to like animals
very much, but10	, after listening to Matt's
stories, I’ve become interested in them and I want to visit
Inti Wara Yassi myself. 111	haven’t decided
when I’m going but I hope it’s soon.
D Complete each sentence b so that it has a similar
meaning to sentence a, using two to five words
including the word in brackets.
1 a The last time I spoke to Gemma was on Saturday.
(since)
b I haven’t spotfcx to sinct Saturday.
2 a It's hard to imagine now, but when he was younger,
my uncle was a professional footballer, (play)
b It's hard to imagine now, but when he was younger,
my uncle	professionally.
3 a The concert started before we got to the theatre.
(already)
b The concert
time we got to the theatre.
4 a Katia began to learn English about three years ago.
(learning)
b Katia	about
three years.
42
5 a When you went to Scotland, was that your first	F
camping holiday? (ever)
b	on a camping holiday
before you went to Scotland?
6 a This is my first visit to the science museum, (have)
b I	the science museum
before.
7 a When did you start to play chess online? (been)
b How
chess online?
8 a Whenever I saw the postman, he always said hello
with a big smile on his face, (would)
b Whenever I saw the postman, he
hello with a big smile on his face.
E Cross out ONE incorrect option.
1 a I think it's going to rain i
b I think it II rain	г this evening.
с I think it rains	J
2 a We're on the point
b We're just about
c We're on the verge
" of going on holiday.
3 a If his English gets better,
b If he wants his English to get better, I he’ll need to practise a lot.
c Ifhis English is to get better, J
4 a I’m meeting Louise at the beach
b I was going to meet Louise at the beach
с I was to meet Louise at the beach
” but she can’t now.
5 a Will you be seeing Jay
b Are you seeing Jay
c Do you see
• next weekend.
6 a We’ll have had dinner
b We’ll be having dinner
c We’re having dinner
k by the time you arrive.
7 a I’m going to visit my cousin in Canada
b I’m visiting my cousin in Canada
c I’ll visit my cousin in Canada
8 a The bus will have come
b The bus will come
c The bus is coming
" one day.
" soon - don't worry.
9 a I'm sure you're going to have a good time
b I’m sure you’ll have a good time
c I’m sure you’re having a good time
• at the party tonight.
10 a If they will use fresh vegetables,
b If they’ve used fresh vegetables,
c If they use fresh vegetables,
” the salad will be nice.
Circle the correct option.
1 When Kazu... that you're coming for the
weekend, he’ll be really happy.
2 Eleni doesn’t feel too well, so she probably
... to school tomorrow.
3 On the television news they said... next
week.
4 Sorry, Janis, but we... have dinner, so can I
call you back later?
5 Frank... you but he didn’t have time.
6 I'll lend you the book as soon as „ reading
it.
7 By the end of this course, I’m sure your
English... a lot
8 If you’re not careful,... an accident.
9 I... you next summer.
10 We can stay in the park until... dark.
1 a will hear ф hears c is hearing
2 a won't go b shan’t go c doesn’t go
3 a it rains b it’s raining
c it’s going to rain
4 a will just b are just about to
c are just to
5 a is to call b will have called
c was going to call
6 a I’ve finished b I'll have finished
c I'm going to finish
7 a is improving b has improved
c will have improved
8 a you're having b you’re going to have
c you’ll have had
9 a will definitely see
b am on the point of seeing
c am about to see
10 a it’s getting b it will have got c it gets
Review 1 43
Modals of ability and obligation 1
Six astronauts can stay there.
Space s*a*cns are places for astronauts to work, and study life
ir space. The ciggest space station ts *te International Space Staton; six
csTonauts can stay tnere. Astronauts a-e able to stay on space s'ohons for
0 long time - the ongesr was 437 days - but they need to be strong and
healthy because life is very dfficul* >n space.
Usua ly. if you drop an oppie, i* must Tall down:
the s because of ETrffiB But in space there
s ro gnavi-y, so astronauts cannot s*and or
walk, normally. Tnis maxes it difficult for them to
exercise their egs, sc they have to da special
exercises every day to keep ft.
There a-e nc srvwe-s on the International Space
Staton - wcte- earner go downl - so ashunauts
nave to rave oaths. As*ronoiits have go* to be
very careful with washing because they hove very
lithe water, It cornet rain in space.
Could we I've in space in the future? Not very
soon. j need to have a lor of money to build
a space city and not many countries cou'd
do this. Ever if we are able to live in space,
life wouldn’* be easy there. We should move
where we live a nicer place instead!
1 What is the longest time someone has stayed in space?
2 How do astronauts wash in space?
«4WQ *ЛЯ4 Aoq t ? iAep I ШУЛvy
44
Modals of ability and obligation 1
1	Can, could, must and should are modal verbs. Use a
second verb in the infinitive without to after modal
verbs. Make negatives with not Put them before
the subject in questions.
Sin astronauts can stay there.
You must not use too much water.
Could we live in space ?
Can I be able to
2	Use can (not) and be | not) able to for talking about
present ability. Be able to is less common and more
formal.
Canyou see the moon ?
Astronauts are able to stay on space stations fora
long time.
3	Use will be able to for future ability. The negative
form of the future is will not be able to or won’t be
Meta.
One day we will be able to live on the moon.
She им! be able to walk after a year in space.
4	We can also use can for future ability if we are
talking about a possible plan.
t can't meet Ted today bu 11 can see hum tomorrow
5	Could - would be able to.
Could people live m space in the future ?
5hr could be a scientist if she wonted to.
Must, have to, should
6	There are no past or future forms of must. Use forms
of have to for obligation in the past or the future.
Yesterday I had to do my science homework and
today I must give it to the teacher
The first spaceships had to be very small
Will we have to live in space one day?
7	Use must and have to to talk about rules and laws, or
something that is necessary.
Ybu must never look at the sun through a telescope.
Astronauts have to be intelligent.
8	Use must to talk about what the speaker thinks is
necessary. Have to is usually about an obligation
imposed on the speaker by others or the situation.
Questions are more common with hove to than
must.
(must phone Bill, I really want to speak to him.
i have to stay at home - the doctor is coming. (The
speaker can’t change the situation.)
Do I have to phone Bill ’(not usually Must I phone
BdH
IIP
Have got to means the same as have to but it is
more informal.
Have you got to read that boring hook?
9	Use mustn't or can’t (NOT don't haveto| to talk about
things we are not allowed to do.
You mustn't j can't park your car here.
10	Use don 't have to or doesn't have to for something
which is not necessary.
You don't have to come with me Stay at home if you
want
11	Use should to say what it is necessary to do and to give
advice. Should is not as strong as must.
IVe should make where we live a meet place!
You shouldn't do it if you don't like It
Ought to, need, had better
12	Ought to - should but it is much less common. Ought
to (negative ought not to) is very rare in questions.
Astronauts ought to exercise everyday.
13	Need is usually followed by the to-infinitive, but
sometimes it is a modal verb. The future is will
need to.
She needs to train more.
Need I go?
Will we need to go?
14	Do not need to. or need not. means there is no
obligation.
You don't need to explain I already understand
We needn't lake any money.
We can use There’s no need to... when there is
no obligation.
everything is all right. There's no need to worry
15	Use had better to give strong advice or orders. The
form is always past and it is followed by the infinitive
without to. The negative is hud better not. The
question form is not very often used.
We had better make forth a nicer place.
You'd better listen to me!
Modals of ability and obligation 1 45
Practice
A Match the sentence beginnings to the correct endings.
1	If you can’t drive, you
2	You have to help her because she
3	They won't be able to find it without help so they
4	You have to write a story but it
5	I mustn't make her angry, so I
6	There’s no need to translate, she
7	11 doesn’t need to be expensive but it
8	We need to finish it tomorrow, so you
9	I could run a marathon but I
10	Rich countries must understand that they
1	(	2	3	4	5
6	7	8	9	10
В Underline the correct option.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
C What can / must / should, etc. these people do in
their jobs / lives? Answer using modals.
1 A doctor
Ske kos to wort Iom koun. Siu skoold study Kurd.
5kc can mat a lot cf different people.
2 A teacher
a can’t do everything.
b have to help poor people.
c had better work faster.
d ought to speak nicely.
e shouldn't look cheap.
f have to walk.
g will have to train a lot.
h doesn’t have to be very long.
i should take a map.
j can understand everything.
Dogs can't /couldn't talk.
It’s a difficult question. I must/can think about it
Soon you will be able to/can speak English well.
Tomorrow is Sunday, so I mustn’t/don't have to get up early
Can/Shouldyou swim?
You mustn't / don't hove to play football near the window.
Should she/Ought she see a doctor?
It's raining hard. You should/are able to get an umbrella.
Tom could/has to do it if he wanted.
I can/have got to phone Jane but her phone is off.
Actresses don't need to/must not be beautiful to work on the radio.
We can / have to meet tomorrow if you get some free time.
3 An astronaut
4 A model
D Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar meaning,
using modals. Sometimes more than one answer is
possible.
1	It would be a good idea for Jack to go home.
Jack, skouldjo кбм
2	It is necessary forjill to eat more.
3	Emily cooks very well
4	It would be a bad idea for us to stop.
5	1 here is no obligation for you to wait.
6	Jo speaks French.
7	Will it be possible for you to come tomorrow?
8	They don’t want to go but it is necessary.
5 I
46
E Complete the following sentences using tlte
correct forms of the modals in the box, then
give reasons / situations.
be able to can have to have to
must must need to ought to
1	We	htot Йи art л CRixa	speak Chinese.
2	1	CMt	swim.
	Йа миг Uar«e4 at scMsl	
3	He	buy 15 battles of cola.
4	1	go to bed very early.
S	We	visit the museum.
6	She	do the test again.
7	1	speak to my mum.
8	My friend	
	nde a bike.	
F Circle the correct option.
At the moment we *... travel between planets but we2 . travel between
stars. Stars are very far away from each other and our spaceships ’...
go fast enough to get there. The nearest star to the Sun is Proxima
Centauri but a spaceship 4... only gel there in a few thousand years.
But why5 we go to other stars’ Well, stars are very important, so we
6. know more about them. For example, our nearest star is the Sun -
you can see it from your window, but you look too long because it
can be bad for your eyes. We live without the Sun because it gives
our planet energy.
We9... visit other stars to know about them because we have very good
telescopes, but if you really want to see life'on stars you10 watch
films or read books
1	a	must b should £> can
2	a	can't b don't have to c mustn't
3	a	mustn't b aren't able to c shouldn't
4	a	can b could c has to
5	a	should b ought c can
6	a	can b could c ought to
7	a	have not to b mustn’t c don't have to
8 a couldn't b shouldn t c mustn't
9 a mustn’t b don’t have to c shouldn't
10 a don't have to b had to c will have to
Modals of ability and obligation 1 47
Modals of ability and obligation 2
He should have given the dog a biscuit.
Yesterday the police had to help ti
robber who couldn't get down from
.1 tree. Jim Sly went into the house of
80-year-old Emily Bishop while she
was asleep. Her dog. Rover, woke up
and ran after Sly. The dog could run
fast but Sly was able to get into the
gulden and up the tree. Emily said. 'The
man needn't have run away. Rover is
a very nice dog. He should have said
Hello and given him a biscuit.'
The muitHmilliorvaire Kelly Rogers has sold both tier houses
and gone to live in a small village in Scotland. T should
have done this years ago,’ she said, needed to change
my life and do something new. This simple life is so
~---------------------	™ chef had to walk to the shops’
Match each person to the correct action:
1 Emily	a	finished university
2 Sly	b	bought a new house
3 Kelly	c	ran away from a dog
4 Tom	d	phoned the police
<к ’г pi ujmw
Tom Brown has finished his
university course - after 24 years.
He started his course in 1985 but he
wasn't able to finish it until this
June It's been a long time,'said
Tom. I should have finished in
1988 but 1 had to gel a job to pay for
the course. I didn't have to do this
course but it was interesting Maybe
I ll study somethmo ---------
Modals of ability and obligation 2
Could and be able to
1	Use could (not) or wos / were |not| able to for ability
in the past. Could is more common than was I were
able to.
The dog could run fast.
He wasn't able to finish it.
2	Use wus / were able to | NOT rmrW| when talking about
one event in the past. In the negative, both forms are
possible.
He was able to get into the garden NO1 Me could.-
Luckily. I was able to open the door in time.
NOT ..I could .
I wasn't able to / couldn't open the door in time.
Had to
3	There is no past form of must. Use had to for
statements and questions about obligation in the past.
Use couldn't or wasn't allowed to for negatives.
I had to get a job
I was on a diet so I couldn't eat chocolate.
Needed to and didn't have to
4	Use needed to and had to for what was necessary in the
past.
I needed to / had to change my life.
Use didn't need to and didn't have to for what was not
necessary in the past.
I didn 't need to i didn't have to do this course but it
was interesting.
Should have
5	Use should have ♦ past participle for something that
was necessary in the past but that you didn't do. Use
should not have ♦ past participle for something that
was unnecessary in the past but that you did anyway.
I should have finished in 1989. (I didn’t finish then,
unfortunately.)
VMr shouldn't have broken it. (We did break it,
unfortunately.)
Ought to have and need to have
6	We sometimes use ought (not) to have, need to huw
and need not have for obligation in the past but these
forms are not very common.
You ought to have listened to me
The mon needn't have run away.
Practice
A Match the famous people to the correct sentence endings.	В Rewrite these sentences in the past.
(look on the Internet if you’re not sure about the answers.)	। । nect| to
1 Elvis	a shouldn't have opened the box	1 «ceded tS SU kit
2 Napoleon	b wasn't allowed to marry Romeo	2 We must go.
3 Pandora	c didn't need to die so young. It w.is tragic.
4 Houdini	d could sing very well.	3 We mustn't go
5 Jubet	e should have written more books.
6 Nelson Mandela	f was able to get out of strange places.	4 You should buy it.
7 Jane Austen	g had to go to prison for many years.
8 Princess Diana	h didn't need to fight at Waterloo.	5 She doesn't need to come.
14	2	3	4	, _	o	6 They cm speak French. D	O	f	о
7 He has to sleep.
8 He’s not able to be here
Modals of ability and obligation 2 49
C Underline the correct option.
1	I could /' had to read when I was three years old.
2	It was very cold and we could/had to put on warm coats.
3	Mike should have spoke» needed to speak to Mel. so he phoned her.
4	We couldn't /didn't hove to do it if we didn't want to
5	I was able to/ could speak to her before the lesson began.
6	That's a secret. You shouldn't have /couldn't have told her.
7	5 haron loved food and she could/ needed to cook very well.
8	We needn't have didn't need to spend so much money
9	Were you able/could you to open the box?
10	The children didn't have to/weren't allowed to watch TV late
E What were the consequences of these
facts? Answer using past modals.
1 25 years ago. there were no mobile
phones.
flwplt Ы to pkone from kont
Tkej oulant pkunc tkeit (rtcnds on tke train
2 50 years ago. there were no home
computers.
D Yesterday, Alice's boss left her a list of things to do. Change the notes
into sentences using past modals.
Hi. flCitt
1	Pkont Jaiuslll
2	. Beat eat all tke ckocdlates.
3	. Use ruj ccnputtr (ifrfsw
4	6u*| seme mwe papw ’ ^3 ^P^tant’
b. ktat itcesiorj w jmisk du report
6. Ckect »u| enuniLs (please)
7 Don't wernj aheutjoiruj te tke Mitinj.
J. Dant forqet Monies birtUaj
Su. JO is tomdtrew,
Brian
1 Skt kad te pkcnt Jaws
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3 75 years ago. not many people had cars.
4 100 years ago. not many children went to
school
5 150 years ago, there were no fridges.
6 500 years ago. there were very few
hospitals
50
F Circle the correct option.
МНШ!
Student Helen Jones spent the night in Lincoln History
Museum She 1... get out after the museum closed aixl
l... stay there until the morning. Helen 3... get some
information for a history project, so she went to the
museum on Saturday afternoon. Her fnends ... go. they
5... do a project, so she was alone.
£
Helen ... take photos (you are not allowed to use a
camera in the museum) but she ... get a lot of information.
She was so interested in the museum that she didn’t notice
a
the time. There ... two museum workers on Saturday. Ted
and Bill, but Ted was ill and Bill 9... close the museum
himself Bill closed the museum while Helen was still
inside. Helen l0... call anyone because she didn’t have her
mobile phone with her.
The next morning. Bill opened the museum and found
Helen. Helen was very tired after such a long night but
she H... get up and answer our phone call this morning.
‘I don’t feel well,’ she said. ‘1 was hungry, so I ate some
sweets 1 found in the museum. 1‘2... eaten those sweets.
They were 500 years old!’
Give reasons for these situations using modal verbs.
They can be funny!
1	You didn’t do your homework.
I kad to aivt ituj pet elepluut a balk last niakt
l4tj babj hrotker drew би nuj book and I coutdnt read it.
2	You are meeting your friend but you are late.
3	You forgot your friend’s birthday.
4	You didn’t do the shopping.
1	a could b should ©couldn’t d shouldn’t
2	a must b must have c had to d has to
3	a needed to b needed c needed have tl need
4	a had to b have to must not d didn’t have to
5	a didn’t need b hadn’t to c didn’t need to
d need not
6	a was able to b couldn’t c mustn't d needed to
7	a should have b ought to c need d was able to
8	a should have been b could be c was able to be
d were able to be
9	a have to b must c needed d had to
10	a didn't have to b couldn’t c didn’t need to
d needn't have
11	a could b was able to c had to d should have
12	a was able to have b wasn't able to have
c shouldn't have d should have
5 You had an argument with your mum.
6 You didn't wash your hair last night.
Circle the correct option.
1 Emily was 80 years old but she see very well, a could b had to c didn’t have to
2 Rover outside because the road was very dangerous, a mustn’t go b wasn’t allowed to go c needed to go
3 Tom become a professor? a Had... to b Needed ... to c Should... have
4 Emily get out ofbed and phone the police, a could b was able to c needed
5 Tom was very clever, so he hard, a had to study b must study c didn’t have to study
Modals of ability and obligation 2 51
Possibility and certainty in the present
and future
It must be 3.
The brain. Just like the body, needs exercise Some scientists
say that doing puzzles may help you to think more clearly.
Puzzles could also improve your memory, especially as you
get older One puzzle a year may not make much difference -
but doing one every day might even prevent mental Uness.
Sudoku are number puzzles which are very popular in Japan,
the UK. and the USA In this example, each row, column and
box should contain each of the numbers 1 to 6
Mini-Sudoku
4
3
1
2
5
6
2
5
4
6
2
3
7
1
5

4
6
3
2
5
4
6
5
2
3
1
E* 5 ± 00ТЮ 24
* • * HI
няни
This number can't be 1
It must be 3.
This number must be 1
Now look at this puzzle picture. What do you
see? It might be a wwn» face. She might Lie
looking down. It could tie a man's face. He could
be locking over his shoulder. Turn the picture on
its side and you may not see a p1 2cture any more -
you may see a word instead.
1 Why is it good to do puzzles?
2 What are the different things people may see in the puzzle picture?
- jet|,SI рк>м Ujppiu dtp JdWK>M( 51ц ЛЛР 8uPfOO| UTUI Г M	к ДОМОМ у Z
jjp|o dir nu< udqra «аищ |г>и»ш ъцв«ш ри»
jnoA aacudiui р|псп А*|ц алш juiip naA dpq Леш Mf/mj I
52
Possibility and certainty in the present
and future
1	Must, may, might, could and can’t are modal verbs.
After modal verbs we use the infinitive without to.
The modal verb does not change.
He could be looking over his shoulder.
They may not know the answer.
IIP
We don’t use can to mean ‘It is possible that
It could be a man's face.
NOT H-ecmJie-a-rnerrt-fttee.
2	Use must to say that you think something is certain or
very probable. The negative of must is can’t.
It must be 3. (= I am certain the answer is 3.)
It can’t be 1. (= I am certain the answer is not 1. OR 1 is
not possible.)
4	Use may not and might not to mean ‘It is possible that
... not...’. We don't often use could not in this context.
The story may not / might not be true. (= It's possible
that the story is not true.)
In this context, the negative of must is can't, not
mustn’t.
It can't be 1. NOT
5	We use may, might or could to talk about something
which will possibly happen in the future. Negatives are
may not and might not. We don’t often use could not in
this context.
It could improve your memory as you get older.
It may not make any difference to you in the future.
3	Use may, might or could to mean ‘It is possible that
We often use might when something is less likely.
You may see a word. (= It’s possible that you can see a
word.)
He could be looking over his shoulder. (= It's possible
that he's looking over his shoulder.)
It might be a woman's face. (- It’s possible that it’s a
woman's face.)
IIP
Note the difference:
✓ I will see you later.
? I may see you later.
У They won't be at the party tomorrow.
? They might not be at the party tomorrow.
Practice
A In this sudoku puzzle, each of the four shapes	and C) appears
in every row, column and box. Write sentences using must and can't,
then complete the puzzle.
1
2
3
4
5
6
The blue square
The green square
The yellow square
The pink square
The grey square
The white square
can t be a
Possibility and certainty in the present and future 53
В Complete the dialogues using must and an adjective
from the box.
angry bored disappointed excited fit
rich tired
1	A: We’re going on holiday tomorrow.
B:	You XU5C be ICCitei^
2	A: He bought his wife a new car
for her birthday	dB
B:	He	Vf
3	A:	She goes to the gym every	*7-
day
B:	She
4	A: We were working until midnight last night
B:	You_________	.	___ __________.
5	A: I didn't pass the exam.
8 You
6 A: They studied this Science lesson last week, and now
they're doing it again.
B: They
7 A My friend borrowed my mobile and now she's
lost it
B: You
D Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar meaning,
using the word in brackets.
1	It's possible that vitamin tablets are not the best t hing
for your health. (may|
Vtconx «Wets auy xM bt tkt blit tkixa (er jow liwltL
2	The scientist said it is possible that life exists on other
planets (mightl
3	Maybe he will go to prison, (could)
4	Perhaps he doesn't know much about cars. (might)
5 It's possible we won't see her again, (may]
6 Perhaps wearing glasses will make your eyesight
worse, (might)
C You are having a party and you are worried about one of
your friends who has not arrived. What do you think the
problem is? Write sentences using the words in the box
and could, may or might.
buying a present not / coming
not / have the address have / problem with her phone
ill train > late working late
7 Maybe he's wrong jcould)
8 It's possible we won’t go on holiday this summer
(might)
1 Tfiz tram uaU bl Ute.
2
9 Perhaps I will phone her later |may)
10 He doesn’t say much - perhaps he's shy (may [
54
E Complete the dialogues using must, may, could, might or
toot.
1 A: I phoned my parents but there was no reply.
B: They ixujkt «t be at komc
2	A- Is dinner ready? I haven't had anything to eat all day.
B:	You	I
3	A; Look! What's the name of that actor on the TV?
B:	Ask your brother. He
He sometimes watches this show.
4	A Hi. Lewis, have you seen Olivia? I've been waiting for her
for half an hour!
B: There s another entrance at the back. She
5	A I
I found my first grey hair this morning.
B:	Well, you'll be 70 next month!
6	A: Jamie is coming to see the film tonight.
B:	He	!
He s on holiday!
7	A: I found this jacket. Is it yours or Maria's?
R. It's not mine. It
111 ask her.
8 A: Look! Is that Amy driving the car?
B; It
She's too young to drive
f Write at least one reason for these situations,
using may (not), might Inot) or could.
1 A train comes into a station, but none of the
waiting passengers move.
Tkt pasytiyers couU к tie otkcr mu,.
It ixi^kt hr a kM train.
2 Georgina only eats leaves.
3 Jack gets into his car and sits there for five
minutes. Then he gets out again.
4 The cat is running away from the mouse
MHURft!
Complete these sentences about your plans for the future using will, won't, could, may (not) or might (not).
When I'm 18,...
1
3
5
7

2
4
6
8
continue studying,
have a bank account,
still live with my parents,
travel.
leave home,
have a job.
be married,
have my own car.
Now write sentences about two more plans you have.
9 I	10
5
It months before the building is finished.
I'll ask Ted. He the answer.
i don’t know if I'm going shopping next weekend. I
a might not have b not might have c could not have
A: Who's that in the house? B it Gemma, she's still in the States, a must be b mustn't be c can’t be
She's worked for the company for years. She nearly old enough to retire.
a must b mustn't c must be
a could b can be c could be
a may not b may c may know
enough money.
Circle the correct option.
1
2
3

Possibility and certainty in the present and future 55
«.ni|ds J4J	umuu» is им /j a^nriofl f
у3 (ХХГ 'H i»’UJ«icoadd» «н qorarqd я *эд«чм I sj<MAkuw
Possibility and certainty in the
It must already have been there.
The Great Sphinx
Who built the Great Sphinx,
and when?
The Great Sphinx is at Giza in Egypt
next to the Great Pyramids.
The Pyramids were built by pharaohs
in approximately 2500 BC.The Great
Sphinx has the body of a lion and the
face of a man. Many scientists think
the man may have been Khafre, a
pharaoh at that time.
However, scientists do not all agree
on this. John West and Robert Schoch
have discovered water ESHED on
the Sphinx. But, in the middle of the
Egyptian desert, where could the
water have come from? Heavy rain
was only common in Egypt around
5000 BC. So West and Schoch believe
that Khafre can’t have built the
Sphinx. The Sphinx must already
have existed at Giza when the
pyramids were built. But we have no
idea who might have built it.
1 Whose face does the Sphinx possibly have?
2 Why do some scientists think the Sphinx is from 5000 BC?
Possibility and certainty in the past
1	Use must have * past participle to say that you think
something in the past was certain or very probable
The Sphinx mint have existed ut Giza when the
pyramids were built. (= The scientists are certain it
existed at Giza.)
There's a message from Lily, She must have called when
we were out.
2	The negative of must have is can't have or couldn't
have. Use can't hove or couldn't have + past participle
to say that you think something in the past was not
possible or did not happen.
Khafre can't hove built the Sphinx NOT Khafre mt/sfn't
have built... (- The scientists are certain Khafre did not
build the Sphinx or it is not possible that Khafre bu.lt
the Sphinx.)
The driver didri t stop. He couldn't have seen the red
light.
3	Use may have or might have + past participle to say
that you think something in the past was possible.
The man muy have been Khafre. |- It's possible that the
man was Khafre.)
The mon might not have been Khafre. (• It's possible
that the man was not Khafre.)
She didn't do the homework. She might have found it
too difficult.
4	Use might have or could have + past participle | but not
usually may have) to say that something in the past was
possible, but did not happen.
He could / might have become a great ruler, but he died
young
You didn't tell me you had no money. I could have lent
you some.
► See Unit s 10,11 and 12 for the form of modal verbs and for
the use of modal verbs to express possibility in the present
and future.
Practice
A Match phrases a-g to the correct spaces in the text.
Easter Island, 3.600 km off the coast of Chile in the Pacific Ocean, is very far
from land Now it is a small island with few people or trees, but at one time a
lot of people lived there. Scientists believe the original inhabitants
’	£ by accident. Around 100 people 2
But then the numoer of inhabitants increased too qu’CKly.
Scientists are all agreed that the inhabitants	on
the island and finally all died.
The Easter Island statues are famous but nobody knows
*hy they are there or why there are
, or Easter Island5
very large and very heavy, so they
still do not know how the Inhabitants
a
b
c
d
e
f
e
must have used up a II the food
could have been part of a much bigger island
may have discovered the island
nvght have done this
rrvght have been gods
may have landed there
can't have been easy to move
В Mutch sentences 1-8 with what could or might have happened but didn't (a-h|.
1 The weather was terrible at the beach-
2 I missed the goal.
3 I didn t study for my exam.
4 We didn't leave home until midday.
5 She gave up tennis when she was 12.
6 She's been talking on the phone all morning.
7 She didn't take her medicine.
8 I didn't go to drama school.
a She might have been a good player.
b I could have been an actor
c We could have gone swimming.
d We might have won the match.
e She could have done her homework by now.
f I could have passed it.
g She might have got better more quickly.
h We could have got there earlier
C Complete the dialogues using must have ♦ past participle and the verb phrases from the box.
be-drffieult be very frightening go out look silly make a mistake
pass his test sleep very well
1 A: My parents got divorced last year
8:	That iU6t км bun difftcalt for jou.
2	A: He's dn v ing the car alone.
B:
3	A: I put my shirt on the wrong way.
B:
4	A: The man in the shop gave me the wrong money.
B:
5	A: I was out in the boat when it started to fill with water
B:
6	A: My parents are not at home
B:
7	A: I didn’t hear the thunder Iasi night.
B:
D Look at the marriage
certificate and check if
statements 1-7 are possible
or not. Write sentences
using must have, can't have,
couldn't have, may have or
might have + past participle.
M A KKI AGE CERTIFICATE
1	Henry [Ills was born In London.
fie nykr xftvt bun bwn ut Lindon - mt don t Lnow.
2	He was a teacher all his life
tk c«xt have buna cmcmz all lus lift ktwasaxrwMtinFCO,
3	He got married in London
5 He didn't have any children.
6 His wife was older than him
4 He was born in 1900.
7 Henry and Sarah met when they were working
58
E Complete the sentences about the pictures, using the
verbs in brackets and must have, can't have, might have or
may have.
F Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar
meaning, using a modal verb from this unit.
1	It certainly wasn't an easy decision.
It мл t / cokWn t кал Ьып an usj dwtsm.
2	I'm sure you were a good friend of John’s.
3	It i s possible she did not understand.
4	They were lucky the accident wasn't a lot worse.
5	She didn't play very well - perhaps she was nervous
6	I certainly didn't imagine it.
7	Maybe you didn't hear what he said.
8	Somethingdefinitely went wrong.
Mf TURN!
1	It tUSt кш
2	He
3	They
4	You
S She
6 She
from the farm, (come)
a ghost. | see)
an accident | have)
it very well, (look after)
her arm. (break)
it by herself (make)
You get home and your teacher is sitting in the
kitchen talking to your mum. Write sentences using
the modals in brackets.
1	(can't have) nwn crust luueuwittii ktr /tun.
2	(may have)
3	(maynothavel
4	(might have)
5	(might not have)
6	(must have)
Circle the correct option.
1 She may have all about it. a forget b forgot c forgotten
2 Her car is not there. She have come home last night a may b might c can't
3 She drank a whole bottle of water. She	have been thirsty. a might b must c couldn't
4 The scientists have found a cure, but they need to do more tests. a may b must c can't
$ The man may not have the truth a know b knowing c known
Possibility and certainty in the past 59
Can you take your
hat off, please?
Would you take
your hat off, please’
Don't worry.
I'll come back.
Could you possibly take
your hat off, ptease’
1 In cartoon B. where are the snails' homes?
2 In cartoon D, why does the man want to
come in?
Requests, permission, offers
suggestions, promises
Could you take your hat off, please?
t jcwrw aqi jraji щ S]UEM utw oqj f
ИЭЦ1 un air ^auinq qjvut мц ; uaMUlV
60
Requests, permission, offers,
suggestions, promises
Requests
To make a polite request, it is not sufficient to
just add please. You should use a modal verb to
be polite.
Could you take off your hat. please ?
NOT take off your hot. pteose
1 Use the modal verbs can / could / may to ask for
something politely. May is more formal.
A Con i Could/ May I have your name and address,
please?
B. Sure / No problem
2 Use can could / will / would to ask someone politely to
do something.
A Can / Could • Will / Would you take off your hat,
please?
B: Of course.
3 If we want to be very polite, we can make requests with
Do you think you could-?, Could you possibly —? or Do
, Would you mind t verb ♦ -ing... ?
A:	Do you think you could / Could you possibly take off
your hat?
B:	Of course.
A:	Do, Would you mind opening the window ?
B:	No, not at all OR Of course not.
UM Could and would are more polite than can and will.
Would you take a photo of us, please?
I'm taking these boxes to the cor. Could you help ?
Permission
4 We can use the modal verbs can. coutd and may with
the first person to ask for permission. Could is more
polite than can. May is formal.
We usually give permission with can or may, or we can
just say Of course, Sure or Sorry.
A Can I come m? B: Yes, you can. / Sure
A: Could we come in? B: No. you can't'/No, sorry.
A:	May I comem? ft Yes. you may / Of course.
5 Other ways of asking for permission without using a
modal are Do you mind if...? or Is it all right if.-?
A. Do you mind / Is it all right if I come in ?
B:	Yes, of course / Sorry, no.
► See Unit 20 for let and allow
Offers
6 Use I’ll /We ll to offer to do something for someone
(NOT shtdl-rwW).
Ill do that for you!
We use Shall I /we...? or Can I j we -.? for a more polite
offer.
Shall : Can I help you cross the road ?
Suggestions
7 Use the modal verbs could, might or Shall we...? to
suggest an idea for you or other people to do.
Shall we go out?
We coutd / might go to the cinema
8 Other ways of making suggestions are: let's.... Why
don't we...?, How about + verb + -Ing?
let’s go home
Why don't we go home?
How about going home ?
Promises
9 Use I / We will or I'll / Well to make promises.
I wilt always love you.
In British English, shall is sometimes used after we and I.
I shall always love you.
► See Unit 10 for the form of modal verbs.
Requests, permission, offers, suggestions, promises 61
Practice
A Underline the correct option.
1	liit i Would it all right if I give Alex my
ticket?
2	Cautd/May you open this for me?
3	Wilt/Shall you talk to him for me?
4	Might / Would you pass me the salt?
5	Would you mind not to make/not
making so much noise’
6	What shall/let's we do today?
7	Why don't we sit / sit ting do wn?
8	I might / will definitely see you there.
В Complete the sentences using verbs from the box. Sometimes more thar
one verb is possible.
could 'll mind shall will
1	What iWl/wuU we give him for his birthday?
2	you possibly come back later?
3	Would you	giving me your email address?
4	I	be careful. I promise
5	you come with me to the hospital?
6	Do you think you	bring the book in the morning, pieai
7	I put the boxes over here?
C Molly and her friend Yasmin are bored. Make Molly's
suggestions for things to do based on the web page
below, using different wording each time.

Q
Я01П
this weekend!
( Saturday 25th May)
SUMMER'S HERE ENJOY EVERY MINUTE OF IT!
The Fantastic Phone Company
Go camping at Sandy Beach this weekend.
Ring 40288 NOW!
Get a new phone and save money too!
Too good to be true? Ring us today and
find out for yourself! 0888 214365
Transporters 3
The film of the summer!
Don't miss It!
At your local cinema from Saturday.

20% off all summer clothes at Turner's.
This week only.
2 for 1 at Pizza Country.
Saturday lunchtimes only.
*
1 k)r. cOaU 45 swcimcxj at Btckair.
2
3
4
5
6
D Molly asks her dad for permission to do the things
in Exercise C. Write what Molly says, using as many
different ways of asking for permission as you can.
1 Cels wl JO iwinnuj?
2
3
4
5
6
62
E Look at the scenes at the station. What do the people say?
Write requests and offers of help.
F Complete each sentence b so that it means
the same as sentence a. Use two to five words,
including the word in brackets.
1 a How about having ,i party? (let's)
b	.। pa.lv,
2 a Is it a good idea for me to tell you a story?
(shall)
b	a story?
3 a Is it a good idea to talk tomorrow? (why)
b	tomorrow?
4 a I’ll make dinner tonight, (shall)
b	tonight?
5 a Can I leave early?(right)
b	I leave early?
6 a May I ask you some questions? )do|
b	if I ask
you some questions?
7 a Do you think you could pick me up later?
(possibly)
b
pick me up later?
8 a I'd like to see the doctor, please |may)
b	. please?
'	limn.' Complete these dialogues with a request, offer, suggestion or promise. 1 A:	1 Lv pau^ou book1 	В: 1 know you will. 2 A:	B: Yes, please. It's going to rain) ЗА:	В: Yes, of course. But only for an hour. 4 A:		. 	 B: That’s a great idea! S A:	B: No. you can’t! 6 A:	B: Thanks! 1 don’t understand it. 7 A:	B: Cool! Hl see you there. BA:	В: 1 hope not1		
2 Would you mind
3	I go outside?
4	I wait for you
a Can
a if I leave
b May
b Could c
5 A What would you like to do tonight? B:We
you speak more slow ly’
us alone?
a Do you mind
a Will
Circle the correct option. Sometimes more than one option is possible,
b Might c Could
b leaving c to leave
c Can
Shall
go to the cinema. a might b shall c could

Requests, permission, offers, suggestions, promises 63
Review: modals
A Cross out ONE sentence with a different
meaning.
1	a I don't know how to drive but I'm going to
learn
b i«> plj.in.ng to learn todnvetheugM-benh-
have to
c I'm going to have driving lessons; I can't
drive yet though.
2	a I must do a bit of shopping
b I could get a few things in the shops.
c There are a few things I've got to buy.
3	a You should get more sleep, then you
wouldn't be so tired.
b If you’re very tired, you ought to sleep more.
c You must get up earlier so you don’t get so
tired.
4	a You don’t have to take your mobile phone to
school.
b You can't take your mobile phone to school.
c You mustn’t have your mobile phone with
you in school
5	a You'd better check your homework for
mistakes.
b You ought to make sure there aren't any
mistakes in your homework
c You could check that your homework
doesn't have mistakes in it.
6	a You mustn’t wear smart clothes to this party
b At this party we don't have to wear smart
clothes.
c There's no need to wear smart clothes for
this party.
7	a Are we able to buy tickets for the show from
the website?
b Have we got to use the website to buy
tickets for the show?
c To buy tickets for the show, do we have to
use the website?
В Match the pairs.
1	Zina was on holiday,—
2	Karen was very ill,
3	Amy felt much better,
4	My plane was leaving
at 6.30 am,
5	I had a nice, long sleep.
6	My friend came later
than I expected,
7	I should have worn a coat
8	I couldn't wear my T-shirt
9	I needn't have taken my
warm boots
10	Rob shouldn't have
bought that mobile phone
11	Steve ought to have
bought a new phone
12	Terry didn't have to buy
the phone himself
C Underline the correct option.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
a so she had to go to school.
b so she didn't have to go to schoa
c so she wasn't able to go to schoc
a so । needn't have got up so early
b so i was able to get up early.
c so I needed to get up early.
a because it was dirty.
b because it was really cold.
c because it wasn't cold.
a because his old one is broken.
b because his mum was with him
c because it was very expensive
I'm sure the traffic is really bad today That musr can’t be the
reason why Eva is so late.
I don't really know where Wayne is at the moment He must
might be in his bedroom
Newspapers sometimes invent things, so this story might not
mustn't be true.
Lots of my friends have passed that test, so it can't could be a1
that difficult.
fashions change very quickly these days, so you can /may not
like this style next year.
I'm thinking of going to the cinema with some friends this
evening, so I must not might not be here when you come back
We don't yet know if we're leaving next Tuesday or next
Wednesday. It could/can be either of the two.
Mrs Mallet doesn't drive, so that can't /mustn t be her car.
Sometimes computers are difficult to repair, so yours can't /mt
not be ready for a few more days.
This is the first time that Andrea s ever run 10 kilometres, SO sb
must/can't be very tired.
64
D Complete each sentence b so that it has a
similar meaning to sentence a. Use a modal
verb from the box and the correct form of the
verb in brackets.
can't may might not must
1 a I'm sure schools 50 years ago weren t the
same as they are nowadays.'be|
b Schools 50 years ago
keve tietk very different
from nowadays.
2 a It’s possible that Josef went to school by
bus. (take)
b Josef	the bus
to school.
3 a I'm sure their holiday wasn't very nice
because the weather was terrible, (have)
b With that terrible weather, they
a very nice
holiday.
4 a I wonder if Jayne remembers how to get
here, i forget]
b Jayne	how to
get here.
5 a I'm sure Chloe isn't still looking for her
watch. | find)
b Chloe	her
watch by now.
6 a We are going in the wrong direction.
(miss|
b Yes. we	a
turning.
7 a Shakespeare and Voltaire weren t alive
at the same time, so they definitely never
met | know)
b Shakespeare and Voltaire weren't
alive at the same time, so they
each other.
8 a Alison looks happy about her exam
results, so she’s certainly done well (do)
b Alison looks happy about her exam
results, so she	welL
9 a I'm not sure it's right to blame Ray for
that mistake.(make)
b Ray	that
mistake.
10 a Joe can't open the door Maybe he can't
remember where he put the key Jose)
b Joe can't open the door He
the key.
E Cross out ONE incorrect option.
1	_ have someth ing to eat?
a Shall we b How about c Why don't we
2	_if my brother comes with us?
a Is it all right bDoyouthmk c Do you mind
3	you give a message to Claudia for me please?
a Shall b Would c Could
4	waiting for a few minutes?
a Could you b Would you mind c How about
5	... help me with this homework please?
a Do you think you could b Could you possibly
c Would you mind
6	That bag looks heavy ... help you with it?
a Shall I b Would I с Сап I
7	... I borrow your dictionary?
a Do you mind if b May c Would you mind
8	... we meet at a bout 5 o'clock tomorrow?
a Why don't b Could c Let's
F Complete the dialogue with one or two words in each space.
Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
Leo: Hi. Laura. Is everything OK?
Laura Not really. I'm on tbe train and it keeps stopping. There
West	be a problem.
you ring the hospital and tell
them I’m going to be late? I don't have the number with me.
13	left it at home.
Leo: Oh no! Ill4	try and find it. You
caught the earlier tram.
Laura: I know -16	left at 7.00 but I didn't
want to get up so early!
Leo: What time are you seeing the doctor?
Laura: 9.00, but you 7.	to arrive 20
minutes before to give them your details
Leo: Oh dear. You'd B	get a taxi from
the station or you’re going to be really late. Welt, I’ll nng
them, but you 9	have to go again
another day. Why10	go and get a
coffee? I'll ring you back.
Laura: Thanks, Leo! 111	imagine what I'd
do without you!
Review 2 65
Question forms
What is language?
True or False?
1 Animals can leam grammar.
2 Shakespeare knew 500,000 words.
human brain
monkey brain
elephant bram
What is language?
A system where signs (words) are put into patterns
(grammar) for people to use and understand.
Do animals have languages?
A difficult question. Some animals
can communicate well but they
usually have different systems of
communication; for example, bees
dance. Scientists have trained
monkeys to learn and repeat
words, but monkeys can't really
use grammar. .
Why do we have language, then?	-*1
We have big brains and we can make a lot of different sounds.
Some people think we are born with a special language-
learning program in our brains
How many languages are there in the world?
About 6,000. Sadly, that number is going down because many
small languages are dying.
Which language has the most words?
English There are over 500,000 words in the English
language. English speakers only know a small number of
these words. Shakespeare used about 30,000 different words.
What is the longest word in English?
Many scientific words are very long For example, there is
a disease pneumonoultramicroscopicsilicovolcanoconiosis
which has 45 letters Can you say it? I
Question forms
Yesi no questions
1	To make a yes / no question, put the auxiliary verb (e.g.
am. were, have, should) before the subject.
Is it an English word?
Have you studied French ?
Can you pronounce it ?
2	If there is no auxiliary verb, use do, does or did.
Do you speak English?
Did the understand?
3	Make a yes / no answer with just the subject pronoun
and the auxiliary verb.
A' Is it true ? B: Yes, it is. / No, it isn't
A' Wbs she speaking7 B: Yes, she was / No, she wasn't
IMh-questions
4	With where, when, why, how and whose, the word order
is question word + auxiliary f subject ♦ main verb.
Where are you going ?
Why do we have language, then?
5	If who, what or which are the subject, we don't use do.
Who knows French?
Which language has the most words?
6	If who. what or which are the object, we use do.
Who did you see?
What has she done?
7	Use what + noun for general questions when there are
many possibilities, and which + noun when there is a
small or limited number of possibilities.
What time is it?
Which language is more difficult - Chinese or Japanese?
8	Ask questions about size, age, time, etc. using How + an
adjective or an adverb.
How big is the Cambridge Advanced Dictionary ?
How long did you ieam Italian?
How old is the English language?
How tall is your father?
Short questions
9	Make a short question with an auxiliary verb and
pronoun.
A: Children in Ireland all Ieam Irish. В Do they ?
A:Jane hasn't passed her French test, В Hasn't she?
If a yes / no question is negative, the answer we
want or expect is yes.
Don't they speak Spanish in Argentina?/Of course
they do!).
Wasn't Columbus an Italian?
Question forms 67
89
Exercise В 1 It was 2 o'dock. 2 It was very hot. 3 An animal sound. 4 To the window.
5 Worried. 6 Something strange. 7 A wolf 8 food.
'sajqqnq qaaads aqj ui suoijsanb aqj aja|diuo3 q
c	|pM3uipajuaaq j(usEqA3EJS 9
i	ше$ >|SE oj 3uio3 sem । g
•t	auaqj Зирром yijs si wojl fr
£ ----- ~	jaA pappap j.uaAsq эд/\ £
£	------ ajE, Айал paqsiuy j| z
ppfi'plQ	1Э0р,0 XIS IE ЭШЕЭ I I
•uoijsanb	juoqs e	qjiM juatuajcjs qasa oj Ajday 3
Tvtopq	aas ‘sjbmsub	aqj moid| oj juem noA j|
Z	8
Z	L
I	9
z	s
z	v
г	£
г	г
SUM	I
“ Oh pajUBM
ji pue snojaSuEp	Ааэл sem	|eiuiue aqj.	asnoq aqj jebu sem
£. asnsaaq jq3u sem uoiui$ jq3iu jEqj 3uiuaddeq sem
^5jpj])ijsaq
jnq SuiqjAuE aas j.upjnoa ан apisjno pa>|OO] pus jubm
uoiuis ’ О; Р-<еэЧ ЭЧ иэЧ1 J3JEM aiuos ja8 oj uaqajiyj
aqj oj jubm uoiuis £. asnsaaq daap j.upjnoa эн aiuoq
je sem uoiuis PUE эЗв||!Л ]]Etus aqj u| jq3iu je sem j|
*(4) UOIJEIUJOJUI
Suissitu aqj jnoqe suoijsanb bjitm pus jxaj aqj psay g
Z
Z
t.
Z
t
c
Z
noA / aqj / AqM / uiej / bje / Suipuejs / ui
saop / эшеЗ / jsqM / jjejs / aiuij / aqj
noA / Aueui / pip / Moq / Anq / sa|dds
noA / aAsq / uaaq / asjoq / зала / e / uo
juapisaud / oqM / Eauatuy,/ jsuy / aqj / sem / yo
aas / uaq / noA / uaqM / pip
jisq / si / uaq / 3uiqsEM / ajEQ
> UJQq
атам / ajaqM / noA / ujoq
8
L
9
9
P
£
Z
I
japuo
jaaxioa aqj ui spjoM aqj Suijjnd Aq suoijsanb aqj a>|EVM V
ЭЭЦЭРЛД
E Complete each quiz question using two words, then
circle the correct option.
1 fiow uiu| languages are there in the world?
3 thousands b hundreds c millions d twenty-six
2	_____ the word 'tea' come from?
a Latin b Greek c Chinese d German
3	— you call sounds like thein cgt
and the'e'in'better'.
a letters b vowels c consonants d diphthongs
4	these words Is an adverb?
a she b nice c here d and
5	Americans call ‘taxis’?
a buses b trams c trains d cabs
6	the most common letter in English
words?
ae ba cp du
7	people speak Dutch?
a the Netherlands b Denmark c the Philippines
d Germany
8	do children usually say their first
words?
a At the age of 6 months, b At the age of 1.
c Al the age of 2. d At the age of 3.
f Write three questions to match each short answer.
1	Yes. I did.
Ш jeu reutibt’ die (hwtrsf
2	No, she didn't.
?
7
7
3	Yes, we have.
7
?
?
4	No. they weren't
?
?
___________________f
5	Yes, you did.
__________________________ ?
?
?
Question forms 69
16
Question tags
Babies don’t have teeth, do they?
teeth.
1	Very small children have
a no b 20 c 32
2	When you bite into an apple you use your
a incisors b molars c tongue
qi
70

Question tags
1 A sentence with a question tag has a main clause (You
know Simon _.) and a question tag(... don't you?>. The
question tag has an auxiliary |e.g. is, do. have) or a
modal (e.g. will, can] + a subject	pronoun.
main clause	question tag
Hes coming,	isn't he?
they won't go.	will they?
If there is no auxiliary or modal, use a form of do in the
correct tense.
You know Dr Jones, don't you ?
Гт in the main clause -» aren't I in the question tag.
I'm right, aren't I?
2 Usually, if the main clause is affirmative, the question
tag is negative.
She's a dentist, isn't she?
It could help, couldn't it?
If the main clause is negative, the question tag is
affirmative.
You don't feet well, do you?
Wewon'l need so many teeth, will we?
However, I'll in the main clause -♦ shall I in the
question tag.
Ill buy some toothpaste, shall IT
► Set prune 5 for more exceptions to this.
3 If there is a negative word like never, no and nobody in
the main clause, the question tag is affirmative.
there is nothing wrong with my teeth, is there?
4 Use question tags in speaking to check information or
to check that the listener agrees with you.
Chocolate isn't good for your teeth, is it?
Wfe should clean our teeth every day. shouldn t we ?
5	We sometimes tell people to do things using the
question tags will i would / can / could you? In these
situations, the question tag is in the affirmative, not the
negative.
He quiet, could you?
Stop it. will you?
6	We use a rising intonation (our voice goes up X | if we
aren't sure of the answer. We use a falling intonation |our
voice goes down X) if we are fairly sure of the answer.
You 're American, aren 't you ? | You have an American
accent.]
You 're American, aren't you ?]Orare you Canadian ?]
7	Make a short answer with a subject pronoun and an
auxiliary verb.
A- You re OK. aren't you ’ 8 Yes, I am
A- Did you see the dentist? B. No, I didn’t.
8	We can agree to affirmative statements with so +
auxiliary verb + subject, or subject + auxiliary verb + too.
A' I'm a dentist В So am I. /1 am too.
A Boys like science В So do girls.! Giris do too.
IIP
In conversation, we can use Me too. This is informal.
A. t'm hungry. 8. Me too!
After somebody. nobody and everybody, the verb
in the main clause is singular but the tag is plural.
Nobody knows, do they?
9 We can agree to negative statements with neither ♦
auxiliary verb * subject, or subject ♦ auxiliary verb ♦ not
♦ either.
A I don't like Biology. B: Neither do I. / t don't either.
A'Jack hasn't finished. В Neither have we. / We
haven't either.
IIP
In conversation, we can use Me neither. This is
informal.
A I'm not happy about it. В Me neither.
Question tags 71
Practice
A Match the main clauses to the correct question tags.
1	It’s six o’clock,	a	aren't 1?
2	Paula speaks Spanish,	b	haven’t you?
3	It wasn't raining hard.	c	doesn’t she?
4	I'm the winner,	d	was it?
5	You won't tell Sam,	e	haven’t they?
6	They’ve been to New York,	f	is there?
7	Everybody likes music.	g	can it?
8	There is no news yet,	h	isn’t it?
9	You’ve got a cat,	i	don't they?
10	That can't be right,	j	will you?
В Underline the correct option, then complete the
answers.
1 A: New York is the capital of America, is it /isn't it?
B: No, it isn't. It's	lOaskwjtOd
2 A: Napoleon wasn’t Italian, was he/wasn't he?
B: No, he wasn’t. He was
3 A: The 2008 Olympics were in Greece, wasn't they/
weren't they?
B: No. they weren’t. They were in
4 A: Martina Navratilova didn’t play football, did she/
didn't she?
B: No. she didn't. She played
5 A: There are 31 days in June, are there/aren 't there?
B: No. there aren’t. There are	days.
6 A: We should sleep four hours a night, should we/
shouldn't we?
B: No, we shouldn't.	hours is better.
7 A: A‘dozen’ isn't eleven, is it/isn't it?
B: No, it isn't. A dozen is
8 A: In Germany you must drive on the left, must you /
mustn’t you?
B: No, on the
C Complete the questions with the correct question tags.
1 You don’t know the
wav to planet Zog,
cwjcu ?
2 Dad has been making
dinner,
3 We started a bit early
this year.
4 They’re real,
?
D Complete the sentences.		
1	It's a aia	day, isn’t it? 1 think I’ll go for a walk.
2	great film.	Terminator V, haven’t you? It’s a
3		true, is it? 1 just can’t believe it.
4		chocolate, don’t you? Everyone does!
5	we re not lost!	the right place, aren’t we? 1 hope
6		to the party, can’t they? Their mum
	and dad said it was OK.	
7		difficult, was it? 1 got 100%!
8		some milk in the fridge, isn't there?
	Or do we need to buy some more?	
E Rewrite the underlined replies to make them shorter
and more natural.
Shelly: Oliver, look - I've got green hair!
Oliver: ‘l also have green hair. I just don't know what
went wrong.
Shelly: 2I too don't know what went wrong. Dad will be
angry when he finds out.
Oliver: Yes and 3Mum will be angry. She said it would be
a mistake.
Shelly: 4Pad also said it would be a mistake. He hasn’t
seen our hair yet.
Oliver. And 5Mum hasn’t seen it. I don’t want to show
them!
Shelly: 6And I don't want to show them either. Oh, I
thought it was such a good idea at the time.
Oliver: I also thought it was a good idea. Our
neighbours will laugh at us.
Shelly: 8Our friends will also laugh at us. Well, I've
learned my lesson.
Oliver: Yes, 9| too have learned my lesson.
Shelly: I will never buy that green grass shampoo again.
Oliver: 10And I will never do this again.
1 S<J tave I. / Ke too.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
72
F Circle the correct option.
Dentist	You’re John,	. Nice to meet you. This is your first
time here, 2—
John: Yes, I've just moved to this area. I really like it
here.
Dentist: 3.... It’s a lovely place. Now, your front tooth has
been bad. *_
John: s.... It hurts most when I drink hot or cold things.
Dentist Please sit down in the chair. Open your mouth,6
Hmm I see.
John: There isn't a big problem, 7_ I'm not going to need
an operation,e...
Dentist; Don’t worry! It’s not so bad. You don't go to the
dentist very often, ®_
John: No,w.... I never have time.
Dentist; H... but our health is important! You should go to
the dentist twice a year. Now, this won't take long
John: All right._ It won’t hurt,u...
G Write questions with question tags and short
answers for each situation.
1	You find 100 euros in the street.
5enMiu Us lest it, Lr«taC titvl’ Уь, tky Uvt.
I'Bwnjlkchj. awitl? jts, jou ere.
2	You wake up and your head feels very hot
3	You go to school but everything is closed
4	Your best friend phones you at 2.00 in the morning.
5	Your father says he needs a serious talk with you
6	You win a holi day to Cuba.
1 a aren’t you? b are you? c do you? d don’t you?
2 a does it’ b doesn't it? c is it? d isn't it?
3 a Neither do I. b So do I. с I do so di don’t either
4 a was it? b hasn’t it? c doesn't it? d has been it’
5 a Yes. it has. b Yes, it did c Yes. It is. d Yes, it had.
6 a do you? b may you? c might you? d will you?
7 a is there? b isn't there? c is it? d isn’t it?
MHURh!
8 a need I? b do I? c ami? d will I’
9 a do you?
10 a I didn't.
b are you? c don’t you? d aren’t you?
b I don’t с I am not d I haven't.
11 a So am I
12 a doesit’
b I neither c So do I d Neither do I
b is it? c will it? d won't it?
Write questions for things you know about your
friend but are not sure about.
1 Where he / she lives
Лии oUxi6 Iritd la Man, ipa?
His / her birthday.
2
3
4
What he / she tikes.
His / her favourite food.
Now use your own ideas.
5
6
c haven’t got
b didn't he?
aren't I?
b have got
are you? c aren't you?
b aren't we? c haven’t we?
a did he?
b I am’ i
a don't have
Circle the correct option.
1 You're a dentist,	a is he? b
2 We've got 32 teeth.	a do we?
3 Jack didn’t forget his toothbrush.
4 Гт next.doctor.	a am not I?
5 Some animals teeth, do they?
Question tags 73
Multi-word verbs 1: prepositional verbs
What are you looking for?
Imagine the scene. It's the end of a tong day. The teacher .s sti« talfcng but
you're not listening any more. You start drawing pi
ofyour notebook, but are they just doodles?	that
doodles tell us a lot about you
So what are you thinking about7 What are you worrymg about? And what
you looking for7 Lets take a look.
This means: Don't put up with things any more.
You need to make some changes to your life.
Lots of lines
ajeoad inoqr ioj к 5tt|30foqdt-j2 ||0i г
paaoq »jc пол иэцм uoija мг/р naX sujnjjfj j :sjewiuy
_______________k	I
1 What are doodles?
2 Why might doodles be important7
Flowers
This means You like people and
get on with them well
Q
74
Multi-word verbs 1: prepositional verbs
1	Prepositional verbs have two or three words: verb +
preposition |+ preposition).
Your happiness depends on others
You get on with people well
IIP
Sometimes the same verb can have more than one
meaning:
She's going for gold at the next Olympics (- trying to
win or get something]
I don 't know which to go for (= choose)
2	The meanings of some prepositional verbs are clear but
you need to know which preposition to use.
Your happiness depends on others. NOT ... of others.
Some two word verbs like this are:
(drs|agree with
believe in
belong to
come from
complain about
consist of
depend on
pet in (to)
peto/f
pet on
pet our (of)
happen to
hear of
know about
tough at
learn about
listen to
took at
pay for
run into
smile at
speak to
suffer from
talk about
talk to
think about
think of
wait for
work on
worry about
get serf to) and get out |of) + a car, taxi
Quick - get in the carl
get on and get off+ bike, bus, train, ship, horse
Get on the train - it's just leaving1
3	Sometimes the meaning of the verb ♦ preposition is
very different from the meaning of the verb on its own.
Note the difference:
Lookl tve’s got a newbike.
№ looked after my neighbour's dog last weekend.
(= took care of)
4	Usually the noun or pronoun comes immediately after
the preposition.
I'm worrying about my exams.
You get on with him welt.
5	Questions that begin with What or Who may end with
the preposition.
What are you worrying about?
Who are you looking for?
6	Some prepositional verbs take two objects.
She asked me for some money.
Some prepositional verbs like this are:
accuse(someone| of(something)
ask (someone) for (something)
blame (somethi ng) on (someone)
blame (someone) for (something)
congratulate (someone) on (something)
discuss (something) with (someone]
divide (something) into (something]
pay (someone) for (someth ing)
remind (someone) of (somebody)
► See Unit 18 for phrasal verbs.
IIP
There is often a one-word verb equivalent for
prepositional verbs. The one word verb is usually
more formal than the prepositional verb.
look for = search
go for = choose
talk about = discuss
go with
look after
look for
look like
Some two word verbs like this are:
ask for
come across
deal with
gofor
go through
Some three-word verbs are:
come up with look forward to
get on with put up with
go up to
Multi-word verbs 1: prepositional verbs 75
Practice
A Complete the sentences with the nouns in the box.
boat bus dad exams football job taxi yellow
1	The old man got into the
with difficulty.
2	You can't get on the ___	without a
ticket.
3	He congratulated her on passing her
4	Alice is bored at work. She’s decided to go for a
on the farm.
5	Look! That’s somebody famous getting out of the
I
6	My sister knows everything about
7	I talk to my	about my problems.
8	I don’t think purple goes with .......
В Match the sentence beginnings to the correct endings.
1	I'm looking forward	a	in yourself.
2	1 didn’t agree	b	from a small village.
3	Always believe	c	about computers.
4	It depends	d	for the bus.
5	Nobody laughs	e	with everything she said.
6	1 need to learn more	f	at my jokes.
7	I’m not waiting	g	to the holidays.
8	They come	h	on your opinion.
1	J 2—3		4
5	6 		7		8 		
C Underline the correct option. Try to do it without
looking at the list of verbs on page 75, then check.
1	He doesn’t eat very well. His lunch seems to
consist of/with cakes and crisps!
2	I won't put up for/with this behaviour any more.
3	I don’t want to go to the museum -1 don’t like looking
at/for paintings.
4	I don’t want you to worry for/about anything.
5	I went to the hotel desk and asked for/to my key.
6	She blamed her sister on /for the trouble.
7	I’m thinking in/of going on holiday.
8	When I was in Angola, I learnt a lot about/of the
country’s history.
9	Have you heard of/to this actor?
10	She smiled to/at her new friend.
11	She’s always complaining about/of the weather.
12	When he laughs, he reminds me to/of my unde.
D Complete the sentences using the correct forms of the
verbs in the box.
deal with get off gothrough go-up-to
know about look after look like run into
suffer from work on
1	When the president entered the room, the prince
immediately wwitUpW	her and
shook her hand.
2	At last, the government is
the transport problems.
3	The man	..... the bus at
the last stop.
4	We	.... ........... their young son
on Saturday.
5	I don't.._____________ anything
golf
6	They both ....... ....	— bad
headaches.
7	He’s ........	a really bad
time at the moment.
8	Everyone thinks my sister
me. We’ve both got green eyes.
9	My dad	— the new
kitchen all weekend.
10	She wasn’t looking where she was going and
a streetlight.
E Make questions by putting the words in the correct
order.
1	marriage / in / believe / you / Do
Do jcimueve м itutruoje Г _____________.........
2	What / were / music / listening / to / you
?
3	What/thinking/you/about/are
?
4	about / What / you / to / want / do / talk
?
5	ever / to / famous / Have / spoken / you / person / a\
6 smiling I you / are / Who I at
7
7 you / happened/What/to
?
8 Who/meal/for/the/paid
?
76
F Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar meaning
using the word in brackets in a prepositional verb.
1 Can anyone think of a better idea? (cnme)
Cm mjsu cant up wed a better iden7
2 Whose bag is this? [does)
3 Do you have the same opinion as her? (with)
4 Did you fi nd my passport when you we re tidying my
room? [across)
5 I don't know whether to choose the black boots or the
brown ones, (go)
6 That shirt doesn't match your jacket, (with)
7 П1 buy the tickets from hi m. (pay)
8 We discussed fi Ims for hours, (about)
MfTURN!
Complete the sentences using prepositional verbs so
that they are true for you.
1 I never agree	witk iu| bretlur
2 I often think
3	I get on well
4	I like talk ing
5	I always worry
6	I don't know much
7	I love learning
8	I'm looking forward
Circle the correct option.
1
2
3
4
5
She’s looking a job at the moment. a for bat c after
He got his bike and rode away a off b on c into
Nobody could up with a better solution to the problem. a put b come c get
I stayed with a family in London last summer but I didn't get very well with them. >
Who are you ? a talking b talking of c talking to
Multi word verbs 1: prepositional verbs 77
18
U Multi-word verbs 2: phrasal verbs
И? Throw away the remote control.
Are these the 6 best ways to
Surprise your triends and tidy up It uses a
lot of energy to pick up all those clothes
from under the bed.
Do you like chocolate? The good news is,
you can still have chocolate! But why don't
you put on your UMliMH and run to the shop
to buy some?
Don't ask your parents to pick you up
Walking home with your friends is fun and
gets you fit.
alarm clock
outside your bedroom
Put your
door. When it goes off, run and turn it off...
before it wakes everyone else up!
You don't have to take up a new sport to
get fit. Just include sport in your weekend. Is
there a swimming pool near you? Find out
and go with your friends.
Are you someone who is always changing
the TV programme? Why don't you throw
away the
up to change the TV programme every ten
minutes...
remote control
I? And then get
1 Do you do any of these things?
2 Which do you think is the best way of keeping fit?
78
Multi-word verbs 2: phrasal verbs
1	Phrasal verbs have two words: verb ♦ particle (usually
an adverb). Some phrasal verbs have an object and some
don't.
Put on your trainers
Why don t you find out?
2	Some phrasal verbs which we often use without an
object are:
break down	QO off
come in / go in	goon
come on	hurry up
come out/goout	tie down
come over	runaway
getaway	runout
get in	sit down
get out	stand up
getup	turn round
3 Some phrasal verbs which we usually use with an
object are:
lookup	take back
makeup	take up
pickup	tell off
put down	throw away
put on	turnoff! on
setup	
takeaway	
6 If the object is a personal pronoun, it always comes
before the partkle.
Put them on. NOT Put an them
IIP
There is often a one-word verb equivalent for
phrasal verbs. The one-word verb is usually more
formal than the prepositional verb.
come in - enter
find out = discover
hold up - delay
run away = escape
7 Sometimes one verb can have more than one meaning.
The alarm clock goes off at 6 am. (= makes a loud noise)
There's a problem with the lights - they often go off.
(= stop working)
They turned up late |« arrived)
Can you turn the music up?(= make louder)
IIP
lie-in
printout
takeover
turn-out
There are some nouns which are based on phrasal
verbs, e.g.:
break-in
breakdown
check-out
hand-out
* There are some verbs we can use in both ways.
I got back very late
J went to the shop and got my money back.
► Sec Unit 17 for prepositional verbs.
Other examples are:
find out	turn down /	up
give up	wake up
take off	wash up
tidy up
5 If the phrasal verb takes an object, it can go before or
after the partkle.
Put on your trainers.
Put your trainers on
This is different from prepositional verbs.
► See Unit 17 point 4.
Multi-word verbs 2: phrasal verbs 79
Practice
A Complete the sentences using the verbs in the box.
get up hurry up stand up tidy no turn off wash up
у T^J-kp. his bedroom.
every hme be sits down
...............really early and sing loudly in the
J, bathroom.
,-^Tell tiim to	and then walk realty stowty.
jRIng his mobile phone and when tie answers.
...........it______._____
. Ask him to	when the football's on TV.
В Match the sentence beginnings to the correct endings.
1	They heard a noise behind them and turned
2	Will was late. He turned
3	The meeting went
4	They set the company
5	The car door was locked. I couldn't get
6	There’s no more petrol - we've run
7	It was a really old car and it was al ways break, ng
8	Hello! Can I come
C Underline the correct option.
1	I’ll go и/ to on Monday and speak to the teacher
2	It was nice m the pool and Oscar didn’t want to
come on/out.
3	I get home quite early -1 usually get in/on around
5.00.
4	Don’t stand up if you can sit down. Don’t sit down
if you can lie down/upt
5	If the computer doesn’t work, try turning the
power up/ off for a few minutes.
6	I can't wake up/ away without coffee.
7	If you press this button, the light comes in/ran.
8	I’d like to go in/out tonight. Is there a good film at
the cinema?
9	The cat ran away/over when it saw the dog.
10	She put the cup down/on
D Make sentences by putting the words in the correct
order. Write two things that each pronoun could
refer to.
1	tidy /up /It /Please
Pu«ctiaj|itiq>.	______
’it' =^5urfetureai« / tkt titdui
2	make/up/It/I'll
3	Can / the Internet / it /up / you / look/ on?
a out
b on for hours.
c up at 8.
d out
e down.
f up last year.
g in?
h round.
4 put t your head! / Don’t / on / it
5 The / off/ told / man / us
6 please? / Can I pick / you / that / up
7 going / back / them / to / take / I'm
8 up?/Can/it/turn/you
80
E This email has been written in a
hurry and seven object pronouns
are missing. Write them in the
correct places.
You'll n^ver guess what happened to me today. And I promise I’m not
making^Up! I was in the shop ‘Hats and Things' at lunchtime. There
was a tall woman m the shop. She was trying on hats. She picked up
a blue one and put on. I remember thinking it looked good on her. I had
tned on some gloves and was just taking off. The woman came over,
picked up some gloves and put on too. Then she started looking at
some bags. She dropped one on the floor by my feet. I bent down to
pick up and when I turned round she was just going out. And she was
still wearing the clothes! I ran out to stop her taking away, but then I
felt someone’s hand on my shoulder. It was the shop owner. I was still
holding the bag! And he started telling off while the woman got away!
F Complete the dialogues using the verbs in the box
with the structure: verb ♦ pronoun + particle.
find out get back give up pick up
take away throw away turn on wake up
1	Walter How is your food?
Customer: I m not very hungry. Can you
teh it ашл)	.please?
2	A What's on TV tonight?
B: The Music Show. Quick!
3 A I don't know the answer to this question.
B: Na let's see if we can ..................
4 A Mark has taken my shoes.
B: Come on! We'll go and
5 A You haven't been to football practice for a long time.
B: No, I haven't got time. I'm going to
6 A I don't know bow I'm going to get home from the
station.
В Don't worry - I'll
7 A I don't like this mobile phone any more.
B: You can recycle that - don't
8 A What time are you leaving in the morning?
B: At 6.30. Can you	7
Multi-word verbs 2: phrasal verbs 81
19
» Verb + Zo-infinitive or -ing
’ He decided to run without shoes.
1 How many Olympic marathons did Bikila win?
2 Was Oprah’s first job on radio or television?
3 Does Grisham still write books?
saying
Oprah Winfrey’s parents were very poor and she had
to live with her grandmother she remembers her
grandmother hitting her if she didn't remember
to do the housework - but she enjoyed reading and
soon learned to write. While she was still al school,
Oprah started to work on the radio and today she
is one of the most famous, and richest, women on
American television
John Grisham wrote his first book while he
was working as a lawyer. I le sent the book to
but no one wanted to take
many
it. Finally, a small publisher agreed to buy the
brxik. The other publishers now
no to Grisham because he has sold more than
250 million books.
Abebe Bikila began running to school when
he was very young but he couldn’t
to buy running shoes. So Bikila always ran
without shoes. He decided to run without
shoes in the I960 Olympic marathon and
managed to win. Bikila was first again in
1964 hut he failed to win in 1968 because he
had problems with his shoes*
5дД £ O»P₽B Z J ISJBMSUV
82
Verb + to-infinitive or -ing
1	Some verbs take a to-infinitive, e.g. ask to go. Some
verbs take an -ing form, eg. enjoy doing. Some take
both, e.g. like to do / like doing. There are no rules for
this; you need to learn which verb takes a to-infinitive
and which takes ing.
2	These verbs take a to-infinitive:
afford Bikila couldnt afford to buy running shoes,
agree They agreed not to tell Maggie
arrange They arranged to meet at 6
ask	Ask to see о doctor
decide BMa decided to run without shoes,
deserve Bikila deserved to win in 1960.
furl	Grisham failed to find и publisher.
help Who helped to make it?
learn	Oprah soon learned to write.
manage	Bikila managed to win.
need	Do you need tophone Louis ?
promise. Ybu must promise not to be late.
refuse Jan refused to see him.
seem It seems to be a nice day.
ivwit	No one wanted to take the book.
3	These verbs lake ing:
admit The children admitted not going to
the lesson.
amid	You can't avoid meeting him.
deny	She denied doing anything wrong.
enyoy	Oprah enjoyed reading.
keep|on)	Don't stop, keep running1
miss	Do you miss ha ving a dog?
recommend Doctors recommend eating more fruit
and vegetables.
suggest I suggest writing her a nice email
4	These verbs take to or -ing, with very little difference
in meaning:
begin Bikilo began to run / running to school
continue Grisham continues to write / writing
books
hate I hate to get i getting up early.
like	Susan likes to wear / wearing block
love	Jack loved to read/ reading in bed.
prefer	Most people prefer to travel/
travelling by plane.
start Oprah started to work / working on
the radio.
5	These verbs take to or -ing, but there is a difference in
meaning:
need
need + to has an active meaning.
) need to go home.
need -i- -ing has a passive meaning.
My car needs cleaning
try
try + to- try, but you may not succeed'.
WeVe got a busy day tomorrow Try to sleep.
try +-ing means ‘see how it works', or‘experience’
something.
I tried sleeping on the floor but it didn't help my back
regret
We use regret + to to give bad news in formal writing.
We regret to inform you that your job application has
been unsuccessful.
We use regret + ing for things in the past we are sorry
about.
They regret saying no to Grisham.
remember and forget
We use remember and forget + to for things we need
to do.
I forgot to buy some flowers.
We use remember and forget + -ing for memories of
the past.
Oprah remembers her grandma ther hitting her if she
didn't remember to do the housework
stop
We use stop + to when we stop in order to do
something.
I stopped to buy some eggs.
We use stop + -ing when we no longer do something.
Bikila stopped running in 1971.
Would like (short form: ‘d like) + to is one way of
saying want or might want. Use Would you like r to
for a polite invitation.
I'd like to run in the Olympics.
Would you like to have a coffee?
Verb+ to-infinitive or -ing 83
Practice
A Write the verbs under the correct headings.
Try to remember by yourself; if you can’t, look
at the lists on page 83.
afford admit arrange avoid begin
continue deny deserve enjoy fail hate
help keep love manage miss prefer
promise regret remember refuse
seem suggest try would like
В Underline the correct option(s). Sometimes
both options are possible.
1	Mike enjoys to play /playing golf.
2	Do we need to bring/bringing anything?
3	I never recommended to do/doing that.
4	Why didn't you ask Jonny to come/coming?
5	Start to cook/cooking the potatoes first.
6	Everything will be all right if you keep on to
work/working.
7	Jane doesn’t want to become/becoming a
doctor like her mum.
8	I really miss to have/having a car.
9	Dogs don't like to be/being alone.
10	Would you like to go/going first?
11	I avoided to see /seeing her for a longtime.
12	But we arranged to meet / meeting]
C Match the pairs.
1	I like-------	a
2	I'd like ——	b
3	The mechanic needs	a
4	The car needs	b
5	Dear Mr Jones, I regret	a
6	Well. I regret	b
7	I don’t remember	a
8	Please remember	b
9	I sat down and stopped	a
10	It’s not important. Stop	b
11	Don’t forget	a
12	I will never forget	b
to have a rich husband one day.
listening to the radio in the morning
to repair it.
repairing.
to tell you that you have not passed.
not studying harder at school.
to give the keys to Simon.
giving the keys to Simon.
thinking about it.
to think for a moment.
to meet her at the station.
meeting her for the first time.
D Circle the correct option.
Greg LeMond was the first American winner of the Tour de France cycle
race. He decided i... a cyclist when he was still at school and 2... to win
a lot of prizes. LeMond missed 3„.to the Moscow Olympics in 1980
because of political problems between the USA and the USSR. Today
he regrets 4... the chance to win a gold medal.
LeMond won his first Tour de France in 1986 and his future seemed
5„ very good, but the next year LeMond had a terrible accident He was
accidentally shot in the back on a hunting trip and he needed 6._ a very
serious operation. LeMond had 7... to take part in the 1987 Tour de
France but his doctors didn't recommend 8... the hospital.
This was a tragedy but LeMond 9... to retire from the sport and he
kept10... he could return to cycling. Two years later he started 1 ’... again
In 1989 he dramatically won the Tour de France on the last day of the
race, and he was the winner again in 1990.
LeMond stopped 12.„ in 1994 and opened a sports business with his
father.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
a become b becoming <£) to become d to have become
a began b enjoyed c would like d remembered
a go b togo c going d having gone
a to lose b to have lost c to losing d having lost
a to be b to being c being d having been
a to have b have c having d had
a suggested b liked c denied d arranged
a to leave b leaving c not leaving d not to leaving
a denied b missed c refused d avoided
10 a believe b to believe c believing d belief
11 a train b trains c training d to training
12 a to cycle b cycle c having cycled d cycling
84
E Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar meaning,
using the verb in brackets.
1 Susan really likes shopping, (love)
Susan Im skappinii
2 Mick: Why don't you buy some flowers? (suggest |
F Complete the news story using the words in the box
and the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
arrange continue admit forget like manage
prefer remember seem would like
3 Andy won't be able to finish all the work (manage]
4	Steve wants to have a coffee, (would like)
5	Kate: I won't do it. (refuse)
6	Jo: I didn't steal the money, (deny)
7	Kay wanted to meet at 7.00. (arrange)
8	Maggies hair is dirty, (need)
Seventy tvra year cW Ruth W-kes was surprised io find a zebra in ha
garden yesterday iromnq. the zebra ran away from Ch«l»i Zw>
on Wednesday and Ле a» 1 adnitS kyutj (be)
responsible. No one knows how Pie zebra got inw Mrs Wilkes's garden
Mrs Wilkes doesn't2 ______________________________(see) the
zebra on Wednesday evening she often 3
(tore) a imie walk in het garden In the
mcrnirg and that is when she saw the zebra Mrs Wilkes was shocked
hut she did *	___ Ipbone) the zoo and
they quickly came to help ne
"Wek d ddn'ts	(be) dangerous.'
said Mrs Wilkes but I6	(haw) bids
h the garden!'
The manager of Chester Zoo said 'I 7
lapolcgsrl to Mrs Wrices We will8. ---- ----------------------
Igve) het and het grardcMdren free tickets to the zoo But what about
the tetra? Tm sure-he zebra wr runvr
9
on rts little holiday!'
Ches» poke “ ________
(inostigH»; the
hddent
c either a orb
Circle the correct option.
1
2
3
4
Oprah wanted to college. a to go b going c either a orb
Did she promise her grandmother hard? a to study b studying
I've always enjoyed	a to run b running c either a orb
I suggested the Oprah Winfrey show. a to watch b watching
Corah wants to continue on TV. a to work b workinz c eith
c either a orb
ir a or b
Verb + to-infinitive or -ing 85
‘20
Verb + object + to-infinitive
Greg made the children work 60 hours a week.
near Manchester. The industrial revolution in England
helper! him become very rich. Greg needed workers hut
he wanted them to work for little money, so he invited
children to work for him. Soon half of his workers
were children.
Greg made the children work 60 hours a week.
There was nothing illegal or strange about this at
that time. 1 he law let him employ children as young
as five years old. Greg forced them to stay in a
special house for children and warned them not to
leave without liis permission. However, the house
was quite comfortable and the children had enough
to eat. Meat was expensive then but Greg allowed
the children to eat meat on Sundays, and his w ife,
Hannah, encouraged them to read and write.
new law in I 844 ordered
child workers. Today, Greg’s factory is a museum where
you can watch museum workers make clothes in the
traditional way, ask them questions and hear them talk
about the hard times of the past.
1	Who was Samuel Greg?
a a factory worker b a businessman c a teacher
2	How often did the children eat meat?
a once a week b once a month c never
86
Verb + object + to-infinitive
1 These verbs take an object and to:
advise	1 advise you to study history.
allow	Greg allowed the children to eat meat
	on Sundays.
ask	Don’t ask me to work at the weekend!
encourage	Hannah encouraged them to read
force	Greg forced them to stay there.
order	The new law ordered factories to stop
	using children.
persuade	Please persuade Alice to take the job.
invite	He invited children to work for him.
need	The boss needs me to do it.
remind	Remind Samuel to tell Hannah about
	the meeting.
leach	She taught them to read.
tell	Greg told the children to go to bed.
warn	He warned them not to leave the house.
want	Greg wanted his workers to be cheap.
2 These verbs take an object and the infinitive without to:
feel	I felt his hand touch my shoulder.
hear	Did you hear him say it ?
let	The law let him employ five-year-olds.
make Greg made them work hard.
notice I didn't notice the machine s tart
see	Did you see it happen ?
watch You can watch people make clothes.
3 Help can take to or the infinitive without to after the
object.
Il helped him (to) become rich.
IIP
There are no rules for which verbs take which
forms. When you learn a new verb, learn also the
form which it takes. Л good dictionary will show
this information.
In speaking, get + object + to - persuade.
Get Jack to help. He's not very busy.
remind /n'maind/
► verb [ T J 0 to make someone think of something they
have forgotten: Could you remind Paul about dinner on
Saturday ? C [ + to infinitive] Please remind me to post this
letter. О [+ (that)] I rang Jill and reminded het (that) the
conference had been cancelled.
Practice
A Match sentences 1-10 to sentences a-j which have the
same meaning.
1 Sid asked Jo to do it
2	Sid allowed Jo to do it.
3	Sid encouraged Jo to do it.
4	Sid made Jo do it.
5	Sid warned Jo not to do it.
6	Sid advised jo to do it.
7	Sid taught Jo to do it.
8	Sid noticed Jo do it.
9	Sid reminded Jo to do it.
10	Sidhelpedjodoit.
112	3
6	7	8
a Jo, I'll let you do it.
b Jo, you must do it!
c Jo, this is how you do it.
d Jo, I saw you do it!
e Jo, will you do it, please?
f Jo, you know you
can do it!
g Jo, let's do it together.
h Jo, you shouldn’t do it.
i Jo, it wou Id be a good
idea to do it
j Jo, don’t forget to do it!
4	5
9	10
В Underline the correct option.
1	My dad taught me to ride/ride a bike.
2	Lucy persuaded me to buy/buy the shoes.
3	Mum, please let /make me stay at Jane’s on Friday night.
4	I could feel the car to go/go faster and faster.
5	Mr Green made Sam to pay/pay for the broken
window.
6	A: Richard is really angry.
B:	Get him to sit/sit down for five minutes.
7	Her grandmother warned her not to get/not get lost
in the forest
8	The captain ordered the soldiers to run/run back to
the camp.
9	Did you hear John to say/say that?
10	My parents always encouraged me to play/play the
piano.
Verb + object + to-infinitive 87
C What does each text say? Tick a, b or c.
a It tells children not to play
football. /
b It encourages children to play
football.
c It lets children play football.
a Sarah promises Rob to buy
some flowers.
b Sarah advises Rob to buy some
flowers.
c Sarah reminds Rob to buy some
Rowers.
MEMO
FIZZ'S?
Sandr»
a Sandra promises to pay John the
money.
b Sandra will pay the money
instead of John.
c Sandra will tell John to pay the
money.
It makes old people sit in this
place.
It gets bus passengers to offer
this place to old people.
It doesn't allow young people to
sit in this place.
D Complete the text using the verbs in the box and the
correct form of the verbs in brackets
advise ask force mv+te help
let need see tell warn
The famous biologist Doctor Singh has written a new
book called You Are What You Eat. We decided to
1 invite the doctor to Сбгке (come) to our
studio so that we could 2	him
(answer) a few questions about the book.
Doctor Singh says he wrote the book to 3
teenagers not	(eat) unhealthy food, but does
he4	his children	(go) to fast-
food restaurants? ‘Sometimes,’he laughs.‘You can’t
5	... children	(do) everything you
want 16	them	(be) sensible and
not eat there every day!’
The next question: Do vegetables really
teenagers	(grow) faster? 'It’s not as simple as
that,’ he says. "But it's true that teenagers don't eat enough
of them. When I do my research in school canteens,
I don’t often 8	teenagers
(choose) vegetables. Maybe we 9	teachers
(talk) to teenagers about this.
Last question: Does Doctor Singh 10
teenagers who eat too much	(go) on a diet?
‘Usually, the problem is not eating too much but eating
the wrong food. If teenagers eat sensibly, there is no need
for a diet.’
David orders Lesley and Max to
go to a party.
David invites Lesley and Max to
go to a party.
David reminds Lesley and Max
to go to a party.
a It warns people not to go
inside.
b It encourages people to go
inside.
c It forces people to go inside.
E Samuel Greg wrote some instructions for his wife.
Complete the sentences about what Hannah did.
I		—	-1
I Some children play football next f© Ike factory
windows Stop them!
Налпак dutat allow tke ckiUren to plat) football.
2 Charles must clean the machines
•Hannah made
J Laney can ViStt her mother on Saturday.
Hannah let ------- -------------
It would be nice if the workers had a bath on Sunday.
Hannah encouraged
5 Robert must remember to do his Latin homework.
Hannah reminded —
6 f mily still doesn’t know how to use the new machine
Hannah taught
7 Jlonas has to paint the walls
Hannah ordered -------------------------------
? Ask Lady Crrey to come to tea next T riday
Hannah invited
88
F Complete sentences 1-8 using information from the text.
What do you think is going on?
It was terrible and Graham was in shock. Graham sent a text to Amanda
‘'Phone mtr; His heart was beating very fast as he explained everything to her.
‘'Amanda. tome round, pleasef he said al the end.
Graham looked out of the window ‘so he could see Amanda as she drove to the house.
She came in and ’took off her coat, with Graham's help. Graham's room was a complete
mess with cupboards open, things on the floor and clothes everywhere
‘'Don’t panic It will make things worse.' said Amanda. ?'5rt down and think.' Amanda
was looking at the chaos in the room when “she saw that Graham had started to cry.
See below for the end of the story.
1	Graham wanted	rjrupuia co pkoiu fc.il*.
2	He felt
3	He asked
4	He watched
5	He helped
6	Amanda warned
7	She told
8	She noticed
a.(i in (ш ац j kiw>;
Verb ♦ object ♦ to-infinitive 89
Linking verbs: be, get, feel, etc.
It looks a bit yellow but it tastes great.
smells
doesn't keep
r« «уть
went sour
stays fresh
looks nicer	is natural
is organic getting more popular
• -1 - ,, r < i.. h. rgarr * rd sco *hai thr к
seems strange
looks a bit yellow tastes great *s
are not from chickens
V. tfrk
Match the people to the opinions:
1 Kirsten
2 Diego
3 Bom i
a Organic food doesn't last a long time,
b Organic food is a waste of money.
c Organic food is kinder for animals.

90
Linking verbs: be, get, feel, etc.
1	A linking verb links a noun or a pronoun with an
adjertive or noun. The most common linking verb is
be.
Organic food Is natural.
Is It a banana ?
2	Some linking verbs describe things that change
(become, get. go, grow. tum| or stay the same [keep,
remain, stayj.
The milk turned green.
Organic food stays fresher for longer
3	Some verbs of change are used in special ways.
We use turn and go with colours. Go is more
informal.
The sky turned / went Mack.
Co describes bad changes.
The milk went bad.
We use get or become, not go. with old. tired and ill.
She becomes i gets tired very quickly. NO I... gees...
4	We can often use either get or become. Get is more
common and informal.
Organic food Is getting I becoming more popular
Become, not get. can be followed by a noun when it
is a linking word.
I became a student. NO1 /goto student.
Use get, not become, in imperatives, and for shorter
processes
Get dressed! NOT Become dressed!
Could you please get ready on time? NOT... become
► See Units 33 and 34 for get in passives and get as a
I causative verb.
5 Some linking verbs describe senses, e.g. appear, feel,
look, seem, smell, sound, taste.
This milk smells had.
It tastes great.
6 Use Whcit does it look ; feel / etc. tike ...?or What is it
like? to ask questions about the senses. The answer has
a linking verb and an adjective, or a linking verb ♦ like
and a noun.
A What does she look like? B: She's tall and slim.
A What does it taste like? B: It's like a lernon.
A What's your new bike like? B. It’s great!
A What's Birmingham tike? B: it's like Manchester.
IIP
We often ask about the weather with What + be
♦ the weather like?
A: What's the weather like?
B:It's cold and it's raining.
1 Prepositional verbs with like, e.g. look like, smell like
etc. mean resemble. They are followed by a noun.
I look like my father.
It feels like winter.
8 A few descriptive verbs, e.g. lie, fall, sit and stand, can
sometimes be linking verbs.
I lay awake
Mike fell ill.
9 All linking verbs can be followed by an adjective, but be.
become, feel, look, remain, stay and sound can also be
followed by nouns.
I felt foolish f a fool.
It looks nice I a nice day.
kW stayed friendly f friends.
Some adjectives (e.g. some beginning with a-.
like afraid, alive, alone, asleep, awake, and ill
and well) are usually used after linking verbs,
especially be.
The baby is asleep
I don't feel well
I В Note the difference:
He looked strange.
(took describes a sense, so it is a linking verb
followed by an adjective.)
He looked at me strangely.
(look is an action, so it is followed by an adverb.)
Linking verbs: be, get, feel, etc. 91
Practice
A Underline the correct option.
1	This room smells/tastes strange.
2	Wayne goes/keeps fit by running every morning.
3	Do you think I feel/look all right in this dress?
4	Jack went / remained very red when he understood
his mistake.
5	The plan turned /went wrong.
6	Don’t eat those tomatoes, they taste/grow strange.
7	That seems/is OK, but I'm not sure.
8	The start of the test was easy but it soon stayed/
grew very difficult.
9	What feels/is summer like in your country?
10	A: What does his new album sound like?
B: It sounds like/sounds very different.
В Complete the sentence about each picture using one
linking verb and one adjective from the box.
difficult lovely seem smell sound terrible
1 He
5 xy4 log (5х)
Z = --------------
У
2 It
3 They
C Complete the sentences with become or get. Sometimes
both are possible.
1	Have you always wanted to become a pilot?
2	After you	dressed, brush your teeth.
3	It may 	dirty.
4	Who wants to	a millionnaire?
5	I want to	rich.
6	You need to	changed quickly.
7	It might	a problem if we do nothing.
8	I started to	interested in Spanish literature.
D Circle the correct option.
Steve: Welcome everyone!1... ready for a very interesting
show tonight with our special guest, Sue Timms, an
organic farmer.
Sue: Hi, Steve. It feels2... to be on the programme.
Steve: Sue, why did you 3... an organic farmer? To many of
our listeners, it might4... a strange decision.
Sue: Well, it might appear5... to you but it just seemed 6...
to grow more healthy food. It's good for my farm and
good for my customers.
Steve: Some people still1... unsure about organic food. They
say it only gives farmers more profit, and only rich
people can afford it.
Sue: Well, prices8... lower, slowly. As the market9... bigger,
prices should fall. I really think the taste of my food is
better.
Steve: Just before the programme, 110... tasted some of your
milk, and, you're right, it tasted u...!
Sue: You'll never 12„. ill if you have a glass of my milk every
morning!
Steve: Thanks for coming on the show, Sue!
1	a become Get c be d Stay
2	a good b well c nicely d best
3	a get b be c turn d become
4	a become b go c appear d make
5	a stranger b strange c strangely d strangest
6 a a good idea b rightly c well d being right
7 a get b remain c become d be
8	a are getting b are c are turning d are
seeming
9	a is b stays c keeps d grows
10	a quicker	b quick	c quickly	d quickest
11	a greater	b great	c greatly	d greatest
12	a seem b go c turn d fall
92
E Answerthe questions using the verbs in brackets.
1	How do I look? | look)
yku bat jrut'
2	What do you want to do when you leave school /
university? | become,
3	What's wrong with you? |feel)
4	Why don't you eat the salad ? | look)
5	Did you hear about the man who bit a dog yesterday?!
(sound)
6	Is the weather still cold? (get)
7	What does a cold shower feel like? |feel|
8	Who do you look like? (look)
F Complete the sentences and add explanations.
1	Ruth fell asitej bi tke ccswrt. It was se bvuu).
2	John feels
3	Her new friend seems
4	The weather is turning
5	Life in big cities is getting
6	Not many young people want to become
Linking verbs: be, get, feel, etc. 93
Review: questions; multi-word verbs;
verb structures
A Complete the questions.
1	A:	long have you had that jacket7
B:	Oh. about six months.
2	A:	did your jacket cost?
В:	I don’t know. It was a present.
3	A.	gave it to you?
B:	My aunt.
4	A:	did you get those shoes7
B: From a shop in London.
5	A:	sire are your shoes?
В:	I think they're size 36.
6	A:	tall are you?
В:	1 metre 65.
7	A:	do you go shopping?
B. Two or three times a week.
8 A: I've got these two hats.	one do you
think suits me best?
B: Oh. I think the blue one
9 A:	bag is this?
B. It's mine.
10 A:	can't you go out tonight?
B. Because I've got lots of homework.
В Complete each sentence with the correct question tag.
1	It's been a lovely day, kasatit
2	There were about 20 people there,
3	I'm getting better at this,	?
4	I'll ring you later,	?
5	Everyone's happy. ------ ?
6	I haven't forgotten anything.
7	He won’t come back now.
8	It’s still quite early,	7
9	Jessica plays basketball well.	?
10	Give me a chance,	?
11	We have to be really careful.
12	He really shouldn't talk like that,
13	They've got a serious problem,
14	You'll be going on holiday soon,
15	He can't be serious about that,	?
C Complete the short answers.
1	A: I love chocolate.
B:	Mmm, yes. I CM
2	A: Have you read that book?
B-	.Yes. I
3	A I can’t swim very well.
B.	Oh, neither	-------
4	A: Should I say sorry to Mrs Porter?
B: Yes, I think
5	A. I've never been in a big ship.
В	. either.
6	A: Will Helen be at home?
B: No, she
7	A: You played really well i n that game
B:So
8	A. Did you have time to watch that film?
B:No, I
9	A: I don't think English is all that difficult.
В:	I.
10	A: I'm not very happy about what we have to do next
week.
B: Me ..................
11	К. I should make a telephone call.
B: So
12	A: Were you thinking of playing basketball this
weekend?
В No. I _______
13	A: My mobile phone takes great photos.
B: Mine
14	A: Would you like to learn another language?
B:Yes, I
15	A I'm never going back to that shop
B:	I’m	____
D Put the word in brackets in the correct place in each
sentence. Sometimes more than one answer is passible.
M.
1 Can you wake Л up at 7 o'clock tomorrow, please? |me|
2 I need to look up in a dictionary 11his wnrd|
3 I love parties and I’m really looking forward to. (it |
4 They were talking too much in class and the teacher
told off (them|
94
5 I don’t believe you. You’ve just made up. (that)
6 I’ve decided to give up. (chocolate)
7 The music’s quite loud. Maybe we should turn down, (it)
8 Irma is really good at dealing with, (problems)
9 There’s no point keeping this old mobile. I’ll just throw away, (it)
10 Yan is always coming up with, (strange ideas)
11 Can you turn off when you leave the room? (the light)
12 If the jacket’s the wrong size, you can just take back to the shop, (it)
E Complete the questions with the correct prepositions and match the
questions to appropriate replies.
1	Where do you come from.	?—	a
2	Who does this belong	?	,b
3	Who are you waiting	7	c
4	What do you want to talk	7	1 J d
5	What are you looking	?	e
6	What are you listening		f
7	Who do you look	?	1	g
8	Who would you like to speak	7	h
9	Who do you agree	?		i
10	What are you smiling	7	j
Well, I've got my mum's
eyes.
I'd like to ask you for
some advice.
My keys. I'm sure I left
them here.
It's mine.
Kathy. But only if
she’s free.
Well, I think you’re all
wrong.
Well, I was born and grew
up in India.
I just feel happy, that's all.
My friend. He’ll be here
soon.
It's classical music,
actually.
F Complete the sentences using the correct form (infinitive with to or
-ing) of the verbs in brackets.
1 I can’t afford tfljp on holiday at the moment, (go)
2 Fatima recommended	the tomato soup, (try)
3 Alfie promised	me an email next week, (send)
4 This note is to remind me	the book to the library
tomorrow, (take)
5 I’m sure Rory will deny	the window, (break)
6 I regret	to Portugal when I had the chance, (not go)
7 The police are warning people	because of the
extreme weather, (not drive)
8 She seems	a very nice person, (be)
9 My company allowed me	a few extra days’holiday,
(take)
10 Fiona admitted	a big mistake, (make)
11 The classroom really needs	very soon, (tidy)
G Circle the correct option.
I'm Irish and I’ve always lived in Ireland
but a couple of years ago 11„ very
interested in Japanese culture, so when my
dad suggested going there on holiday it
sounded2... a really good idea. So, last April
we - that’s my parents, my seven-year-old
brother Charlie and me - flew to Tokyo.
At first, everything J„.amazing. It all *... so
different from Ireland - the people, the
language, the shops, and the food, which
we'd been a bit nervous about, tasted s....
But after about three days my dad 6... ill
with a stomach infection and he didn't
want to leave the hotel. Also, Charlie z...
tired of going round Tokyo, so my mum
suggested that we should visit a special
children’s theme park called Kidzania. At
first I R... afraid it would only be suitable for
small children but I was pleased we went
in the end. What happens is you choose
a job, you 9... dressed up in the clothes of
that job and you act it out, so you can10...
like you are really doing that job. Charlie,
for example,u... a pilot - well, he wore a
pilot’s clothes and pretended to fly a plane,
while I chose to be a doctor. I felt a bit12.„
at first, but in the end I had a really good
time. It's definitely one of the best things
to do in Tokyo.
1 a went b looked © became
d turned
2 a what b like c as d so
3 a kept b stood c was d went
4 a became b stayed c got
d seemed
5 a great b greatly c greater
d greatest
6 a appeared b fell c went
d stayed
7 a went b got c remained
d turned
8 a seemed b stood c came
d was
9 a keep b appear c get
d become
10 a sound b taste c seem
d feel
11 a became b got c went
d did
12 a strangely b fool
c embarrassed d shame
Review 3 95
22
CREDIT CARD
Articles
A famous code
9005 4597
UNTIL END
01/13
the letter A, he would write D (+3 letters). (See the key below.)
Julius Caesar used a simple system to communicate with his army. Instead of
writing
the officer who received the cloth had
0977 6965
VALID FROM
10/10
MR M E HAYS
People have used codes to send secret
messages since Roman times. But codes are
not just something used by Julius Caesar or
a spy . People today use codes every time
they pay for something by credit card or
send an email to a friend. Codes protect our
personal information.
Before computers, the biggest users
of codes were governments. who used
them particularly in war. The ancient
Greeks sent and received messages using
a scytale, a cylinder made of wood. An
officer would put cloth around
the cylinder and write a message along
it. When he took the cloth off. the
writing appeared to mean nothing. But
a similar cylinder and could easily
read the message.

CODE
LETTERS:
D	E	F	G	H	I	J	К	L	M	N	0	P	Q	R	s	T	u	V	w	X	Y	Z	A	В	C
A	В	C	D	E	F	G	H	I	J	К	L	M	N	0	p	Q	R	S	T	и	V	W	X	Y	z
LETTERS:
MESSAGE
key to help you
Use the
understand this message:
Computer security systems
are not so different from
Caesar used. But the keys
much bigger and there are
billions of possibilities
each letter
or number.
today
the one
are
for
1 What does the message say?
2 Do you ever use code?
puauj e 011ieiua ue puas поЛ uaqw‘saxz
Э1ЭЦ $ем -lesa?} i sjsmsuv
96
Articles
A! an
1	Use a! tut with singular countable nouns.
a friend, an email, a message
1	Use a I an to talk about something that the listener or
the reader doesn’t know about yet.
The Ancient Greeks sent and received messages using a
scytale.
3	Use a before a consonant sound and an before a vowel
sound.
Note: it is the sound not the letter that is important!
We say о house /a huos/ but an hour /on ana/. (Hour
begins with a vowel sound.)
We say an umbrella /on лт 'breb/ but a university
/a ,ju:ni'v3:sati/. (University begins with a consonant
sound.)
4	Use a ' an to talk about professions and to describe
what something or someone is.
She's a spy.
It s a cylinder made of wood.
It's a secret code.
5	A fan can mean every in expressions of time or
quantity.
once a day, 100 mites an hour
6	We can use the expression What a ...I when we are
surprised, angry or excited about something.
What a terrible day!
We use What...! (with no article) for plural or
uncountable nouns.
What terrible weather! What smart shoes!
The
7	Use the with singular and plural countable nouns and
uncountable nouns.
the officer, the officers, the information
8	Use the when the listener or reader knows what the
speaker or writer is talking about.
Give me the money (The speaker or writer does not
explain which money he or she is talking about, The
listener or reader already knows.)
9	Use the when the speaker specifies what or who they
are talking about.
the key below, the woman with the curly hair
10	Use the with things that are the only ones around us.
or that are unique.
the sun, the planets, the sky
11	The is used in a number of expressions referring to the
world around us or things that we all know about.
the mountains, the city, the universe, the government,
the Internet
12	The comes before superlatives.
rhe most popular film, the highest mountain
13	Use the when you talk about well-known groups of
people.
the police, the Chinese, the young
No article
IIP
in summer/in the summer
In the summer can also mean next summer.
14	We use no article with plural or uncountable nouns
when we are talking about things in general.
Codes protect our personal information
Life is difficult sometimes.
Compare with:
On this website you can find out about the codes used
in World War II.
She had a wonderful life.
15	Most names of people and places have no article.
Jackie lives an King Street.
The offices ore in Johannesburg in South Africa
16	We use the with the names of a few countries.
the UK. the USA. the Netherlands
Wealsouse the with island groups oceans and names
of rivers.
the Philippines, the Atlantic, the Thames
17	Meals months, days and special times of the year do
not usually take an article.
I never eat breakfast.
I visit my family on New Year's Day.
18	There is no article with words like these, my. us.
Your coat is a beautiful colour. NOT The-your-coot...
Articles are often omitted in newspaper
headlines, mobile phone text messages and
Internet chatrooms.
POLICE CATCH SPY
cu at park
Articles 97
Practice
A Underline the correct option.
1	You need a hammer/hammer to fix that.
2	It’s a beautiful country/the beautiful country.
3	The Amur leopard/Amur leopard is one of the most endangered
/most endangered animals in the world/in world.
4	The Diwali/Diwali is a Hindu celebration in October or
November / in the October or the November.
5	Use water /the water in the bottle.
6	My aunt and uncle love a sun/the sun! They stay in UK/in the UK
in summer and visit friends in Australia/in the Australia in winter.
7	It’s an old car/the old car, but I love it and it’s only car/the only
car I have!
8	Stephen Hawking wrote A Brief History of the Time/Time.
D Write full versions of these text messages,
including a and the where necessary.
1	_	Hi. H«ve tke tickets'7
I	Network ”
I Hi	I
11 Have U got tickets? I
В Complete the sentences with the nouns from the box. Add a, an
or the if necessary.
aunt government hour lunch Mondays safe water
Romans Canada
1	I had................................. before	you came.
2	884 million people in the world do not have enough
3	He runs for................................. everyday.
4	..................... were	in Britain for over 350 years.
5	She visits on
6	My sister’s baby was born this morning, so I'm now
7	has introduced
some new laws on factory waste.
8	My friends want to go to a summer school in
C Make sentences by putting the words in the correct order.
Add a, an or the if necessary.
1	smile / got / She’s / nice
a nice smite,.........................................
2	Dr Hammond/good/me/gave/advice
............
3	country / like/you / living / Do / in
4	house I What I untidy
i
... .... •
5	We / school / planets / about / at / are / learning
..................... * . 4....< 1..I <• ................».»««. . •	.............. I	•
6	moon / Earth / round / Why / go / does
?
...   •
7	This / runs/electricity/car / on
8	bed / on / your/Put/coat
98
Complete this text about famous codes with a, the or -
(= no article). Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
In 1897, Edward Elgar,1 a British composer, sent
2 message in code to 3 23-year-old friend, Miss
Dora Penny.4 message is still5 mystery.
famous author, Edgar Allan Poe, often
included 7 codes in 8 his poems and 9
writing. In 1839,10 Poe asked11 readers of
magazine to send him 13 messages in code.
•'	150 years later, two of15 codes were still
not solved.
The first of16 these codes was finally solved in 1992.
Around this time,17 Williams College in18
USA offered 52,500 to19 person who could solve
20 final code.21 website was also set up.
22	competition attracted23	worldwide
interest.24 engineer, Gil Broza, finally solved it in
25	October 2000.
F Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar
meaning, using the word in brackets.
1	She studies at university, (a)
Slit's a university student.
2	That boy has a famous father, (with)
3	He's been working with young people for ten years,
(the)
4	The journey was terrible. (What)
5	Her house is lovely - it’s by the sea. (lives)
6	The potatoes cost £1 for one kilo, (a)
7	No one in my class is taller than me. (I’m)
8	He speaks very quietly, (voice)
МНШ!
In your notebook, write answers to the questions, using a, an, the or no article in each answer.
Answer five questions truthfully, but write an untrue answer for the other three.
1	What's your favourite food? My favourite. feed is salad.
2	How often do you brush your teeth?
3	What colour and type of car would you like to have?
4	What does your mum do?
5	Where do you live?
6	Which do you prefer: mountains, city or sea?
7	Where would you tike to go on holiday next?
8	What’s your favourite time of year?
Show your answers to a friend or to your teacher.
Can they guess which answers are not true?
Circle the correct option.
1	Mt Kilimanjaro is highest mountain in Africa. a the ba c -
2	I watched interesting programme yesterday. a a b the c an
3	We eat in a restaurant once month. a a b an c the
4	Have you called police? a - b the c a
5	Hove pasta for dinner. a the/the b a/a c -/-
Articles 99
Quantifiers 1
Anything can happen in the mountains.
Some good maps
(no books, there
won't be any time
for anyone to
read!)
If it's a really high mountain, take
oxygen for each person - there isn't
much air high in the mountains. You
will need all the air you can get!
Good boots are
very important.
They should
be both
strong and
comfortable.
You need to be prepared to go mountain climbing. You can't carry
everything with you but these are some things that you may need.
Some radios. High in
the mountains, no
one will hear you
shout for help...
Chocolate bars -
for some energy.
Climbing is hard work.
Warm clothes for
everyone - it
could be very cold
at the top.
Accidents happen. Remember that
every mountain is dangerous.
Don't take any risks! Anything
can happen in the mountains.
1
Quantifiers 1
Use quantifiers, e.g. some, any, or numbers to say how
many or much of something there is.
every night, some mountains, not any books
Cover the picture.
Which three things in this list are not in the pick
jumpers, first aid kit, books, maps, chocolate, rice,
oxygen tanks, pens, radios
ээи 'sued ^ooq jaw
2
Countable nouns are nouns we can count. They have
singular and plural forms. Use a or an before a singular
IIP
noun.
a mountain, an apple, a woman
Use quantifiers or nothing before a plural noun.
some mountains, two apples, women
3 Uncountable nouns often refer to materials, liquids,
abstract or general concepts. Uncountable nouns are
singular - they don’t usually have plural forms. Don’t
use a or an before uncountable nouns - use quantifiers
Some nouns which are uncountable in English
may be countable in your own language.
In English, these nouns are uncountable:
accommodation
advice
homework
information
knowledge
luggage
money
music
pasta
traffic
transport
news
Can I have some information?
NOT r^seme-informations ?
The news is bad. NOT The news are...
or nothing.
some metal, no rain, freedom, time
100
4	Some nouns can be both countable and uncountable,
with a difference in meaning.
wood (uncountable = the material),
a wood (countable = a small forest)
coffee (uncountable = the substance),
a coffee (countable = a cup of coffee)
hair (uncountable), a hair (countable = one hair)
Other examples are:
danger	paper	thought
experience	room	time
glass	tea	work
life
5	Use the quantifiers alt, both, each and every to describe
everything in a set.
all the air, both mountains, every night
6	Both = A + B. Use both either before or after nouns, but
only after pronouns.
Lucy and Roger both like climbing.
OR Both Lucy and Roger like climbing.
They both like climbing.
7	Lach and every often have the same meaning but
we usually use every when we talk about all of a big
set. and each when we talk about people or things
separately. Only each is possible when there are two
people or things.
She has been to every country in Europe.
Wash each shoe in warm water.
All day answers the question ‘How long?’.
Every day answers the question ‘How often?'.
ft rained alt day on Sunday.
I run every day
8	Use some to describe small quantities. We usually use
some in statements.
tou need some warm clothes.
Some of us want to climb Everest.
We can use some in questions when we expect
the answer yes', especially for offers, requests
and suggestions.
fred, do you want some cake?
9	We usually use any instead of some in questions
and negatives with plural nouns or pronouns, or
uncountable nouns.
Have you got any sugar?
There won’t be any time to read.
10	We can use any in statements to mean 'it doesn't
matter which one’.
I’m free all day. Ring me any time.
11	Either = A or B. Neither = not A and not B.
Take either bag.
... neither of the maps...
Don’t use a second negative after neither, never,
no one, eta
Neither phone works. NOT Neither phone doesn 't work.
12	We can use both... and, either... or, neither... nor to
join nouns, other kinds of words, phrases and even
sentences.
They should be both strong and comfortable.
You can either come with me or stay at home.
13	No means the same as not any but is often more
emphatic. None of refers to a set.
There are no shops on Everest.
None of them.
14	Both, each, some, any, either, neither and none can be
pronouns. They can be followed by of.
I bought some Do you want any?
Some of them know.
15	Everyone, everybody, everything, anyone, anybody,
anything, someone, somebody, something, no one and
nobody are also pronouns. They can be followed by
adjectives.
You can't carry everything with you.
There is something strange on that mountain.
16	We usually use something, somewhere, somebody
and someone in statements. We often use anything,
anywhere, anybody, anyone in negative sentences and
questions.
Somebody phoned for help.
I can’t see anything.
17	We can also use pronouns beginning with any- in
statements to mean ‘all’ when it doesn’t matter who,
what or where.
Anyone can make a mistake.
I'd do anything to be famous
18	Anywhere, nowhere and everywhere are also adverbs.
I’ll go anywhere with you.
I looked everywhere
Quantifiers 1 101
Practice
A Write the words from the box under the correct
headings.
accommodation advice chair computer danger
hair information knowledge luggage map
money mountain news nose pasta piece
street torch traffic wood
В Underline the correct option.
1	We went to every/both cafe in town.
2	I want each/every of you to decide.
3	There isn't any/some milk in the fridge.
4	Al//5omethe information is on the website.
5	Both/Every of them know.
6	Everyone /Anyone should speak a foreign language.
7	I’ve got some/any good news.
8	I'll have some/any book, it doesn’t matter.
9	In maths, an answer is either/neither right or wrong.
10	That’s no / none problem.
C What colour are the things in the picture on page 100?
Use quantifiers in your answers.
1 fill tke бхэдеп. taisb art red.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D Rewrite each sentence so that it has the opposite
meaning, using a different quantifier.
1	I’ve got some friends.
I kavutjet a»uj friends
2	There are lots of museums.
3	Either will be OK.
4	Use some salt.
5	I didn’t go to any shops.
6	Somebody asked me.
7	None of us can.
8	There were no questions.
9	Neither of her two brothers knew.
10	You can swim everywhere here.
E Could you survive in the desert? Write the correct
quantifier in each option, then circle the best answer.
1	What is the most important thing to take with you?
(some, every, all)
a all your money b >№* water
c tvtnj computer game you have
2	What will be the biggest problem? (neither, no, some)
a dangerous animals b free time
c	a nor b
3	What food should you take? (none, any, some)
a	. b	, it doesn't matter,
c	bananas.
4	How will you carry all your things? (anything, all, both)
a I won’t need !
b On ofthe camels (See the picture!)
c My friend will carry our things.
5	If you get sick, what should you do? (nothing, some, all |
a Phone for help, b Do . c Eat
the ice cream.
6	If you want to prepare properly for the trip, what
should you do? (every day, no, all day)
a Train
b Stay in bed before the trip.
с I have idea!
102
f Complete the dialogue with the quantifiers in
the box.
all any anything both either every
everything no no one none some
Chris: Is1 tcvjckiitj ready for Peter
and Joyce's parly?
Pascale: I think so Wait a minute. How many
bottles of cola did you buy?
Chns: 2	 You know
they don’t like cola. I bought
3	juice instead.
Pascale: OK. We still need the cake. I went
shopping yesterday but I couldn't find
4	nice. Well one
shop had a nice chocolate cake and a
lovely cream cake but they were
very expensive.
Chris I saw them too and I didn't like
of them Maybe
we should forget about the cake?
Pascale: What,7	cake?1
Chris: Look, there's lots of food,
will be hungry -
don't worry. I have an idea for what to
do after the party.
Pascale: Oh no. I don’t want to listen to
of your crazy
ideas.
Chris: Peter and Joyce go dancing
10	Saturday
night. We could organise a dancing
competition in the club they go to.
Pascale: I'm not sure they'll be able to dance
after11	that food.
Circle the correct option.
1 The news about two women who climbed Everest. a be b is c are
2 ofthe two climbers are safe a Lach b All c Both
3 There is time left before it gets dark. a all b none c some
4 Oil no, I haven't got matches to make a fire. a no b any c some
5 started a forest fire. a All b Anyone c Someone
Quantifiers 1 103
24
It’s not cool.’
4 prefer computer games.’
‘I don’t like being in teams
You must be playing too many computer
games if you can’t find enough time for a
bit off sport, too. We think you can do both!
Be the first! Most people enjoy some
kind of sport. You may soon find that
your friends are happy to join you.
True or False?
1 You have to give up computer games if you want to get some exercise.
2 You don’t have to be in a team to get some exercise.
Don’t worry too much about the team.
There are plenty of activities that you can
do by yourself or with a friend.
puapj e qiiM jo jpsjnoX Xq op ut) noX icq| saiiMipr jo Xiua|d djc ajaqi - j;
sauieS jaindwo) pue pods q;oq op иеэ noX - asjej т
Quantifiers 2
There are plenty of activities.
Are our teenagers doing enough exercise?
Being stronger, happier and healthier are just a few' of the reasons for doing
regular exercise. Yet many teenagers today still do little or no sport.

Oh, really? How many footballers do you
know who are not cool? Sport can give
you a lot off confidence. But not being able
to run for the bus ... that’s really not cool!
104
Quantifiers 2
Much, many, too much, too many, a lot of, lots of,
plenty of, most
1	Use much with singular uncountable nouns and many
with plural countable nouns.
much love, many teenagers
2	We usually use much and many in negative sentences
and How much 7 and How many ...Tin questions.
VW don't have much time.
How many footballers da you know?
3	We can sometimes use many in formal statements.
Many teenagers today stilt do not do enough sport.
But we don't usually use much in statements, we use a
lot of or lots of instead.
Sport can give you a lot of confidence
I ’w I ... trnai-’l L.4z,^rUL lLl..
4	Use a lot of or lots of with both singular uncountable
nouns and plural countable nouns, mainly in
statements. These are usually informal.
Sport can give you a lot of / lots of confidence
5	We use plenty of with singular uncountable and plural
countable nouns in informal statements to mean
'enough' or 'more than enough'.
There are plenty of activities.
6	Too much and too many mean 'more than is reasonable
or necessary'.
>bu must be playing too many computer games.
7	Most (without the} can also mean the majority of’.
Most people enjoy some kind of sport.
NOT lhe most people ...
» See Unit 31 for the use of most with superlatives.
10	Use a few, few, several and a couple of with plural
countable nouns.
A few / A couple off Several friends may want to
join you
IIP
L
A couple of means 'two or three'.
11	A few and a little mean not very many / much, but
enough'.
There is a little money. (You can just buy it)
I have a few friends. |That's fine for me.)
Few and little (without o) mean 'not enough'.
There is little money |You cannot buy it.)
I have few friends. (I'm lonely.)
12	Use enough before a noun, but after an adjective or
adverb.
I haven 't got enough lime.
I can't reach I 'm not tali enough
13	We can use many of, much of. (a) little of. (a) few of.
most of and several of in front of words like the, these,
my, us, them.
These are just a few of the reasons for doing regular
exercise.
/don't do a lot of sport with my friends, but some of us
play football in the park on Sundays.
14	We can use these quantifiers as adverbs or pronouns
(without a noun after them): (too) much, (too} many, (a)
little, (o| few. several, enough, о lot of, lots of, plenty
of, a couple of, a bit of.
Don't worry too much
It doesn't cost a tot.
► See Unit 23 for use of some (of).
(A) little, (a) few, several, a couple of, a bit of,
enough
8 These describe smaller quantities.
They do little sport.
There ore several new caffs in town
IIP
Use too ♦ adjective / adverb to mean more than is
reasonable, possible, necessary.
I can't do this exercise. It's too hard
9 Use a little, little and о hit of with singular
uncountable nouns.
Hnd time for a bit of i a little exercise.
IIP
L
A bit is more informal than a little.
Quantifiers 2 105
Practice
A Matthew Robson, from London, wrote a
famous report about teenagers in 2009, when
he was 15. Complete his report by putting the
quantifiers in brackets in the correct places.
1 Ma>uj teenagers between 13 and
14 visit the cinema.2	go once
they are 15. This is because they have to pay the
adult price. 3	buy the DVD
instead, (many / most / not many)
Teenagers listen to 4	music -
usually while travelling or using the computer.
5	teenagers listen to the radio
these days.6	teenagers listen
to music online or on a personal music player.
(most / a lot of / few)
Every teenager can use the Internet - either at
home or at school. Only 7
teenagers shop online as8
do not have a credit card.
teenagers read a newspaper
regularly - they prefer to find out the news from
the Internet, (most I few / a few)
10	of teenagers have mobile
phones.11	teenagers have
expensive phones - in case they are stolen.
12	teenagers only change their
phone on their birthday - when their parents buy
them a new one. (99% / most / few)
C Make sentences by putting the words in the correct order.
1	Kirsty I several / has / me / phoned / times I this week,
kfirstj kas pkoned me several tines tkis weeL.
2	lot/We/been/a/missing/have/you
3	about / We / little / the / given / were / information / war
4	Japan / of / like / would / to / few / us / go / A / to
5	enough / understand / You’re / old / to / not
6	are I couple / good I here I restaurants / a / of / There
7	has / little / health / a / His / improved
8	a / of / news / I’ve / good / bit / got
D Match each question to the best reply.
1	Does your daughter eat sweets?
2	Do you want me to get
some milk?
3	Are there any drama courses
at the university?
4	Would you like some salad?
5	Can I buy this?
6	Have you been to Morocco?
7	Do you like him?
8	Did you get all the tickets
for the match?
a Yes, there are several.
b No, I could only get a
couple.
c Yes, a lot. He's very kind,
d No, it costs too much,
e Yes, please, I’ll have a bit.
f Yes, a few times.
g Yes, too many!
h No, we’ve got enough.
1 d 2	3	4
5	6	7	8
В Complete the sentences with many, much, too
many, too much. How much...? or How many...?
1	I've got toe m^k soup - I can't eat
all this!
2	My brother has a lot of computer games, but I
don’t have
3	people have helped me
over the years.
4	I didn’t like the pasta-there was
cheese.
5	hours did the journey
take?
6	There isn’t	space in the
apartment.
7	does it cost?
8	Teenagers have	exams.
E Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar meaning, using the
word in brackets.
1	There’s only a little traffic on the roads at night, (much)
Tkm isn’t muck traffic on tk« roads at nykt.
2	I only remember a bit of the story, (much)
3	He often talks to her. (lot)
4	I’ve got too many bags, (luggage)
5	How often do you eat chocolate? (much)
6	Drink plenty of water, (lot)
7	There’s too much work and few people to do it. (enough)
8	We knew one or two people at the wedding, (couple)
106
F Underline the correct options in this extract from a teen forum.
Jte yew F«rar«M took tjefe
Haylee15 My mum is telling me to get a job and earn ' a bit of I a few money - but I don’t want to. What do you think?
KrisOI	2 Many / Too much teenagers in my class have a job, but it’s not just for the money. Even just working 1 a few / a little hours a week will help you grow up!
wimuiauuK	My teenage son always wants the latest clothes, games and music. It costs * a lot of / much money.5 How much / How many clothes does one person need? He has a part-time job but he doesn't have 6 much I plenty of time to see his friends. 1 think it’s a shame.
sister!	1 work at a restaurant every Saturday. But my boss often asks me to work ' a couple of la bit of evenings too, perhaps Thursday and Friday. 1 can’t work and study at the same time - it’s 8 much / too much for me.
x?.7/5rf	Only 9 a fewl a little teenagers don't work these days, but you're right, Hayiee. You need 10 much t plenty of time to do your homework and you need to get11 enough / too much sleep. Teenagers who work u a lot of / a lot will not do well in their exams.

MHUfiN!
Look at these opinions about teenagers. Write whether you agree with them or not, and add a sentence or two.
Use at least one quantifier in your sentences.
1	They spend too much money on clothes!
I dent ajree. Ми frtends wvtr have enoujk monej to spend on clothes. (л)е only biuj a few dunjs when we need them.
2	They eat too much junk food!
3	Teenagers spend too much time on computers!
4	They don’t read!
5	They go out too much!
6	They don’t get enough exercise!
7	They never walk anywhere!
8	They change their mobile phones all the time!
1
2
3
4
5
several
a a little
b Several of
b little c a lot
c Several of the
Quantifiers 2 107
Circle the correct option.
Don’t worry! You’ve got time, a plenty of b many
A: I’ve never had cous cous before. B: Why don’t you try
his employees have complained about him. a
I had homework this week. a much b a lot
Parents want teenagers to have mobile phones and
?
Several
c lots of
pay for them. a most of b most c too much
25’
q£ щ uaMSuy
2 How many pieces does the table have?
a four b five c six
Reflexive and reciprocal pronouns
Do it yourself!
108
Reflexive and reciprocal pronouns
1 Use reflexive pronouns when the subject and object
are the same person.
I work for myself
Don't cut yourself
In English, dress, feel, shave, wash are not usually
followed by reflexive pronouns.
I feel uncomfortable NOT feel myself ...
I dressed NOT dressed myself.
Use a reflexive pronoun to make it clear who / what
the pronoun refers to.
jane bought flowers for
herself
(The flowers are
for Jane.)
jam bought flowers for her
(The flowers are not
for Jane.)
5	In conversation, we can sometimes use reflexive
pronouns instead of personal pronouns. We do this
after the prepositions: but, except, as, like or and.
... except ourselves...
John and myself._
Reciprocal pronouns
6	By ♦ reflexive pronoun means 'without help’.
rhe table should now stand hy itself.
We got there by ourselves
7	Reciprocal pronouns (each other and one another) show
that people or things act on each other in the same way.
You can help each other
The legs should he 50 cm from one another.
Note the difference:
We looked at ourselves. I... in a mirror)
VW? looked at each other. (- She looked at him and he
looked at her.)
Reciprocal pronouns have possessive forms (each
other's and one another's).
The sisters often borrow each other's clothes.
Reflexive and reciprocal pronouns 109
Practice
A Write the correct reflexive pronouns in the table.
Don't look at page 109!
। ____________________________.............
You
He
Sarah
The story
Me and Trevor
You two	-------------
The Jones
В Complete the speech bubbles with the correct reflexive
pronouns.
C Match the pairs.
1	Susan is selfish; —	a	she thinks a lot about her.
2	Susan worries —	<-	— b	she thinks a lot
	about Mary;		about herself.
3	Trevor silently read the story	a	to himself.
4	Trevor called his son and read the story	b	to him.
5	Graham needed it, so he took it	a	for him.
6	Tom needed it, so Graham took it	b	for himself.
7	The baby can’t	a	dress herself.
8	It takes ages to	b	dress her.
9	My neighbours organised the party	a	each other.
10	My neighbours don’t like	b	themselves.
11	Remember to try it	a	yourselves.
12	Remember to write to	b	one another.
D Complete the sentences with the correct pronouns.
1	The children can go to school by tkeinselws
2	Tom, I’m sure you can finish it
3	My sister never took lessons in French. She taught
4	An automatic door opens and closes by
5	I didn’t want to forget my bag, so I put it on the
seat next to...............
6	The two winners kissed and congratulated
7	Is this Jennifer’s new scarf ? Did you buy it for
7
8	I ___________ have always
believed in it.
9	Get into pairs and ask
ten questions in English.
10	We brought enough food with
11	We ate all the food
12	Tom and Jo aren’t speaking to
after their argument last week.
110
E Answer these questions using reflexive pronouns.
1	Did Liz buy this cake?
ski тш it kersclf
2	Why does Jack have blood on his finger?
3	Did anyone help the boys to write the card?
4	Did you copy this homework?
5	Do you like my new dress?
6	Who wakes your dog up in the mornings?
MflUfifi!
F Complete the dialogue with the correct pronouns.
lain: Are you going to help me or do I have to make this cupboard by
1 lufsclf ?
Jo: All right, I’m coming. Where are the instructions?
lain: Ask2	. You had them last.
Jo: Oh, yeah, here they are. Let's see. Do you think we can do this
3 ?
lain: Sure. Sue and Steve made their computer table
Jo: Yes. and they didn't talk to5	for a week
afterwards.
lain: Well, Sue should blame 6	: she dropped a
Complete the sentences using reflexive or
reciprocal pronouns.
heavy piece of wood on Steve's toes. Steve told me about it
7
Jo: No, that's not true. Steve was carrying the wood with
8	and it fell by9
It wasn't Sue's fault that Steve hurt10
lain: Why do you always believe what Sue says? Steve did most of the
work, not Sue - as usual.
Jo: You should listen to 11	.You sound just like
Steve. You two should go and live with 12	......
1 I love M pketas wjSilf.
2	My best friend hates
3	Once I______
4	People should ........-.......
5	If you want to do something well, you
should
6	One day I would like to
a
1
2
3
4
5
a her b she
b themselves
c felt
her b she c herself
hers
c each other
b himself c yourself
a felt happy b felt me happy
when she is making something.
about the new furniture.
to make it. a them
Circle the correct option.
John, paint the chair ! a itself
I when I saw the finished cupboard.
Nancy is a bit strange - she talks to
Ed, Mum is here, talk to
Mr and Mrs Green helped
Reflexive and reciprocal pronouns 111
U Prepositions of place, movement and time
_r We waited in front of a petrol station.
not over
The b ack ca'- drove through a housing
speed bumps
1 Where were the police officers when they saw the car?
2 Did they catch the criminals? Why / Why not?
to follow It. The police car is
for us
went
at the
station. He was only gone for a minute
“Get in the car!” I called to him.
snojaSuvp oo; si«m aseip вц> asnnaq ‘on ;
ооцеis |OJiad ? jo 11104 u| [ sismsuv
__________________________________ . They had seen a black
as it went through a red light at a crossroads.
We waited in front of a petrol station to see if the car
past us. My colleague went to buy a coffee from the shop
when I saw the black car.
estate
It was
dangerous. We decided to stop. We had to watch the black car
disappear into the distance, but it was important that nobody
was injured. Just after 3 pm, we had a call on the radio again.
They had found the car in a car park. It was a stolen car.'
'The chase took place on 5 September at lunchtime. We had a call
car
|. It was difficult
good on motorways, but
! Then the black car drove out of the
and Into the town centre. It was driving very fast,
very busy In the town centre, and the chase was getting
Prepositions of place, movement and time
Prepositions of place
1 at, in and on
Use at with a specific point.
at + place, e.g. at the crossroads
at the top I the bottom (of)
at the end I the beginning (of)
at the front / back / side of
at + group activity, e.g. at the football match
at + somebody's house or shop, e.g. at Vince's, at the doctor's
at school, at college, at work (without the)
Use in to talk about somewhere inside a larger space.
in the box, in a hole, in the building
in city / country, e.g. in Los Angeles, in Portugal
in a taxi / the car
in the north I the south I the east / the west
in the corner I the centre
in a picture I a photo
in the sky/ the country
in bed, in hospital, in prison (without the)
Use on to talk about somewhere on a line or a surface.
on the river, on the motorway
on the floor, on the desk, on the shelf
on the ground /first/ second floor
Or in certain expressions:
on a farm, on an island
on a bus, on a plane, on a train
on the (telephone, on page...
on the left / right
on the way, on the edge (of)
2 Some other common prepositions of place are:
above	between	opposite
among	by / near	outside
around / round	in front of	over
behind	inside	under
below		
We can use beneath / underneath instead of under.
Under is more common.
We can use around and round to mean ‘surrounding
or'in many different places’.
He put his arm around / round her.
The film is popular around / round the world.
Ulfl Note the difference:	
	X»X	x *X X X between	among
112
Prepositions of movement
J Some common prepositions of movement ere:
across	between	off	through
after	by	onto	towards
along	down	out of	to
around/ round	from... to	over	under
behind	into	pan	up
4 We often use m and on as prepositions of place and
witoancf onto as prepositions of movement. However,
we can sometimes use in and on as prepositions of
movement.
She threw her bag on! onto the sofa.
Other prepositions which we can use for both place and
movement are: around / round. behind, between, over,
under.
She run between the cars.
kt the photo I'm standing between Annie and Michelle.
In British English, use at the weekend.
In American English, use on the weekend.
Use in when you are talking about a longer period of
time.
in July
in the summer
in 2010
in the morning j afternoon / evening
Use on with days and dates.
s day, e.g. on Thursday, on Thursday afternoon
on + special day, e.g. on New Year's Day
♦ date, e.g. on 1 September
8 Some other common prepositions of time are:
after	by	from _. to j until
before	during	untit
between	for	within
We don’t use to after arrive. Use at (or in if it’s a
very big place).
When you arrive at the hotel...
___rtrrisxn f rt I tsri trrvt rir
I WVJ I ... СЛГ* VVL. IU HR. I IvUTI.
I arrived in Toronto. NOT ... arrived to foronto.
Don’t use to before home.
Go home! NOT Go to home'
5	Use get on / onto and off with trains, buses, planes,
bikes, boats and animals.
Use get in / into and out of with cars, small boats and
small planes.
Get off the boat
He got into his Mercedes.
6	Use by (e.g- car. train, bus) to show how you travel
It is faster by plane.
Prepositions of time
7	at, in and on
Use at with a particular point in time.
at six o'clock
at lunch (time)
at the wedding, at New Year
at night Iwsthout the)
at the weekend
at the moment, | the) time |ofl
at the end/beginning of
9	We can use in to talk about a specific time in the future.
I'll speak to you in an hour. (= an hour from now|
We can also use in...’s time.
I'm speaking to her in an hour's time.
We use within to mean inside a period of time’.
We must finish this within a month. (- before the
month has finished!
10	We can use during or in to talk about something which
happens in a particular period of time.
Why don't you visit during! in the summer?
Use fbrto talk about how long something continues.
I stayed at her house for two weeks NOT during two
'rVl't’A t
11	Use by or until to mean ‘at this time or before'. Use
by for a single action and until for an activity which is
continuing.
Please complete the form by Friday (- on or before Friday)
I'll wait for you until 5.00. (= At 5.00 I’ll stop waiting.)
12	We do not normally use a preposition of time before
this, that, some, each, every, last, next or before the
adverb phrases later, today, tonight, tomorrow, the day
after tomorrow, yesterday, the day before yesterday.
She left last Monday NOT .. on lost Monday
He'll be here the day after tomorrow NOT -on the
day after tomorrow.
Prepositions of place, movement and time 113
Practice
A Complete the mind maps for at, in and on using the words in the box.
620 my birthday the bus stop the country 73 Forest Road five o'eleck Jo's party July
New Year the pocket Poland the spring Sunday evening the top floor the wall the way
В Match the sentence beginnings to the correct endings.
1	She fell
2	The girl threw a stone
3	Daniel's left without his keys. I ll go
4	I often see Josie hurrying
5	It’s time to go
6	The plane can't fly
7	She got off her bike and pushed it
8	He tied the rope
1 C 2	3	4
5	6	7	8
C Underline the correct prepositions in this police officer's report.
'It's usually qu'et 1ot/pfl the motorway 2at/in four ’during/in the
morning. But not today A gang had stolen money from a truck parked lut
the ude of / at the back of the motorway. Now they were gomg north. We
waited ’’in/at junction 14 bdurmg/for ten minutes. When we saw the car.
we immediately followed it. The gang knew we were 7ш> tween/ behind
them.
More police cars joined the chase and the gang began to get frightened.
They threw the bag of money eoff/out of the window. They were now
driving very fast and moving from one side of the motorway '‘to/until the
other One of the police cars managed to get win front of/opposite the
gang, and soon there were police cars all naround/outiide them.
As the car slowed down, one member of the gang escaped and ran away.
He was running uin/mloa small wood 11 from/on our left We ran after
him with the police dog and soon caught him. We asked him to lie llon/
at the ground it was a successful chase. Nobody was hurt and nobody got
away. Some other officers found the bag of money :$by/ct the motorway.
There was about £20.000 uin/intothe bag.'
a home.
b up the hill.
C down the stairs.
d over the mountains.
e after him.
f along the road to school
g around his waist
h through the window by
accident
D Circle the correct option(s). Sometimes
more than one option is possible.
1	She walked me without saying
a word.
a at past © by
2	The holidays start a week's
time.
a in b on c at
3	If you look very carefully, you can see
the deer the trees.
a across b between c among
4	I met him the holidays
a during b for c within
5	The gardens are open from April
October.
a in b to c until
6	The bus stop is the entrance to
the zoo.
a between b opposite c below
7	She threw her coat the floor
a above b in c on
8	I heard a noise coming from the
corner of the room Slowly I walked
it.
a for b al c towards
9	The dog swam the river to the
other side.
a across b along c around
10	You must give me your homework
Monday morning.
a at b on c by
114
E Complete the sentences.
1	I just need to speak to John. I'll be back in
five wiuctts
2	Doctors hope to have a cure for this type of cancer
within
3	I've been waiting to see the doctor for
4	Her father lived in Greece until
5	Please give me the homework by
6	In History we are finding out about life during
7	I went to primary school between
8	I usually have a meal with alt my family at
F Answer the questions using prepositions from this unit.
1	Where do oranges grow? * Spain / on a tree
2	Where can you see a goat?
3	Where do we usually put adjectives in English?
4	When do you blow out candles on a cake?
5	Where does the sun rise?
6	Where can you find buttons?
7	Where can you watch an actor?
8	When do you have your Maths class?
9	Where can you see clouds?
10	Where can you look up a word?
Mf TUfiAi!
Imagine that something unusual happened on your
journey to school this morning. Write at least eight
sentences and include as many prepositions as you
can. Use the beginning given below.
Prepositions of place, movement and time 115
Regan
Cordelia
Cordelia
Servants, send Cordelia to another country!
She is not my daughter now. Throw her to the
dogs if she ever returns.
I love you as I should, but I will not tell you
more than this.
Verbs with two objects
Throw her to the dogs!
Which daughter, Regan,
Goneril or Cordelia...
1 ... is married?
2 ... makes King Lear angry
3 ... has an expensive ring?
King Lear Act I, Scene 1 by William Shakespeare (adapted)
King Lear wants to see his three daughters, Regan, Goneri!
and Cordelia.
I love you, father. I can say no more.
What! I will give you another chance. Speak
to me, daughter.
Bring me my daughters! I will give my
country to the daughter who loves me most.
First, Regan.
I love you very much. You always buy
wonderful presents for me. You gave me
this ring - it cost 500 gold pieces! You are a
perfect father.
Thank you, Regan! Now, you, Goneril.
I love you more. You found a rich husband
for me and built us a palace. You have taught
me everything in life.
Thank you, Goneril! Now you, Cordelia. Show
me your love.
ивЗэу £ вцэриоэ з цлэиоэ у злэлА$иу
116
Verbs with two objects
1 Here are two different types of objects:
direct object
Goneril married a millionaire
indirect object
The king gave her a beautiful ring.
1 Many verbs take an indirect object and a direct object.
We can use some of these verbs without to or for
before the indirect object. But then the indirect object
comes first.
The king told Cordelia a story.
OR The king told a story to Cordelia.
King Lear bought presents for her
OR King Lear bought her presents.
5 If the direct object is a pronoun, the indirect object
comes second, and includes to or for.
I gave them to Bruce. NOT I gave Bruce them.
She made it for her mother. NOT She mode her
mother it.
If both objects are pronouns, the direct object usually
comes first, then to or for before the indirect object.
Bring them to me NOT Bring them me
6
A few verbs, e.g. allow, charge, cost, fine and wish, never
have to or for with the indirect object.
They didn't allow the prisoner any food
The ring cost the king 500 qald pieces
NOT „ cost for the king...
J Some verbs take a direct object and an indirect object
with to.
Bring me my daughters!
King Lear gave nothing to Cordelia
Other verbs like this are: lend, offer, pass, promise, read,
tell, send, show, teach, tell, throw and write.
Some verbs, e.g. deliver, describe, explain and
suggest, only take a direct object and an indirect
object with to.
i explained the problem to Simon
NOT.. I explained Simon...
Describe your picture to me NOT Describe me,
4 Some verbs, e.g. build, buy, find, leave and make, take a
direct object and an indirect object with for.
The king built a palace for them
Who bought the ring for Regan?
7 Say, tell, speak and talk are used differently.
Soy is the most common reporting verb. We use to with
an indirect object.
He said 'Hello' to him. NOT._ said him 'Hello ...
We use tell to give instructions or information. Tell
always has an indirect object without to.
"Go to the king,'they told him. NOT... they told
OR- they told to him.
She tells me a lot of funny stories NOT... says me
Speak can take to. We only use speak about languages
and the ability to speak.
She speaks English NOT . talks
Talk can take to. We use talk to mean 'have a
conversation'.
Stop talking, please. NOT speaking—.
Practice
A This is the rest of the story of King Lear, find the ten verbs which take two objects and
underline them.
I King Lear gives his country to Regan and Goneril and sends Cordelia to France. Regan and Goneril
build their father a small house and wish him luck but they don't allow him any power They rule
Lngland now.
Regan and Goneril soon control everything and they leave nothing for Lear. The King is so angry
and disappointed that he goes mad. He walks around the countryside in the wind and rain, telling
everyone his story. Lear now understands how poor people live. This teaches Lear the truth about life.
Cordelia has not forgotten her father and brings an army to England to fight her sisters. There is a
terrible battle but Regan and Goneril win. Cordelia is killed and Lear dies over her body Regan and
Goneril also die Lear's terrible mistake costs him his life and his daughters.
Verbs with two objects 117
В Mattie cant decide what presents to get for her family.
Write suggestions using give and buy.
Jennifer Ui Sarah Patty
1 Giiitdit bo«tti5p«./5wt Sent tie be».
2	tic beat (у 5iM<v y'Swj >iw!«. the beat,
3
4
5
6
7
8
C Make sentences by putting the words in the correct order.
1	gave / he / her / flowers
ijtjavt ker (lowers.
2	keys/threw/1 /the/him
3	his / to/ Mike / photos / showed / me
4	sold / Fiona/a / she / bike
5	it/to/promised/me/she
6	him / send / it
7	some / they / advice / us / offered
8	children/Maths/to/she/teaches
D Write prepositions (if necessary) in these sentences.
If there is no preposition, write -.
1	Give the pen W	me.
2	Give me -	it nowl
3	I wish	you all the best In your new job
4	Bring a present	John.
5	Bring John	a present.
6	She's never spoken	me.
7	Tell	me a story.
8	I passed it	Sue.
9	Did he explain everything	you?
10	Lend	her your bike.
t Complete each sentence b so that it means the same as
sentence a. Use two to five words, including the word in
brackets.
1	a Trevor said he could give Jane ten euros for It, (offeree)
b Trevor {((trtd Jiiu tu turns for It.
2	a The mechanic made me pay 150 euros for the repairs,
(charged)
b The mechanic
150 euros for the repairs
3	a Denis bought a computer from Natasha. |sold|
b Natasha
Denis
4	a Amy said I could have her old printer (promised]
b Amy
5	a I want to say something to you. (tell)
b I want
6	a Philip gave me an explanation of the problem,
(explained)
b Philip ____________
7	a My doctor says I can eat red meat once a week,
(allows)
b My doctor
a week.
8	a I borrowed my sister's skirt, (lent)
b My
9	a It is impossible to give you a clear picture of Venice,
(describe)
b I cannot
10	a Be careful,’she told me.|said)
b	________I
118
F Circle the correct option.
Janek was a poor boy from a small village. He had promised
his mother1.., so he went into the forest. There was one
beautiful flower and, as he went to take it, Janek heard it7...
him.The flower Take me! I an offer4.... But you must
not anyone about this. You will be rich but you must not
give 6.... If you do this, you will be poor again'
Janek took the flower and suddenly he was in beautiful
clothes in a big house. He built a castle 7... himself It cost". a
lot of money, and he lived like a king. He didn't see his family
or friends again but he thought he didn't need them. He was
rid», but he was not completely happy.
One day, many years later. Janek saw an old woman near
his garden. She was crying "Why are you crying? It must be
because you’re poor.’Janek9... her.'No.'she said.'I'm crying
because many years ago I lost my son. He is more important
to me than any money.’
The woman was Janek’s mother. Janek realised he could
never be happy without his family. He gave his mother w._
some money and once again he was a poor man in a small
house. But Janek was happy at last
1	a to some flowers ® some flowers
c for some flowers d flowers to her
2	a tell b tell to
c speak to d say to
3	a said b told c told to him d said him
4	a you anything b anything you
c you for anything d anything for you
5	a talk of b talk to c talk for d talk at
6	a anything to anyone b anything
c anything anyone d anyone
7	a to	b on	c for d -
8	a to	b of	c -	d for
9	a talked to her b asked to her
c told to her d said to
10	a to b for c at d -
Mt TURN!
Are you happy? Underline the correct options in
the questionnaire, then tick your answers and find
out! Check your score at the bottom of the page.
1	If you get a bad mark in a test, how do you feel?
a Not too bad, but I will tfl/tlp/re/f to a teacher
about it.
b bad. I will cry.
c Embarrassed. I will write/wy my teacher an
apology.
2	When do you feel happiest?
a When I'm giving things to/for people.
b When I'm eating hamburgers
c When I'm saying / telling everyone how great I
am.
3	What would you say/soy to a friend who won a
new bike in a competition?
a I would wish /wish to my friend all the best.
b Nothing. I would feel too jealous.
c 'Can you lend it to me/for me?’
4	What do you do when you feel sad?
a I promise myself/to myself something nice.
b I buy a big cake for/to me and my friends.
с I buy a big cake and eat it all myself.
5	It’s your mum’s birthday but you don't have money
for a present. What do you do?
a I make a nice card to/for her.
b I just soy/tell 'Happy Birthday’to her
c I never give my mum/to my mum presents.
6	Do you agree that money does not bring you/to
you happiness?
a Of course.
b Find a million euros to me/for me and then I'll
tell you /to you the answer.
< No
Circle the correct option.
1 Tell this story all your friends. a for b of c to
2 King Lear promised a present. a her b to c for
3 Many people wrote letters and sent	a Cordelia them b them to Cordelia c them Cordelia
4 Goneril wasn't at home, so Regan left a message her. a about b at c for
5 A ticket to the theatre will cost	a ten euros to you b you c you ten euros
си >ou ii ajq /Лдгфп си aq l.uoq	*|’.ww
axxj кДп*| pu« *|1Ш1 o| i q
juoijad .^zkirq t иг пол V *Г-5С”Л
лаюи prj A
Verbs with two objects 119
Roald was very organised.
He always worked for two
hours: from 10 until 12 in
the morning and from 4 to 6
in the afternoon. He always
wrote in pencil and when he
started writing for the day, he
insisted on having six sharp
pencils in a jar by his side.
Roald Dahl enjoyed writing for children.
He said that children's jokes still made him
laugh - and this was the reason for his
success.
ChaHfe
4 CHOCOLATE
’ FACTOR.?
TW T>CT<XtY <*!VW4 JULY 1Э
Prepositions
He was terrible at spelling.
Roald Dahl, who died in 1990, is still one of the world's best-selling
authors. His short stories for adults are known for their unexpected
endings. Alfred Hitchcock's movie Man from the South was based on
a story by Dahl. But Roald Dahl is probably most famous for the dark
humour in his very popular children's stories, such as Charlie and the
Chocolate Factory, Fantastic Mr Fox and James and the Giant Peach.
In 1925, when Roald was 9, he went away
to boarding school. He was very homesick and
quite often in trouble. The world now knows
that Roald was very clever at making up stories.
But instead of seeing a future author, English
teachers at his school were very disappointed
with his work. Throughout his school life, teachers
complained that he was terrible at spelling and
that he could not get his thoughts on paper.
1
2
What habits did Roald Dahl
have when he was writing?
What did Roald Dahl's teachers
say about him?
jaded uo sjqSnoqi siq
iou р]поэ aq xeqj pue auipads ie ajqiuaj s₽m aq pies Aaqi z
apis siq Xq spauad dieqs xis Яшлец uo paisisui
pue pxiad ui ojojm sKeMje ац uocxuaije aqj ui 9 oj j, iuojj
pue Suiujoui aqi ui jx |<iun qj Ш09 ра,ром ан x :swmsuv
Prepositions
Adjective + preposition
1 We use prepositions after some adjectives.
I'm afraid of spiders.
Other examples:
about happy / sad I sorry about, right / wrong about, sure
about, worried about
as known as
at good / bad at, clever at, surprised at, shocked at
for famous I known for, ready for, responsible for, sorry
for
from different from (US different than), made from
in	interested in
of aware of, full of. made of, proud of, tired of,
typical of
on keen on, based on
to kind to, married to, similar to, nice to
with angry with (someone) / about (something),
bored with, crowded with, disappointed with,
pleased with, wrong with
120
1 In questions that begin with what or who there is no verb or
noun after the preposition.
What are you afraid of?
Who are you angry with?
UP 1	After a preposition we can use a noun or a verb ending in -ing. This was the reason for his success He was clever at making up stories.
Verb»preposition
3 Some verbs take particular prepositions.
He insisted on having six sharp pencils in a jar.
Other prepositions
6 Other common prepositions in English are:
about	from
against	of
concerning	regarding
despite	with
for	without
Roald Dahl enjoyed writing for children.
7 Some prepositions, e.g. in front of and such as,
are more than one word.
He wrote many popular children's stories, such
as James and the Giant Peach
Other examples:
die of/ from
prepare far
spend (mo ney / time) on
translate (someth ing) into
► See Unit 17 for more information on and more examples of
prepositional verbs.
We often leave out the preposition when spend time is
followed by a verb ♦ -ing.
He spends too much time looking out of the classroom window.
Other examples:	
in addition to	by means of
because of	in place of
in case of	in /with regard to
in charge of	in spite of
due to	thanks to
except for	upto
far from	as well as
instead of	
Noun + preposition
4 Some nouns take particular prepositions after them.
This was the reason for his success.
Common prepositional phrases
8 A number of common expressions and phrases
are based on prepositions.
He always wrote in pencil
Other examples:
Other examples:
details of
example of
idea of
information about / on
lack of
reason for
responsibility for
srgn(s| of
UP
We use no preposition after the verb lack.
He lacks confidence. NOT He larks ofconMenr.e
5 We often use the preposition about after nouns that refer to
written or spoken text.
It's a story about a fantastic chocolate factory.
Other examples:
a book about	a poem about
a discussion about a report about
a film about
To talk about the author (e.g. of a book or song) use by.
Imagine'is a song by John Lennon
by accident	on holiday
above / below average	in my opinion
on average	on my own
in cash f by credit card	on page...
by chance	on the phone
in danger	on purpose
out of dote	on the radio
in fact	by your side
on fire	in time
in a hurry	on time
mlove	in trouble
in the newspaper	on TV
by mistake	on the way
by myself	
UP
We can use in to describe what someone
is wearing
The mon in the dark glasses.
► See Unit 26 for prepositional phrases of place,
movement and time.
Prepositions 121
Practice
A Fill in the
crossword
with the
words that
complete the
sentences.
Across
2	I need a holiday. I’m	of getting up early. (5)
3	I didn't expect to meet her at the airport - I met her by
.............(6)
6	She never has any money. She	all her money on
books. (6)
8	On	, women live five to ten years longer than
men. (7)
9	The actor	from cancer when he was 73. (4)
10	We could see a lot of smoke in the sky. We were surprised
to see a building was on	. (4)
Down
1	Mark said the new teacher was friendly, but she wasn’t very
to me. (4)
2	One Hundred Years of Solitude by Gabriel Garcia Marquez
has been	into over 27 languages. (10)
4	Colin showed me a chair he had made himself. He’s very
at making things. (6)
5	My grandparents were married for 60 years. They were very
much in	. (4)
7	Jenny’s son is a soldier. She finds it very hard, because she
knows his life is always in	. (6)
C Complete the sentences with the correct
prepositions.
1	J К Rowling is famous far creating the
character of Harry Potter.
2	Books	Rowling include Harry Potter
and the Philosopher’s Stone and Harry Potter and
the Goblet of Fire. The stories are	a
young boy with magical powers.
3	The author originally wrote under the name
Joanne Rowling. Her publisher thought that
boys would not be keen	reading a
book by a female author. So she called herself J К
Rowling.
4	She has said that the character Hermione from
the Harry Potter stories is similar
herself at the age of 11.
5	She says writing is the perfect job for her as she
is happy	herself in a room ‘making
things up'.
6	The idea for Harry Potter came to her when she
was	the way home on a train, but
she did not complete the first book for several
years.
7	She was at first disappointed	the
reaction from publishers - twelve publishers were
not interested	the first Harry Potter
book.
8	When she wrote the first book, she had little
money. She was a single mother, bringing up her
child	her own, but the Harry Potter
books turned her into a multi-millionaire.
9	Many parents say that thanks	the
Harry Potter books, their children now enjoy
reading again.
В Underline the correct option.
1	The students never arrive on/in time they are always five
or ten minutes late.
2	He’s always very kind with/to me.
3	The baby couldn’t use a spoon to/for eating.
4	I had a phone call of/from Caroline.
5	I am writing thanks to/concerning your article in the paper.
6	Why did you go out without/despite telling me?
7	I got to the airport just in/on time to see my parents
before they left.
8	Dr Lauder is not here this week. She's in/on holiday.
9	They have already started preparing to/forthe wedding.
10	She does not eat meat. It’s against/about her beliefs.
122
D Complete the sentences using the prepositional phrases from the box.
above average except for in case of in fact far from
by means of in place of with regard to in spite of upto
1	I am writing wit.lt regard W your advertisement in The Yorkshire
Ttmes.
2	The summer school is only for young people	the age of
16
3	fire, break the glass.
4	We had a good time at the car racing	the weather.
5	helping us. you've actually made things worse.
6	Cows are kept out of the field	an electric fence.
7	The temperatures this week are
for this time of year.
8	Maurice appeared to have plenty of money, but
he owed money to a lot of people.
9	The room was empty	an old shoe lying in the comer.
10	Rayner is playing in the football match
the injured Cole.
I Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar meaning, using the
word in brackets.
1	I threw away the letter but I didn't mean to. |mistake|
I ckrtw «*ии| tie Utter Uj xustale.
2	There was a (ack of confidence among the players, (lacked)
3	She didn't fall over by accident, (purpose)
4	There was a problem with the train. That's why there was a delay,
(reason)
5	My grandmother’s life was not at all similar to mine, (from)
6	He writes books for adults and children too. (as well as)
7	The trains were delayed because of the snow, (to)
8	She's always doing things too quickly, (hurry)
E Complete the questions with the correct
prepositions. Then answer the questions
using a full sentence with a noun or an ing
form.
1	What are you afraid	?
I л afruul of dwp watt' /
I № apuil a| simmu*^ ix iuf watt/
2	What are you worried	at
the moment?
3	What school subject are you not
interested	?
4	When you were younger, what books were
you keen	?
5	What are you proud	?
6	What's the best thing	being
on holiday?
7	Do you prefer to study with friends or
your own?
8	What was the last thing you watched
TV?
Mf ТШ)
When you are famous, what will your
teachers say about you? In your notebook,
write six sentences using prepositions from
this unit.
Example: Skt was ttrribU at spilluy.
9	He is in charge of advertising, (for)
by b about
c to
as
b From
c lying
a On
b to lie
Circle the correct option.
1	my opinion, Roald Dahl was one of the world's best writers.
2	Why don’t you go to bed instead of on the sofa? a lie
3	james and the Giant Peach is a story a boy who makes friends with some insects,
4	Their new car is very similar their old one - it's even the same colouri a of b
5	She is very good swimming a at b for c in
Prepositions 123
Review: articles; quantifiers; pronouns;
prepositions
A Complete the text with a, an or the.
Stevie Wonder is one of1 tkl most famous pop
musicians in 2	world today. He was born in 1950
in Saginaw,3	small city in 4
North American state of Michigan, but, at5	age of
four, he moved to Detroit. He has been blind his whole life, but began
singing and playing instruments, especially the piano, at
early age. When he was only 13, he had
number one record with 8
song ‘Fingertips’. This was followed by many hit records over
9	next 40 years.
В Complete the text with a, an, the or - (= no article)
Stevie Wonder started as1 a soul singer, but as he
got older, he tried 2	many different musical styles
including3	jazz and electronic music. He has
written songs for many other musicians and has made soundtracks for
films. He has also been involved in
politics. In 6	1980s, he
worked hard with other people to persuade7
American government to make 8	birthday of
9	Civil Rights leader,10	Dr
Martin Luther King,11	national holiday in
12	USA. Stevie Wonder is still writing and
performing today, and many young musicians all over
13	world say that he has been
14	great influence on their own musical careers.
C Underline the correct option.
1	We’ve got plenty / several of things to do tomorrow.
2	My brother watches every /all football match he can.
3	Jerry only has a few/little time before he has to go to the airport.
4 Unfortunately, I’ve got a/some homework to do this evening.
5	I still make too many/much mistakes when I speak English.
6	Can I ask you for an/some advice?
7	Olivia’s not too/enough young to watch this film.
8	There are no/any cycle paths in the city centre, unfortunately.
9	Just give me a couple/few minutes to get ready, will you?
10	I think most/lot of students in the college speak at least two
languages.
11	I didn't know no one/anyone at the party.
12	You need a lot of/much patience to play chess well.
13	We can either/neither have rice or pasta.
14	None/Nobody of Angela’s friends know where she is.
15	Put both/each hands on the handle and pull as hard as you can.
D Complete each sentence b so that it means
the same as sentence a, using three words
including the word in brackets.
1	a Joe doesn’t care about anyone else.
(himself)
b Joe just wti about kimsetf
2	a I couldn't do it on my own. (myself)
b I couldn't do
3	a The computer will turn off automatically,
(itself)
b The computer
off.
4	a Terry and Sandra sent emails to each
other, (another)
b Terry and Sandra
emails.
5	a Wedidn’tpay for ourselves, (paid)
b Someone
6	a She makes me laugh and I make her laugh,
(other)
b We make
7	a No one helped them to work out the
answer, (by)
b They worked out the
8	a Farah thinks that what happened was her
own fault, (blames)
b Farah
what happened.
9	a Nancy borrows Linda's DVDs and Linda
borrows Nancy’s DVDs, (one)
b Nancy and Linda
DVDs.
10	a The children’s behaviour was very good,
(themselves)
b The
very well.
124
E Circle TWO correct options. Then deci de if the
two correct options have similar (S) or different (D)
meanings.
1	My mum lived in Australia - the 1990s.
ft in	bon Ciduring	5
2	We had a great time ...school today.
a at	b in	c on
3	They drove... a petrol station,
a over b into c past
4	Let's get-the bus now. shall we?
a on b up c off
5	I saw Jane walking... the exit
a off b to c towards
6	They've built a new bridge... the railway line
a along b across c over
7	Henry was at work ...twelve o'clock.
a within b until c before _______________
8	It was a beauti ful night and we slept _. the stars.
a under b in c beneath
9	You need to get there _. 8.30.
a by b on c at
10	I saw two of my oldest friends... the weekend
a on b within c at
11	I’d love to travel... I ndi a.
a across b among c in
12	My aunt lives. a farm.
a on b round c near
13	They have to complete the construction of the
building six months
a during b within c in
I Complete each sentence using the words in brackets.
Add to or for if necessary. Sometimes more than one
answer is possible.
1 Can you describe	?
(it /me)
2 They promised Jotoajofc /ajsfeteJeU . .
|a job / John|
3 He's always telling
. (us / stories)
4 Could you pass
please? |the water / me|
5 These shoes only cost
. (15 euros j me)
6 She just speaks
(Hindi / her mum)
7 Can you say	more
slowly please’(me/that)
8 Who gave	?
(you/ it)
9 It was John who suggested
(me/the idea)
10 I need to buy	for
her birthday, (my sister / a present!
11 I want to explain
(you / something)
12 She'd like you to teach
you were singing
(that song / her)
G Complete the text with the most suitable prepositions.
1 lit the opinion of many people, Wi lliam
Shakespeare is the greatest writer in the English language.
He wrote 154 love poems known I 2 3	sonnets,
but he is most famous 2	his 38 plays which
have been translated 4 5 6	hundreds of languages
and performed worldwide. We can divide the plays
four main types:"histories' based
real historical events, comedies’ like A
Midsummer Night's Dream and As You like ft. "tragedies'
such 7 *	Hamlet and Romeo andJuliet, and
‘tragicomedies’like The Tempest The plays are known
their exciting stories and interesting
characters, but they are also full9	interesting
ideas and some of the most beautiful poetry ever written
in English. People all10	the world know
Shakespeare’s plays, but the funny thing is.11
spite of his fame, we have very little information
the man himself. We know that he
probably lived13	1564 to 1616, that he got
married14	Anne Hathaway15
the age of 18 and that he had three children. But we don't
know much more than that.16	fact, we don't
even know if Shakespeare wrote all the plays
his own or whether other people
helped him.
Review 4 125
Adjectives
Totally amazing!
TASK; Skate in a straight line!
TASK- do an 'ollie' (An 'ollie' Is the most basic skateboarding trick.)
Louie says; 'This is not
very easy when you're
moving, but it's OK when
you are standing. 1 was
really shocked the first
time I did ill Totally
amazing*'
Arushi says:'I couldn't do
this. It looks fun on the
DVD but It’s exhausting!
And a bit boring because
you have to try it again and
again.'
SKATEBOARDING
FACT
Skateboarding
started in the 1940s
or 1950s. Surfers
in California, USA
used old, wooden
boards with wheels
on the bottom.
Louie says:'I was quite afraid
when I started and I'm surprised
1 don't have any broken bones! 1
fell over so many times! But now
I'm quite good:
Erin says:'I ride
a mountain
bike, so my
balance is very
good I think the
DVD was easy
to follow and
I soon got the
Idea. It's great!
Can I keep the
skates?!'
1 Who enjoys skateboarding?
2 Who manages to inline skate? 
UUJ pur einol ? «(ПОТ t SUTWrfV
Adjectives
1
We usually put the adjective before a noun or pronoun,
but after the verb be.
wooden boards
My balance is very good.
2
There are a few adjectives which we only use after the
verb be or after linking verbs, e.g. afraid, alive, alone,
asleep, awake, glad. We usually use HI and well (
healthy] in this way, too.
The boy was afraid. NOT the ofrotd boy
The man did not look well NOT о well-man...
► See Unit 21 for use of adjectives after linking verbs, e.g. It
looks fun.
-ing and -ed adjectives
3 We can sometimes use the ing form of the verb (e.g.
breaking] or the past participle of the verb (e.g. broken)
as adjectives.
Surfers ride on the breaking waves. (= the waves that
break)
I'm surprised I have no broken bones. (= bones that are
broken)
Other examples:
advanced	educated	retired
ashamed	following	sleeping
delighted	lost	unemployed
disabled	promising	unexpected
working
126
4 Some adjectives can end in either -ing or -ed. Many
adjectives with -ed endings describe how we feel about
something or somebody. Many adjectives with ing
endings describe what or who causes the feeling. They
show the effect that something or somebody has on us.
I was exhausted (from skateboarding).
Skateboarding is exhausting.
Other examples:
amazing I amazed
annoying / annoyed
boring/ bored
breaking / broken
confusing / confused
depressing / depressed
disappointing / disappointed
exciting / excited
frightening,’ frightened
increasing / increased
interesting i interested
pleasing / pleased
shocking / shocked
surprising! surprised
tiring / wed
worrying / worried
Gradable and ungradable adjectives
5 We can use very and quite with most adjectives which
are'gradable’.
very good
quite afraid
6 We can't use very with adjectives which mean
something absolute or extreme (ungradable|. We can,
however, use words like absolutely, completely or
totally with these adjectives.
The'ollie'was absolutely impossible!
NOT... very impossible.
Other examples of ungradable adjectives:
amazing, brilliant, fantastic, great, perfect, wonderful
awful, horrible, terrible
enormous, huge, tiny
boding, freezing, frozen
delicious
exhausted
starving
unique
IIP
We use quite rar adjective + noun
She: quite a clever girl NOT She's a quite clever girl.
► See Unit 32 for more information on adverbs of degree I very,
absolutely!
Nouns used as adjectives
8 We ran sometimes use nouns like adjectives. They are
usually singular in form.
an apple tree NOT... apples free
a mountain bike NOTmountains bike
9 We can write noun + noun as two words, one word or
one word with a hyphen (•). (Hyphens are now not so
common.) Check the spelling in a dictionary.
mountain bike
skateboard
(in the) north-east
Order of adjectives
10 When there is more than one adjective before a noun,
the adjectives usually go in a specific order.
opinion	lovely, strange
size	Ыд. king
quality	clever, happy
age	old, recent
shape	round, square
colour	red, black
ori gin	Italian, African
material	paper, stone
purpose climbing, football
an old wooden board
some lovely white Japanese lights
Adjective ♦ infinitive
11 We can use an infinitive after some adjectives with the
verb be.
The DVD was easy to follow
We can use a hit and a little before a gradable or
comparative adjective on its own.
He's a bit shy. NOT He 's a bd shy mon.
It feels a little colder outside
7 We can use quite with a gradable adjective and it
usually means ’fairly’. Quite with an ungradable
adjective means ’completely’.
Now I'm quite good (but not very good)
ft’s quite amazing!!- totally amazing)
Other examples:
able	difficult	happy	quick	slow
afraid	easy	keen	ready	SOfYy
anxious	exciting	lucky	right	surprised
careful	frightened	pleased	shocked	wrong
certain	fun	possible		
Note the difference:
The party was fun' I really enjoyed it.
He 's very funny. I laughed a lot at his jokes
Adjectives 127
Practice
A Underline all the adjectives or words used as adjectives in the
statements below. Write S next to all the sentences which are
about skateboarding (in your opinion).
1	You stand on a wooden board.	$
2	It’s quite difficult to learn.
3	I'm keen to try it.	---------
4	The boots have four small plastic
wheels in a line.
5	It’s absolutely brilliant!
6	Old people usually do this sport.
7	You need to wear knee pads
and a helmet.	______
8	Increasing numbers of teenagers
are taking up this sport.
9	It's a bit frightening.
В Match words 1-8 to words a-h to make noun + noun
combinations. Check in a dictionary to see if the nouns are
written as one or two words, then write them below.
1	tennis	a	keeper
2	racing	b	player
3	wind	c	board
4	table	d	surfing
5	snow	e	pool
6	swimming	f	tennis
7	rock	g	driver
8	goal	h	climbing
1 3	b	Umus pLujer	2 4
5 7			—	6 8
D Make sentences by putting the words in the
correct order.
1	voice / She / in / spoke / a / high / strange
Siu spclu л a stranje kijk voice..
2	alone I the / in / The / was / woman / building
3	lovely / They / children / have I happy / three
4	thing / blue I It’s / square I small / a / plastic
5	tiring/It/quite/was/meeting/a
6	I / like / black I football / leather / new / boots/
some / would
7	Italian/а/He’s/саг/red/bought
8	time / a / quite / They're I worrying / having
E Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar
meaning, using the adjective in brackets +
infinitive.
1	She’ll definitely succeed, (certain)
Siu's certain te succeed
2	You shouldn’t have said that, (wrong)
3	There were no buses - we couldn’t get home,
(not possible)
4 Children are usually fast learners, (quick)
C Underline the correct option.
1	The teacher was disappointed/disappointing with the
behaviour of her class.
2	The old woman had fallen over and seemed quite confused/
confusing.
3	The weather is rainy and grey - how depressed / depressing*.
4	Did you hear the news? It’s shocked/shocking*.
5	The dog was frightened /frightening by the noise.
6	I’m having a bored/boring day.
7	I was absolutely amazed/amazing by the special effects in
the film.
8	He swims every day - it’s not surprised/surprising he’s so
good at it!
9	I was very pleased/pleasing to see them.
5 He thinks going out alone at night is
frightening, (afraid)
6 Excuse me for interrupting - but have you seen
Mr Lee? (sorry)
7 I was worried about getting home in time,
(anxious)
8 You did the right thing, (right)
128
F Write a sentence to follow each statement below, using
an adjective from the box with very or absolutely.
awful big exhausted freezing hot impossible tasty tiny
1	The baby was born at only 25 weeks.
5кг was absstutruj tiiuj!
2	It was snowing and we didn't have our coats w th us.
3	We were out all day i n the sun.
4	She hadn't slept all night.
5	The train was very crowded and we couldn't get a seat.
6	The new house has got four bedrooms.
7	Th is is a good place to eat bu rgers.
8	I didn't have any instructions, so I couldn't make the
model.
a for use b
a completely
a absolutely
a annoying b
a old red nice
c to use
c a bit
c very
c annoyed
c nice red old
using
b very
b a bit
annoy
b nice old red
Circle the correct option.
1 My new iPod is very easy
2 They're not kind people.
3 This ке cream is delicious.
4 Eddie felt a bit with her.
5 I’m going to wear my coat.
I- _
Adjectives 129
Comparatives
A three-year-old speaks much more fluently.
The development of the early language of children is similar al over
the world in a child's third year, more cevelopment is nouceable in his
or her language than at any other time
The obvious d.fference is that the sentences of a child of three are
much longer and more complicated than those of a two-year-oM.
Tne sentences of the younger child are mostly limited to two main
carts eg oof car. fi. three-year-old msght say: Me got tolsa cars lAe
Jimmy (= f'ye got tots of cars Jimmy). The two-year-old does not
use little words like is. and. in and the A th ree-year-old speaks much
more fluently forming sentences such as Mum went to the house M
me and Paul
h child's vocabulary increases suddenly towards the end of the Ward
year An average Child of two and a half ought use 500 words, but nay
use as many as 1,000 words by the age of three.
Children with an elder brother or sister may develop language faster
than other children Howeve- ЩЗЕ1 ’^ren aPC EE no*
develop language as quickly Learning language faster ooes not rw
learning better There are many cases of ch .dren who are almost sued
lor the first two or three years before becoming confident speakers
1 When does a child's vocabulary often suddenly increase?
2 What may help children develop language faster?
jo j»q>ojq upp uy ; jra< рпщ «рц) p pus aqi фмлод 1 ilowsi/.
Comparatives
Comparative adjectives
1	To make the comparative of one-syllable adjectives, add
•er to the adjective.
slow •* slower, long •+ longer, hot 4 hotter, nice 4 nicer,
old 4 older
The sentences of a child of three ore longer
We can say elder or older sister / brother /
daughter/ son.
This й my elder,1 2 older sister
2	To make the comparative of long adjectives (at least
two syllables) put more before the adjective.
intelligent 4 more intelligent
hard working 4 more hard-working
A three year-old produces more complicated sentences.
Exceptions:
Two-syllable adjectives ending in -y have -er endings.
Change the -y to -land add -er.
She seems happier now
The following two-syllable adjectives usually form
comparatives with er. clever, gentle, narrow, quiet,
simple.
He's quieter than his sister.
A few comparative adjectives have irregular forms.
good 4 better
bad -t ivorse
far 4 farther / further
Her English is better than mine.
We can use further (not farther] to mean 'extra'.
Here's a further example.
130
3	We can use then after comparative adjectives.
The leniences of a child of three are more complicated
than those of a two-year-old
We can leave this out if the meaning is clear.
The obvious difference is that the sentences of a child of
three are much longer
4	We usually use an object pronoun after than.
He's quieter than her
But in formal language we can use the subject pronoun.
He s quieter than she is / she.
5	Use two comparative words with and to show that
something is changing all the time.
His language Is getting better and better
She is getting more and more fluent.
Comparative adverbs
i Add more to make the comparative form of most
adverbs.
A three -year-old speaks more fluently
Exceptions:
Many short adverbs, such as early, fast, hard, high, late,
lang and soon have comparative forms with -er.
She к learning faster
Some common adverbs have irregular comparative forms.
well -4 better
badly 4 worse
far 4 farther / further
You speak Italian better than me.
Other points
7	Use os ♦ adjective/adverb (• as) to mean‘equal’or
I 'equally'.
He is just as good-looking as his elder brother.
I'm sure he works as hard as I do / as me.
The second as often comes before possible.
He finished as quickly as possible.
As soon as possible is an expression people
often use. particularly in emails. It is sometimes
written asap.
Please reply as soon as possible / asap.
8	The opposite of more is less. We can use less (than)
before long adjectives and adverbs, but not as... (as) is
more common in informal language and with short words.
Twins may not develop language os quickly (as other
children).) Twins may develop language less quickly
(than other children).
She’s not as tall (as her husband).
KJ(~>T	Jrri.L	tnfsr kt,  к H/yrti'fl
IX<Z I	T ft. t Lrtr J irsrrri ГГГТ rl|C Э 'trV'tTt.
9	Use (not) as many / much (+ noun) as to talk about
quantity.
You can have as many (sweets) as you like.
Use as many! much as + number to add emphasis.
A child may use as many as 1.000 words by the age of
three.
10	Don't use very on its own before a comparative adjective
or adverb. Use much, far or a lot. A lot is more informal.
The sentences are much longer NOT very longer?
If you want to say that the difference is small, use a
little or a bit. A bit is more informal.
He is a little taller
11	Little, few, much and many also have comparative forms.
little 4 (ess
few 4 fewer / less (less is more common, especially in
informal language)
much / many 4 more
More development is noticeable in a child s language
I than at any other time).
12	Use like or as to say that things are similar. Use like
before a noun or pronoun.
ihe’s tike her sister.
I've got lots of cots like Jimmy
Use as before a clause or a prepositional phrase. We
often use tike instead of as in very informal language.
lAb've been here before, as I'm sure you remember
OR._ like I'm sure you remember
tverythinq happened very slowly, as in a dream
OR _. like in a dream.
13	Use the same (os) or the same + noun (+ as).
A. I'll hove a burger and chips, please.
В And I'll have the same
Twins are bom to the same mother at the same time
We use similar (to) to mean like, but not exactly the
same'.
Her son looks very similar to her at (he some age.
Comparatives 131
Practice
A Read these sentences from advertisements. Match the beginnings to the
correct endings.
1	Make counting more	a	faster than ever Remember each special day with this photo book.
2	Better books for less	b	fun with this family card game.
3	Fish Oils Plus - for healthier	c	money!
4	Lunchtimes are more	d	better and better.
5	team to read more	e	interesting with this coot lunchbox!
6	Kids are growing up	r	and happier kids.
7	It's not as	g	easily with this bright and happy book.
8	These fun cards will encourage your kids to spell	h	simple as it looks! Can you finish the game in just one minute?
D Complete each sentence using the
structure as _. os possible and a word
from the box.
clearly comfortable early
far away little much
often soon
1 Jl_. 2	3—4
5	6	7 _____ 8
В Compare the two items using an adjective from the box. Use a different
adjective each time.
clean clever far heavy pale rich relaxing valuable
1	salt water / fresh water
wuttr ib Heavier tka» jrtsli watt'.
2	mile / kilometre
3	sky blue / navy blue
4	a dolphin/a snake
5	gold/silver
6	yoga / football
7	wind energy / nuclear energy
8	a billionaire/a millionaire
1	I had not been well and
the doctor told me to rest
as muds as pessibk
2	I was very frightened and I ran
3	I've got a longjourney tomorrow, so
I'm going to get up
4	The sofa was a bit hard for sleeping
on but I made myself
5	You had a message from your mum
Can you ring her
?
6	You will pass your driving test more
easily if you practise. Go out driving
with someone
7	She could not hear very well, so I
spoke
8	I'm saving for a new computer, so I
try to spend money
C Underline the correct option.
1	He’s taller as/than his brother.
2	There were as many as/than 10.000 people there.
3	Your bag is the same colour as / than mine.
4	We are hereto help people os/like you.
5	You need to take your studies far/ very more seriously.
6	It’s not as cold as/thenit was yesterday
7	The flower of this plant is similar of/to л rose.
8	My best friend is better-looking than/then I am.
132
E Everybody learns in diff erent ways. Complete the text
about different learning styles using the comparative
forms of the words in the box.
aware carefully confident easily far
fast hard interested logical well
Visual
You Ieam1 better	if you use pictures and
colour to organise information. You communicate
2.	with people if you use pictures to get
your message across.
f-r Aural
You listen 3	to the music in a film or
TV show than other people do. The right kind of music can
help you become ‘	if you are feeling
nervous.
F Complete the sentences using the comparative forms of
appropriate adjectives or adverbs.
1	ArThiscity is getting very dangerous.
В You should move to a	place.
2	The waiter was very rude to me.
I asked him to be
3	I stopped at a hotel for the night. I had been driving all
day and it was late.
I couldn't drive any
4	I've seen the film and read the book.
The book i s a bit	the fi Im.
5	My leg started hurting in the morning.
It got __ .	in the evening.
6	There are not many white tigers in the world.
Orange tigers are
7	A: I have three books to read by the end of this week.
B: You need to read
8 A: What happens when the cost of oil goes up?
B: Petrol prices will get
Verbal
You are very good with words, both in speaking and In
writing. Remembering things is a lot4
if you don't write them down.
Physical
You are b	of your environment than
many people. Reading slows you down, you Ieam
if you can touch things Learning to
drive should not be a problem!
</з
’ Mathematical
You may get frustrated with people who are not
you. You are’	in
learning facts than in finding out how something works.
0
' Social
You prefer working with others to working on your own.
You like to getw	information about
something by telling someone your opinion and listening
towhat they say.
Cirde the correct option.
1	I’d like it if you lived a bit to us. a closer b dosier c more close
2	I am more confident I was when I was younger. a as b than c that
3	She’s not as as her sister. a quieter b quietly c quiet
4	Her vocabulary is better. a very b much c more
5	I remember a new word when I have a picture of it.	a more easily b much easily c a bit easily
Comparatives 133
Superlatives
The most dangerous fish is ...
J”’ bo T ± n e WOrld iS the PhiliP₽ine soby.
e Great,Jh;t!n‘'me/re '°.n8- The biggest fish is
Great Whit»	' WhlCh is 6 metfes long. The
te also weighs the heaviest (over 2 000
kilograms). This ,s the most well-knowshark ° re
there are more than 300 types of sharks ‘
Probably the most
dangerous fish is the
stonefish. They swim
very close to the bottom
of the sea. It is a very bad
idea to put your foot on a
stonefish! It will be very painful.
The sailfish is the fastest fish
with a maximum speed of 110
km an hour. (The quickest
that an Olympic swimmer can
swim is only about 10 km an
hour.) Sailfish are strong but
light so they can swim at great
speeds.
Fish are great pets. By far
the most popular pet is the
goldfish. This is the easiest
fish to keep at home. Goldfish
do not need a lot of space
but you should make sure
their water is always clean.
Match each fish to the correct description:
Philippine goby
Stonefish
Sailfish
Goldfish
1
2
3
4
a
b
c
d
It can live in your house.
It is very small.
It can hurt you.
It swims very quickly.
ЯТ
134
Superlatives
Superlative adjectives
1 To make the superlative of short adjectives, add -est to
the adjective.
The sailfish is the fastest fish.
The Marina Trench is the deepest part of the Pacific
Ocean
2 To make the superlative of longer adjectives, put most
before the adjective.
The most dangerous fish is the stonefish
What is the most beautiful fish?
1 We can use -est with some two-syllable adjectives, e.g.
adjectives ending in у (change the у to an I).
heavy + the heaviest fish
happy + the happiest day of my life
4	We usually use the or a possessive pronoun before
superlative adjectives.
The most common type of shark.
That was my biggest mistake.
5	You can add extra information to superlative adjectives
with a to-infinitive clause.
... the easiest fish to keep at home.
The best thing to do.
We can use superlatives ♦ in with group words
like team and world. Only use superlatives ♦ of
before plurals and quantifiers.
... the biggest aquarium in the world
NOT ..of the world...
the hardest of many difficult days...
Superlative adverbs
6	Add most or least to make the superlative form of most
adverbs. We usually do not put the before most and
least in informal language.
Which swims (the) most quickly?
Which swims (the) least quickly?
1 Many short adverbs, e.g. early, fast. hard. high. late,
long, quick and soon have superlative forms with est:
early -* earliest, fast •w fastest. We usually put the
before these superlatives, as with adjectives.
Which fish lives the longest ?
Jane gets up the earliest
8 Some superlatives have irregular forms.
bad / badly -» worst
far -» furthest / farthest
few -» fewest, least (least is more common, especially in
informal language)
good w best
little/few s least
much i many -» mas t
well -* best
Australia has the best beaches.
What is the furthest you hove swum?
The Pacific is the ocean with the most fish.
Old has two superlatives: oldest and eldest. We
sometimes use eldest instead of oldest to talk
about people in a family.
Hee oldest / eldest daughter is a biologist.
Albert is the oldest man in the village
NOT theeldesl
9 We can put adverbs like by far, easily and almost before
superlatives. These adverbs come before the or a
possessive.
by far the most popular pet...
NOT,., aheby far most popular -
easily their fastest runner
NOT... their easily fastest...
We can use very to emphasise short superlatives
and first, next and last. The word very goes after
the or a possessive.
the very next day
her very best dress
Superlatives 135
Practice
A Complete the sentences with the superlative forms of the words in brackets.
1	Simon is tke talUst in our class, (tall)
2	I think milk is	drink, (healthy)
3	Marilyn Monroe was	actress in Hollywood, (beautiful)
4	Bolt finished the race	. (strong)
5	That’s not	idea I’ve heard, (bad)
6	Michelle stayed up	, so she was really tired the next day.
(late)
7	The last game was	___________—......... .(exciting)
8	teenagers like reading, (many)
D Describe the pictures using
superlatives.
В Complete the sentences with the superlative forms of the words in the box.
Then find the name of a famous city.
clever difficult dry expensive far high less
small well
1 TU basketball placer is tta tallest.
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Ellen always gets good marks. She is the
It’s not big. In fact it’s the_
They all cost a lot but which is the
It tastes
Charlotte threw the ball the_____
Chinese is maybe the_____________
This has been the
Who can jump the________
You have the most; I have the _
G
_L_LX_L±AJc_tin our class.
_______________________?
_____when it is fresh.
____________language to learn.
_________summer since 1976.
C Read the survey of teenagers’opinions about places in Clarkesville.
Write sentences using superlatives.
3
4
1 Popular shops: Games Galore 25%; Street Wear 30%;
The Beat 28%; Nico's Tl%
2 Interesting places for tourists: Clarkesville Park 40%; The zoo 38%;
The aquarium 22%
3 Famous people: The singer, Woka 31%; The footballer, Ray Wooney
30%; The writer, Art Jones 34%
4 Good ways to get around: Bus 33%; Walking 25%; Car 25%;
Tram 1Т/.
5 Nice things to do: Sightseeing 35%; Walking by the river 40%;
Shopping in the mall 25%
6 Cool places to go: Woka's cafe 20%; The cinema 18%; The river 24%;
Route 66 disco 33%
World Weather:
1 Tta nvdst popular shop is Strut bJear.
2
3
4
5
6
136
5
6
Complete the text using superlative forms of the words
in the box.
big dangerous deep easy far good large
rare tasty unusual
F What do you think? Which of these is the best and why?
1	A Great White shark, a swordfish, a Philippinegoby.a
goldfish
(Kt «oWftsi: it iy tkt Unit «qwcyi.t.
2	Coffee, tea. water, cola
Swordfish are one of1 2 tkabyjeyt types of
fish Some swordfish are almost five metres long.
part of the swordfish is of
course its 'sword', the strange long thing coming out of
Its face! This sword is for catching its food, other fish.
Swordfish are fast and their sword ran be dangerous. Only
the very3 4	sharks and whales try
to catch them.
Swordfish don't usually go very far down in the water,
they swim is about 150 m
below the sea, which is5	............ place
to get food. Swordfish also like to be near the coast and
they are from the coast is
about 60 km.
Swordfish are not'	fish but
their numbers have gone down because of fishing. We are
enemy of swordfish Swordfish
are still a popular food in restaurants and some people
think they are 9	type offish. If
we want to help swordfish.10
thing to do is not to eat them!
3	History. English. Maths, Biology
4	Winter, spring, summer.autumn
5	Football, tennis, chess, running
6	Dogs, cats, fish, birds
Circle the correct option.
1 Summer is the time to go fishing. a best b better c most best
2 It is the fish theworldl a biggest™ of b most big ...of c biggest, in
3 Sharks are the fish. a less interesting b most Interesting c interesting
4 Standing on a stonefish will hurt you the	a bad b most bad c worst
5 Terry swam	a the furthest b the most far c the most furthest
Superlatives 137
Adverbs and adverb phrases
He climbs the monument regularly.
Here are some jobs you've maybe not thought about..
Video Game Tester
Some of Arthur Devine’s
friends would really like his
job. Every week Arthur is
paid to play video games in an
office in New York. He plays
video games five days a week
And yes, he can play pretty
well!
Dinosaur Duster
Jamie Waters gets up early. He needs to be at
the Smithsonian Museum of Natural History in
Washington before the visitors get there. Jamie's
job is to clean the dinosaurs
very carefully. He never
touches the bones. He uses
a feather duster. Jamie likes
the Allosaurus best.
Crack Filler
At Mount Rushmore in South Dakota,
the heads of four American presidents
have been made from the rock. The four
very large heads attract around two
million visitors yearly. Roger Prince is
definitely not frightened of heights. He
climbs the monument regularly; his job
is to fill any cracks in the rock.
1 Why would Arthur’s friends
like to have his job?
2 Why does Jamie get up early?
шпа’.пш ащ о;	sjoiisiл am a-icqaq >ром oi req ан Z
трэм e sXep элц sauirS пари sXp|d aq эчпедед 1 Ajamsuy
Adverbs and adverb phrases
1	We can use adverbs and adverb phrases with verbs,
adjectives, other adverbs and whole sentences.
He gets up early.
The four heads are very large.
He can play pretty welt!
Maybe you've not thought about these.
2	Adverbs can be a single word or a phrase.
He climbs the monument regularly.
Every week Arthur is paid to play video games.
Adverbs of manner
3	Adverbs of manner describe how something happens;
we usually form them by adding -ly to the adjective.
Jamie works quickly and carefully.
4	Some adjectives already end in -ly, e.g. friendly, lonely.
We don’t add -ly, but say in a... way.
He held out his hand in a friendly way. NOT... friendlily.
5	Some adverbs of manner are the same as adjectives, e.g.
early, far, fast, hard, high, late, straight.
He gets up early. He likes the early morning light.
UP
Hard means ‘difficult’ or ‘with effort’.
It's a hard life. She has to work hard.
Hardly means ’almost not’or‘not at all’.
I could hardly see anything.
It's hardly surprising.
We can use the adverb well with certain past
participles to form an adjective.
She’s a well-known actor,
a well-educated person
6	Adverbs of manner usually go at the end of the
sentence, but can sometimes come in the middle or
(for emphasis) at the beginning.
Jamie cleaned the dinosaur bones very carefully.
He carefully cleaned the dinosaur bones.
Carefully he cleaned the dinosaur bones.
138
Adverbs of time and place
7	Use these adverbs to describe where or when
something happens.
... before the visitors get there.
He gets up early.
8	Adverbs of time and place usually come at the end of
a sentence, but sometimes come at the beginning for
emphasis.
I visited Mount Rushmore yesterday. OR Yesterday I
visited Mount Rushmore.
9	Some common time adverbs, e.g. already, eventually,
finally, last and soon, can go before the main verb of
the sentence, but after be or an auxiliary or modal verb.
She finally told me. He'll soon finish.
10	Time expressions such as every day or every week
can go at the beginning or the end of the sentence.
Adverbs such as daily, weekly or yearly usually go at
the end.
Every week Arthur is paid to play video games.
It attracts around two million visitors yearly.
11	Many prepositional phrases of time and place (e.g.
at night, in China) function as adverbs and usually go
at the end of the sentence. We can put them at the
beginning for emphasis.
Arthur is paid to play video games in an office in New
York.
At Mount Rushmore in Dakota, the heads have been
made from rock.
If there is more than one adverb or adverb phrase
of time, place or manner at the end of a sentence,
the order is usually: manner, place, time.
He works hard in the office in the mornings.
(manner + place + time)
Adverbs of frequency
12	Adverbs of frequency describe how often we do
things, e.g. always, frequently, hardly ever, never,
normally, occasionally, often, rarely, regularly, seldom,
sometimes, usually.
He can usually be found in the museum.
Frequently, normally, occasionally, often, sometimes
and usually can also go at the beginning or at the end
of a sentence.
Usually he can be found in the museum.
Sometimes and occasionally can go before be,
auxiliaries and modals in negative sentences.
They sometimes don’t arrive until late.
Focusing adverbs
13	Some adverbs, e.g. even, just, only, mainly, mostly,
either („. or), neither (... nor), can be used to put
emphasis on a particular part or word of the sentence.
We only want to stay for one night.
We're only here for one night.
We're here for only one night.
Adverbs of certainty and degree
14	Adverbs of certainty are obviously, certainly, clearly,
definitely, probably, maybe, perhaps.
Maybe you've heard of him.
15	We can use adverbs to talk about how much something
happens (degree), e.g. a bit, absolutely, almost,
completely, extremely, fairly, hardly, highly, more or
less, nearly, practically, pretty, quite, rather, really,
slightly, somewhat, terribly, totally, very.
He can play video games pretty well.
A bit, pretty and somewhat are more common in
informal language.
16	We do not use very to describe a verb.
Arthur Devine’s friends would really like his job.
NOT... very like...
17	Adverbs of certainty and adverbs of degree usually go
before the main verb of the sentence, but after be or an
auxiliary or modal verb.
/ completely agree.
I'll definitely think about it.
We often use maybe and perhaps at the beginning of a
sentence.
Maybe I'll see you then.
We use enough after an adverb or adjective.
/ didn’t get up early enough.
18	In negative sentences, adverbs often come before not.
I certainly wilt not worry about it.
OR I wilt certainly not worry about it.
An adverb does not usually come between a verb and
the object, or before an ing form.
Jamie likes the Allosaurus best. NOT Jamie likes best the
AUosourus
She started working late. NOT She started laie-worktng.
► See Units 45 and 46 for adverbs which are used to link
sentences, e.g. also, however, then, therefore.
Adverbs and adverb phrases 139
Practice
A Match the sentence beginnings to the correct endings.
1	The man was thought to be highly
2	I totally
3	Hayley did not take her work very
4	I had completely
5	I found the exam fairly
6	I could hardly
7	I see her quite
8	Drew looks like he’s really
В Rewrite the sentences, putting the adverbs in brackets in the correct
places. Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
1	She didn’t move out of her parents’house when she got married, (even)
Ske didn't even move out of ker parents' kouse voken skejot maried
Ske didn't move out of ker parents' kouse even wken skejot married. ......
2	Hi! I was talking about you! (just)
3	He’s leading the competition by one point, (only)
4	The TV series is very popular with teenagers, (mostly)
a believe what I was seeing.
b forgotten about that evening
; c enjoying himself.
L-d dangerous.
e often.
f agree with you.
g easy.
h seriously.
D Rewrite each sentence so that it has
a similar meaning, using the word in
brackets.
1	She gave her son a gentle kiss on the
cheek, (kissed)
5ke kitted ker senjutbj би tke ckeek.
2	Poppy gave me a friendly smile,
(smiled)
3	She’s a very fast runner, (runs)
4	After a long time, I passed my driving
test, (eventually)
5	He is almost never late, (hardly)
	..... -4	•—•-.fc-..*—• «к*..... <».'• ..
6 I’m quite good at chess, (well)
5	Mandy works at the weekends, (mainly)
..I 	—.....	,-	. ..—... •••. •	••• ••• • •	—	Г, —	ww-
6	You can come to a class on Wednesday evening or on Friday morning,
(either)
...... —..... .. .. ....-. .... . . - . -----------------------------
... ... .,. -........... .........,»	 .*—•••» *> ••••«••• Mln i
7	It’s very busy at the weekends, so she has to work, (hard)
7 She was too ill to leave hospital,
(enough)
C Make sentences by putting the words in the correct order. Sometimes
more than one answer is possible.
1	carefully I they / present / chose / the
Tkej ckose tke present careful^.
2	a /1 /to / quickly / asked I doctor /see
3	doesn’t I sometimes / until / he / wake up 110.00
4	gone / we / should / have / never
5	began / he / quietly / crying
6	L.A. / wanted /11 always / to / see I have
7	done 111 not / have I normally / would / that
8	will / soon / dark / it / be
E Complete the sentences with
appropriate adverbs or adverb phrases
of manner, place or time. Use two
adverbs or adverb phrases in each
sentence.
1	The children were playing
outside
2	We had a great time
3	I always sleep
4	The police arrived
5	He wrote the words
6	The teacher was already
talking, so we sat down
140
F Rewrite the texts about more unusual jobs, putting the adverbs in brackets in appropriate places.
There is more than one possible answer.
I If you can't remember how to open your safe, Sal Schlllizzl can help. By listening to the lock. Sal
will be able to open the safe. He learnt his skills in the US Army.
(In the 1950s, maybe, quickly)
IhjW и* t ’luwtt Urn te apex asw safe, naube 5al Sdullizzi can kelp
bjj (isteniiy te tkc bet, Sal witlw abb tt open tke safe <puct!zj. f(e Uamt kis stilb in tke Й5 flmu) tn
ent ll&Os.
2	Jeffrey Bleim has enjoyed diving. Now he works as a golfball diver. In one day he collects 5,000
balls from lakes on golf courses. That’s 35,000 balls.
(always, in Florida, often, weekly)
3	Ellen Sirot is a foot model. She wears a lot of make-up, but on her feet. Before she goes to sleep,
Ellen puts lots of cream on her feet. She sleeps with her feet in plastic bags and wears high heels
(every night, never, only)
4	When she was three. Francie Berger started playing with LEGO bricks and she has stopped. When
she left college, she got a job as a model maker with LEGO. She can build models with as many
bricks as she wants.
(never, soon, today)
Adverbs and adverb phrases 141
c high
wait hard
c heavily
Circle the correct option.
1	She can jump very . a highly b higher
2	I can	a hardly wait b wait hardly <
3	He sat down very	a heavy b heavly
4	I anything to eat tonight. a won't probably have b won't have probably c probably won't have
5	1 it. a very love b absolutely love c love completely
The passive 1
The new metal was called bronze.
The metals copper and tin have been
thousands of years. Copper was one of the first me als
which was discovered by man. Copper is a soft
metal and people soon found out that if they heated
the copper and mixed it with tin, a much harder metal
was produced. The new metal was called bronze.
This harder metal could be made into weapons and
tools.
Metals can be made better and
stronger by mixing two or more
of them together. The new
mixture is called an alloy.
When steel is mixed with
certain other metals, stainless
steel is formed. Stainless steel
is very useful because it is strong
and does not rust. Kitchen tools
are often made of stainless steel.
Once metals have been taken out of
the ground, they will not be replaced.
For this reason, many metals today are
recycled. In this photo, used metal is
being heated. When it is hot, it can be
made into new products.
рай ssd|uins pue pats ‘azuojg i
ак>ш jo omj p am jxiui у j грамму
1 What is an alloy?
2 What alloys are mentioned in the text?
142
The passive 1
1 Make the passive with be and the past participle.
present simple	Many metals are recycled
present continuous	The metal is being heated.
past simple	The new metal was called bronze.
past continuous	While the copper was being heated, the tin was mixed in.
present perfect	These metals have been used for thousands of years.
past perfect	They hadn’t discovered bronze yet.
will	The metals will not be replaced.
be going to	It’s going to be recycled.
modal verbs	Metals can be made better and
+ be + past participle	stronger.
+ have /has been +	Bronze may have been
past participle	discovered by accident.
My grandfather was born in Australia.
2 Use the passive to focus on the process or result of
an action rather than the agent (who or what does
the action), or when the agent is people in general'.
A harder metal was produced.
The new metal was called bronze.
(= People called it bronze.)
IIP
There are a few verbs describing events or
actions which often use get instead of be
in passive sentences. These are common in
informal conversation.
get married, get involved, get stuck
He is going to get married in the autumn.
3 We can mention the agent in a passive sentence
using the preposition by. We can use with to talk
about an object used by the agent. Using by and
with often puts greater emphasis on the agent.
It was one of the first metals which was discovered
by man.
They broke the rock with a hammer
UP
You can find passives in many newspaper
reports. The verb be / get is often left out in
the headline.
STRANGE ANIMAL FOUND AT STEEL FACTORY
(= A strange animal was / has been found at a
steel factory.}
Practice
A Underline the correct option.
1	Shellfish open/are opened with a knife.
2	Who invented/ was invented the Internet?
3	This metal is calling/is called steel
4	People have known/have been known about
these metals for years.
5	The money was collecting/was being
collected when we arrived.
6	That old coat should throw away/should be
thrown away.
7	How are you made/do you make bread?
8	She has not invited/was not invited to the
Party.
В Rewrite these sentences using the passive.
1	QUIET AREA. We do not allow mobile phones.
MobiU pkows art Mt aUewu.
2	Someone may request ID.
3	You must show tickets at the door.
4	If you leave a bag in the Station, someone will take it away and
someone may destroy it.
5	We do not accept credit cards.
6	Please do not make too much noise, or we will ask you to leave.
7	You must wear hard hats.
8	You should carry ID at all times.
The passive 1 143
C Complete the text, using the words in brackets in an appropriate form
of the passive.
Today, aluminium 1.........&.........so widely.................. (use)
that it is hard to imagine a world without it. It is a strong but light metal
which 2 ........................... (can	I shape) into drinks cans and
window frames. It is a common metal for building cars and aeroplanes.
NASA’s space shuttles 3............................(could	not/build)
without it - each space shuttle is 90% aluminium.
Large amounts of aluminium 4.............................(only I produce)
for around 100 years, but the metal 5.........................(discover)
a long time before that, possibly as much as 2,000 years before. Aluminium
comes from bauxite, a rock which 6............................(find) in
hot places such as rainforests. The bauxite 7.........................
(take) to a factory where it8..........................(heat)	to produce
aluminium. It took many years to find a process for getting the metal out
of the bauxite. As a result, when aluminium 9..........................
(first I produce), the price of the metal was higher than that of gold.
It is an expensive process because large amounts of electricity
10............................(need). For this reason, a lot of aluminium
11............................(reuse). Never throw a drinks can away - it
12............................(can / recycle) easily.
E Complete these short newspaper
reports using the verbs in brackets in
the active or passive form. Then write
a suitable headline for each report
using the passive. Sometimes more
than one answer is possible.
NEWS IN BRIEF
1к)СШ5€ OO OU NT€ W
SHOPPY
There 1 ....................(be) an
increase in the number of city centre
shops which 2...............(close)
recently. The increase 3...........
.......(blame) on Internet shopping.
D What is being done in each picture? Complete the sentences using the
verbs from the box and a passive form.
clean open repair show study take
1 The new supermarket btity
cpetiedL.....................
3 The floor..........................
Drivers in Newport4..............
(waste) petrol when they wait in
traffic jams. Plans 5............
4 The film.............................
(put forward) to encourage drivers to
turn off their engines. Drivers 6.
...........(could / ask) to pay up
to £100 for keeping their engines on.
A man 7........................(arrest) in
Newport city centre yesterday. He
8.................(try)	to steal a CCTV
camera from outside a car park. The
man 9..........................currently
...................(question) by police.
5 The mice........................ 6	She...........................
Twenty-eight-year-old film director,
Max Tobin,10...................
(get) married in secret last week. The
well-known director11.............
...........(born) and 12..........
(bring up) in Newport. He recently
13.....................(make)	a film
about local boy, Tom Lewis.
144
F Write six sentences about this film using the facts below.
Use the passive where appropriate.
Star Wars Episode V: The Empire Strikes Back
1980
Director Irvin Kershner
Story for the first six Star Wars films by; George Lucas
Mark Hamill (actor) = Luke Skywalker
OSCAR® for best sound
Riming: in Norway and the Elstree Studios in London
Following film: Return of the Jedi
Example: Star fijars: Tta (Jmpcrt 5triktf> Sadr.
u>as inazu in K&O.
1 ________
2
3
4
5
6
Circle the correct option.
1	Your request is considered. a being b been c be
2	When ? a discovered penicillin? b was penicillin be discovered? c was penicillin discovered?
3	I could see that a lot of work	on the house. a had done b had been done c has been doing
4	She looked round to see if she followed. a was be b was been c was being
5	When will the results ? a be announced b announce c being announced?
The passive 1 145
The passive 2
They deserve to be mentioned.
34
In what ways do these projects support the environment?
Aip ащ ui uoijn||od saxipaj 8jnoqs₽ns ui auqiueH май ац
luaiwojiAua ai|i inoqe Dijqnd aqj saitnnpa ijafojq иарз ац
javod A|ddns 431ЦМ spued ie|os seq aJfpuq ed|un>
Every month we look at buildings which
support the environment. Here are three
. ж . л	buildings which we think deserve to be
WE ARE SCO MAGAZINE mentioned this month.
Kurilpa Bridge is a 470-metre-long footbridge in
Brisbane, Australia. The bridge has 84 solar panels
which supply the power which is needed for the
lights on the bridge at night. Over 36,000 people are
thought to use the bridge every week.
The Terminus Hoenheim-Nord is in Strasbourg, France.
This tram station is the work of architect Zaha Hadid.
The new tramline in Strasbourg has been created to
reduce pollution in the city. Zaha Hadid was given The
Pritzker Prize for Architecture in 2004.
The Eden Project in south-west England has been
designed as a centre to educate the public about the
environment. A number of domes contain plants from
all around the world. Eden’s designers didn’t want the
domes to be made out of glass but instead had them
built out of a new and lighter material. The opening
of the Eden Project in 2001 was a great success and
thousands of visitors now enjoy being welcomed at
the centre every week.
146
The passive 2
1	Verbs with two objects, e.g. bring, give, buy, allow,
have two passive forms.
They gave her sister the prize. (active)
She was given the prize, (passive)
The prize was given to her (passive)
► See Unit 27 for more verbs which take two objects.
2	Verbs which take a to-infinitive are followed by to be
♦ past participle in the passive.
They duln 't want the domes to be made out of glass.
We can use the passive to-infinitive after some
adjectives.
I was very happy to be invited
► See Unit 29 for a list of adjectives which are followed by
lha infinitive.
3	Verbs which take the -ing form are followed by being
♦ past participle in the passive.
they enjoy being welcomed.
We can use some (passive) past participles as
adjectives. Many of these describe feelings, e.g.
bored, disappointed, excited, interested, worried.
I was bored by the film.
► See Unit 29 for more past participle adjectives.
4	Passive forms of believe, expect, feel, report, say.
think, understand are common in reports, particularly
where the speaker is not necessarily agreeing with the
statement or there is some uncertainty about the report.
Over 36,000 people are thought to use the bridge every
week.
It is thought that over 36,000 people use the bridge...
There were thought to be over 36,000people using the
bridge ...
5	We use have + object + past participle to talk about
getting someone else to do something for us.
The designers had the domes built out of a new material.
We also use have ♦ object + past participle to talk about
something (usually bad) that has been done by someone
else.
I hud my mobile phone stolen
6	In informal language we can replace have * object ♦
past participle with get + object + past participle.
i got my TV fixed
I got my mobile phone stolen
7 Need vtobe- past participle has a passive meaning but
we can also use need + ing.
the roof needs to be fixed
The roof needs fixing.
Practice
A Complete the news stories with the appropriate form of the verbs in brackets.
______________________________ a
v v • •
| News in brief	1
The passive 2 147
В Complete each sentence b so that it means the same as sentence a, using the passive. 1	a She likes people to call her Trixie. b She likes to bt called Tri)Cu. 2	a A dentist checks my teeth every six months. bl 3	a How would you like other people to remember you? b How would you	? 4	a People think it is extremely poisonous. b It 5	a Did anyone leave a parcel for me? b Was	? 6	a 1 asked them to tell me the results. b 1 asked 7	a Someone needs to fix my car. b My car 8	a Dogs enjoy it when someone takes them for a walk. b Dogsenjoy 9	a We expect the championship to be the best ever. b The championship 10	a 1 remember someone telling me 1 would fail. b 1 remember C Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar meaning, using another passive. 1	The patients were given the wrong medicine. Tke wronj medicine «os jiven to tke patients. 2	You will be offered an appointment as soon as possible. 3	There wasn’t any food left for me. 4	The last place in the team was offered to Neal. 5	She was shown the room as soon as she arrived. 6	New computers were bought for the school. 7	The car was lent to me for a week. 8	1 was found a seat in the back row. 				D Look at this actor. Make		 up eight sentences about him, using the verbs	u/-' hate, like, love, prefer,	*	’ hope, want and the	w- phrases in the box. 1 interviewed involved in film work left on his own photographed remembered for... surrounded by friends taken seriously told what to do I							J 1 ffc doesn't lite beinj interviewed. 2 3 4 6 7 8 E Complete the sentences using need + -ing or need to be + past participle. 1	There’s a problem with the car. The oil uub ckanfjiiuj / needs to be ckanjed 2	The hotel room is dirty. The room 3	The baby is hungry. She 4	My brother’s hair is very long. His hair 5	He can’t see very well. His eyes 6	The key doesn’t work very well. The lock 7	Your homework is late. It	now 8	These clothes are really dirty. They
148
F Write sentences about what the people are having or getting done.
1 Site’s kaviitj ker roof fix:ed, 2	3
4	5	6
MV TURN!
Write three things that need doing.
Example: The tale in. ntyjumper iteezis repairwy.
Write three things you (or someone you know) have (or has) had done recently.
Example: Mij jrandmotker lias had her car (i)Ced
4
Circle the correct option.
1
2
3
4
5
The passive 2 149
The door of the building will need	a to be made larger b being made larger	c making larger
He by himself a built his flat	b had his flat built c got his flat built
The architect Antoni Gaudi did not like and there are few pictures of him.
a taking his photograph b having his photograph taken c photographing
New brick houses the workers, a were built b were built to c were built for
The stadium in the summer, a expects to finish b expected to be finished c is expected to be finished
gu) ев
ьц Mftfub uk <пйг c^hto
4«1»>
fohn G,
Even if you do learn correct
English, who will you speak it to?
Anne nra
We 'd have a great time if we
stopped trying to be happy.
W Zero, first and second conditionals
If you think you can, you can.
Who said...
1 journalists always find something bad to say?
2 London is a very interesting place?
3 you should believe in yourself?
If you don’t know where you ’re
going, any road will take you there.
If you don’t think about the
future, you won't have one.
If I walked across a river, the newspapers
would say, ‘President can’t swim.’
enrino W Old Cl
Lyndon Johnson
Lewis Carroll
Markus Ash
Edith Wharton
qsy snqjsvy £ uosuqof pnuirs Z uosuqof uopiiXi i лламчиу
Clarence Darrow
Confucius
150
Zero, first and second conditionals
1 There are two parts to conditional sentences.
IIP
We often use If I were you... I would
(not)... for advice and suggestions.
If I were you, I'd wear the blue skirt.
zero conditional	if+ present simple	present simple	If you’re tired of London, you're tired of life.
first	if + present	will +	If you love your
conditional	simple	infinitive without to	job, you will never have to work again.
second	if + past	would +	Spring wouldn't
conditional	simple	infinitive without to	be so nice if we didn't have winter.
8 We can use other modals instead of will.
If you think you can, you can.
It might break if you did that.
► See Unit 37 for variations on conditionals.
m	---------------------------
I M We can use one part of a conditional sentence in a reply.
What would you do if you couldn’t swim?
I’d learn!
2 When if comes at the beginning of the sentence, we need a
comma in the middle.
If you think you can't, you're right.
3 Use the zero conditional to talk about things that are
generally true.
/ go to bed early if I don't feel well.
If it rains, you get wet.
4 Use the first conditional to talk about something that we
think is possible in the future, and its result.
If I see the book, I'll buy it.
Will you tell me if Anna phones ?
5 Both parts of a first conditional sentence talk about the
future, even though a present tense is used after if. We do not
usually use will after if.
tfyou read this book, you will learn many new things.
NOT If you will readtht shook-..
6 Use the second conditional for events and situations which
are unlikely, imaginary or impossible in the present and
future.
What would you do if there was a /ire?(something unlikely)
If I walked across a river, the newspapers would say...
|something impossible)
7 We often use if + were instead of was after the pronouns /,
she, he, it and singular nouns. This is more common in formal
language and American English.
I wouldn't be surprised if it were true.
If your father were here, he would be shocked.
9 We can use unless to mean if„ not in the
zero and first conditional. You can’t use
unless before a past tense.
I run every morning if it isn't cold. OR / run
every morning unless it’s cold.
I will be disappointed if he doesn't come.
NOT I would be disappointed unless he came.
10 We can use as / so long as and provided /
providing (that) with a similar meaning to if.
I don't care as long as it's free.
It's easy providing you read the instructions.
11 We can talk about imaginary situations with
imagine (that) and suppose/supposing [that]
in separate sentences.
Imagine that you were famous. Would you
be happy?
Suppose she said no. What would we do
then?
UP
Use What if...? for suggestions and
speculations. A present tense sounds
more certain than a past tense.
What if we drive there?
What if we found life on Mars ?
► See Unit 46 for if vs. in case, and other linking
words.
Zero, first and second conditionals 151
Practice
A Match the pairs.
1 If I feel sad,--a
2 If I felt sad, —	' b
3 If it snows tomorrow, a
4 If it snowed in June, b
5 If you are neighbours,	a
6 If you were neighbours, b
7	I’ll go to London	a
8	I’d go to London	b
9	Water doesn't boil	a
10	The water won’t boil	b
11	What would you do	a
12	What will you do	b
I'd ask for some help.
I phone my friend Sally.
I'll make a snowman.
I'd be very surprised.
you already know each other.
you would see each other every day.
if I had a ticket.
if you come too.
if the kettle is broken.
if it is heated to only 80 ‘.
if you’re wrong?
if you were me?
D Write sentences in the second conditional
about the story. Look at the next sentence
to find out what verb to use.
В Underline the correct option.
1	I will/would buy it if I have enough money.
2	It will/would be great if we could travel in time.
3	My dad gets angry if I am/will be late.
4	Will / Would you be at home if he comes?
5	If I know/knew, I’d tell you.
6	If it doesn't/wouldn't work, bring it back to the shop.
7	It would be/is great if you had the time.
8	What if it breaks/ will break?
9	It will be finished soon unless/if there are more problems.
10	I wouldn’t do that unless/ if I were you.
C Complete the sentences so that they are true for you.
1 If I saw a mouse, । scream !
2 If the weather is nice tomorrow,
3
, I always feel happy.
4 If it was my friend’s birthday,
 ••   —... 
5
I’ll tell all my friends.
6 If today was Saturday,
It is late at night. You are in bed. You hear a
strange noise.
1 If I keard л strftoje. Mise, I'd^et up
You get up. The window is open.
2 If tke wiiuww was open, I d close it.
You close the window. You feel
frightened.
3
You go to your parents’ room. Their room
is empty.
4
You call their mobiles. They are switched
off.
5
You are worried. You sit down on the bed
6
7
unless you study hard.
8 I can stay out late on Saturdays as long as
You think what to do next. You close your
eyes.
7
You fall asleep. You hear your alarm clock.
8
You wake up. It was all a dream!
152
E Circle the correct option.
F Write replies to the questions using
What \.. life be like if we didn't have paper books? Imagine if there A.,
no bookshops or libraries. Some people think that this is the future if
the use of electronic books J.... Paper is heavy, expensive and bad for
the environment; you need a lot of trees if you *... to make all those
books.
Electronic books are also more convenient,5... you have the hardware.
For example,6... you don’t know a word, you can find the translation
very quickly. Also, you can download new books very easily. So, is this
the end of paper books?
Maybe not. Some people just prefer paper books. This is not
surprising. Suppose you 7... in front of a computer screen for eight
hours.a... you like to look at another screen if you were relaxing at
home? Also, paper books are probably better for your eyes.9... you
want to get bad eyes, don’t spend too much time looking at computer
screens.
The future will tell if this10... right, but there will probably always be
a place for paper books like this one.
conditionals.
1 Can you come on Tuesday?
Ill com if nuj dad
2 Could you lend me 10 euros?
3 Why won't you tell me what happened?
4 Do you think you can find the way there
by yourself?
5 What are you going to do in the summer
holidays?
1	a would b does c will d can
2	a were b would be c will be d are
3	a would continue b will continue c continues	d
4	a would want b want c will want d wanted
5	a as long b suppose c unless d provided
6	a unless b would c if d provided
7	a will work b work c would work d must work
8	a Will b Do c Would d Could
9	a Unless b If c Suppose d Imagine
10	a were b will be c would be d is
6 What makes you angry?
continue
MV TURN!
Answer the questions.
1 What do you do if you get a cold?
If Ia col4J 4rixL Wi «f tw witk hCMj and kiwx,
2 Where would you go if you could travel in time?
3 What will you tell your best friend if he / she phones
now?
4 What can people do if they feel lonely?
5 If you could invite someone famous to your party, who
would it be?
6 What would you ask / say to that famous person?
c go
c would read
a Will
a will like... like
b Would c Should
b would like... will like c like... will like
Circle the correct option.
1
2
3
4
If the library is closed, I home. a will go b would go
My eyes get tired if I	a lot. a read b will read
you write your autobiography if you were famous?
If you	the book, you the film.
Zero, first and second conditionals 153
frSI
Answer 1 The fashion, the music and the new freedom for women
2 No. She was a farmer's wife in the south of the USA. Her husband
could not sell his cotton.
^1OU Лцм / ХЧМ гщпу JOJ sjeaA pooS SQZ6I 9419J9M Z
iVSD 941 u! SQZ6I 941 inoqB asp) ajapy saop mjM I
9£
•элр о; да^рр адормэшое puij 04 эрр» эр р|пом
ам 'uojjoa sip pas ртпоэ эм Xpio ц -имод^
sep эр p?ip иороэ sip pas jouuea puepsnp Xjp
•да^ем до Xjiaujaapi элер jou saop pip jnQ 'iiuvj
v uo j3uiAi| 4011 эдам j iisim j pue рдер аде
sauuj •sapjop май Xnp 04 Xauoiu эдош pep эм
psiM. 1 ’ygfj api J° p^nos oip ui ajiM siauue
e tue j pue ] si ;j -p^rpp si amen X^r
iJPMS( isn( sew 6и!1цЛ1элэ jeqj pies элец рд pue oBeoiijj
leaisniu эщ ui op Xaip a>pi рээиер элец p,i 'иэщ 6unoA uaaq рд д
jBuppxa pue ллэи эиэм Лэцд иэцлл s6uos asoip рдеац рец ] qsiM 1
- >род ллэы pue sueapo aasn luoj^ - эшц зещ iuojj aisntu zzef эло| i
•pous uaaq элец р|пом Jieu Лш pue ssajp jaddeu e ujom элец
ртом j 'S0Z6T эщ ui рэлц рец ] д -luopaajj ajoiu paAolua pue 350л
ain }об uaiuoM uaip VSA эщ ui иешом бипоА e uaaq рец i qsiM 1
S0Z6T эщ si Ajo;siq ui ашц адиноле^ Ан 6T ШД ’Э|эр\/ si эшеи Apj
•sduos эбощ ртвец рец i qsiM j
Л[1Ю JI ‘lfSZ/И / ‘ргиощриоэ рлщ
Third conditional, I wish, if only
Third conditional
1	Use the third conditional forevents in the past which
did not in fact happen.
If I had lived in the 1920г, I would have worn a flapper
dress (She didn't live in the 1920s and didn't wear this
dress.)
2	Make the third conditional with two clauses
third	if + past	would ♦	If 1 had lived
conditional	perfect	have < past participle	in the 1920s, my hair would have been short
3	The clause that begins with if tin come first or second
in the sentence. When it comes first, we use a comma
after it.
If I had lived then, I'd have said everything was just
'swell'.
I would have danced all the time If Id been young then.
In third conditional sentences, we can shorten both
had and would to d
tf I'd lived in the 1920s. hd have worn a flapper dress.
I wish and if only
4	Use I wish or if only with the past perfect to talk about
regrets.
/ wish ! If only I had heard those songs when they were
new. (= It’s a pity that I didn't hear those songs then)
After wish, we sometimes use were instead of was.
I wish I was / were toller
5	Use I wish or if only with the past tense to talk about
events and situations which you would like to be true
now.
I wish we had more money. (We don't have a lot of
money.)
tf only we could sell the cotton (We can't sell the
cotton.)
wish or if only?
Wish is usually used with I (I wish...) and is more
common than If only....
If only expresses a stronger regret.
Practice
A Underline the correct option.
1 I wish I had my own room. (I have/don't have my own room.)
2 He wishes he had got up earlier. (The man got up late/early)
3 I wish I was good at dancing.(l'm bad/good at dancing.)
4 If I'd taken the train, I would have got there on time.
[ I took  didn't take the train. I got/ didn t get there on time.)
5 I wish my cousins didn't live so far away. (My cousins live far
away/near.]
6 I wish I could say sorry. (I can/can 't say sorry.)
7 There wouldn't have been an accident if she had driven more
carefully.
(She drove/didn't drwe carefully. There was /wasn't an
accident)
8 I wish I hadn t given the company my phone number. (I gave/
didn't give thre company my phone number |
9 If they hadn't helped me, the Job would have taken a long
time.
|They helped / didn t help me. The job took /didn't take e
longtime.)
В Complete the third conditional sentences with the
correct form of the verbs in the box.
be be call go eat listen lose see
1	If I hadn't been a teacher. I <t tout bcu / wihul
fwrt	a footballer
2	If we'd known what was happening, we
the police.
3	If you
to the instructions, you'd have known what to do
4	If the children
more breakfast, they wouldn’t have been hungry
5	You
me if you'd waited a bit longer.
6	We'd have gone swimming if it
sunny.
7	If we
the match, I would have been so upset.
8	I	to the party if I hadn't been HL
Third conditional, I wish, If only 155
C What are these people thinking? Complete the
sentences, starting with / wish or If only.
1 I wish it wtoKt raining.
2
to buy those jeans.
3	you	here.
4	we
„.on holiday.
D Complete each sentence b so that it has a similar
meaning to sentence a.
1	a It’s a pity we’re not in the same class.
b I wish were in tke sane class
2	a We should have left earlier.
b if only
3	a Unfortunately I didn't hear the phone and didn’t
speak to her.
b If
4	a They’re sorry they can’t come tonight.
b They wish
5	a It’s a shame that they didn’t have enough time and
the room wasn’t finished.
b The room
6	a I’d love to be sitting nearer the front.
b I wish
7	a I can’t understand why she didn’t go to Australia
with her friends and have a good time.
b Ifshe
8	a Oh dear. I’ve already sent that email.
b If only
E Read the short biography of F Scott Fitzgerald and,
in your notebook, write six regrets that you think he
might have had for himself or his wife.
F Scott Fitzgerald was a writer in the 1920s. His novels are
about the colourful lives of the young rich in the USA.
F Scott Fitzgerald started writing as a schoolboy. His
first and most well-known novel, The Great Gatsby, was
published in 1920. The novel was a big success. Fitzgerald
and his new wife, Zelda Sayre, were immediately famous
but they were soon in financial trouble.
Fitzgerald’s later novels did not make as much money
as the first. He often had to stop work on his novels and
write short stories for magazines in order to make money.
He did not particularly enjoy writing the short stories.
Fitzgerald’s marriage with his wife was very difficult. Many
people consider that he did not write as much as he could
because of this. Zelda became very ill later in life and
spent long periods of time in hospital.
Fitzgerald died believing that he had been a failure.
However, people consider him to be one of the best
writers of the 20th century. It is a great pity that he did
not see the success his novels later found.
Example: I voibk I kad written more.
156
F Sometimes things can have unexpected results. Write third conditional sentences about the
following situations.
1	I broke my teg in a football match. While I was in hospital I started writing a book.
It’s iust been published and is very successful.
If I kodiv’t bre«n mj ty, I «ouUic't kave became a successful writer.
2	My friend told me a good place to buy a new mobile phone, but I couldn’t find the
shop. Instead I found a different shop and managed to get a really good phone for
half the price!
3	It was an icy night and I was driving home. The car got stuck. Luckily, a really nice
man stopped and pushed the car for me. He’s now my husband!
4	I didn’t want to go to college when I left school, so I travelled for a year instead.
When I was in China, I was really interested in the history. When I came back I
started studying History at college and I really love it.
5	My boss told me to leave my job. On the way home I decided to start my own
business. My business is doing really well.
6	My parents didn’t have enough money to buy a house in the city. We moved to the
country instead. Now I love it here and have lots of new friends.
7	I didn't pass my Maths exam. I took the exam again and studied really hard. I found
out I really liked Maths and now I want to be a Maths teacher.
Mf TURN!
Write two things that you are glad happened as they did, and two that you are sorry happened
as they did.
Example: Imjlad I came ts live kere. If I hadn't сем te live kere, I woalcUt kave met all imj areat friewls.
Write about some things you would like to have or to be able to do.
Example: Im wt jjMcl at siyinj. I wisk I cauld siiy.
Circle the correct option.
1
2
3
I wish I meet people with the same interests.
I wish I been born 100 years ago.
I would have loved Fitzgerald's books if I
If he hadn't loved his wife, he	have left.
I wish I working on a farm, a am not
a would
lived then,
a had
b not
b can
c have
had
b hadn't
c wasn’t
a could
b had
b
c’d
have c would have
Third conditional, I wish. If only 157
375
Variations on conditionals
We can change the world if people listen to us.
Education is very important but there are still many places where parents
are too poor to send their children to school. How can their children
study if they’re hungry?
Zeina (12) Lebanon
Some young people live in difficult situations. Here are what some young people say on a website.
When I was 12,1 was already a soldier. I couldn’t
think for myself. If someone told me what to do,
I did it. Children should never be in that situation.
Alhaji (14) Sierra Leone
Parents and children should talk to each other more.
Too many parents don’t understand their own children.
If you’re reading this, you know that this is a problem.
Diana (17) Romania
\Ne can change the world if people listen to us.
Jebanzeb (12) Pakistan
Who thinks...
1 communication between children and parents could be better?
2 all children should go to school?
euiaz з eue!GX:
Variations on conditionals
1 Different combinations of tenses are possible in
conditional sentences. Here are some passible patterns.
tf + past simple + past simple
If someone told me something. I did It.
If ♦ present simple ♦ present continuous
If she says that, she's not telling you the truth.
If ♦ present continuous ♦ present continuous
I'm not going outside if it's raining.
If ♦ present continuous ♦ present simple
If you re reading this, you know that this is a problem.
If + past simple + present perfect
If Jack really did that, he's made a big mistake.
2	Modals other than will may be in conditional sentences.
Haw can t heir children study if they're hungry ?
If you want to discuss similar topics, you should go...
3	We don’t usually use if+ will.
If you see him tomorrow... NOT If you will
We don’t usually use if+ would
If you go into town... NOT If you would...
We can use if ♦ will / would in sentences which are not
conditionals, e.g. requests.
If you will / would sit down, please.
4	We can use if* should and / or happen to when we want
to show that something is unlikely.
If the situation should change, I will write to you.
Buy some if you happen to find them.
5	We can use ifr present + imperative.
If you need more information, contact the office.
6	We can use if it ♦ wasn't I weren’t / hadn't » for to show
that one thing changes the situation completely.
tf it wasn't for my bad leg, I could play in the match.
I would never have joined the army if it hadn ‘t been for
my uncle.
7	Instead of using if, we can put had. should or were
+ pronoun / noun first in the sentence. This is more
formal.
Had I realised the danger. I would not have given her my
number
Should your temperature increase, phone a doctor at
once.
We can use then in the main part of a conditional
sentence for emphasis.
If you don't understand, then ask me.
As long as your parents know. then that's all right.
Practice
A Tick the sentence closest in meaning to the conditional.
1 If it's 11 o'clock. Sandra is sleeping.
a Sandra will sleep at 11 o'clock.
b It is 11 o'dock now so Sandra is asleep. ✓
c Sandra wants to sleep at 11 o'clock.
2	I went to Kim if I had a question.
a In the past I asked Kim for advice.
b In the future I will ask Kim for advice.
c Now I ask Kim for advice.
3	See me if you've done page 26.
a Speak to me before you finish page 26.
b Speak to me as you do page 26.
c Speak to me after page 26 is finished.
4	If you should find my glaves, put them in the cupboard,
a There is a good chance of finding my gloves.
b There is a small chance of finding my gloves
c There is no chance of finding my glaves.
5	If it hadn't been for John, the party would have been a
disaster.
a John saved the party.
b John made the party a disaster.
c John didn't go to the party.
6	If you will tell Mike, that'll be great.
a Mike will be glad to hear you.
b It is possible for you to tell Mike.
c Please tell Mike
Variations on conditionals 159
В Underline the correct option.
1 If you are going / will go to the shop, please get some
eggs-
2 If Boris is working/works, who is looking after the
children?
3	Susan never complained if I would be/was late.
4	If you would/ should have any problems, bring it back
to the shop.
5	If you would/may come this way, please.
6	It wouldn’t have broken if it had been/hadn't been for
the storm.
7	Would/Should there be any more questions, write to
me.
8	If that’s true, so/then Karina was right!
C Make conditional sentences by putting the words in the
correct order. The first word is underlined-
1	wanted / it / I / bought /if/ something 11
l[ I wanted something I boujkt it,
2	Dad / driving / gets / Mum / if / nervous I is
3	if / staying / meet / in / you I are I let’s / London
4	I / joke / a / if / laughed / nobody / told
5	too / now / we / it / be / might / go / late / don’t / if
6	she / if / needs /'party / Clare / is / the / a / dress /
going / nice / to
D Complete the sentences using the verbs in brackets.
1	If I ft^t bad, I drank lots of hot tea.
(feel)
2	If I'm travelling overnight I usually
my suitcase, (take)
3	it been Sunday, there would have
been fewer cars, (have)
4	Please remind Betty if you	to see
her tonight, (happen)
5	If the pilot	this plane, then who
is?! (not fly)
6	What would life be like if it	for
mobile phones? (not be)
7	People can learn a lot if they
(read)
8	If you’ve answered all the questions,
you	the test, (finish)
E Complete the dialogue with the words in the box.
are can’t could happen should then wasn't
were w+U would
Interviewer: I’m here at UNICEF today to interview John
Edwards about the work he does. Welcome,
John. If you1	wid sit down,
please. First, what does UNICEF actually do?
John: The most important thing is giving
information. We2
do anything if people don't know what is
happening. By people, I mean everyone:
children, parents, teachers, politicians, you
and me.... If people knew the terrible things
happening to children around the world,
they 3	be shocked.
Interviewer. For example?
John: Many young children have to work. If it
4	for the money they
make, their families would be hungry.
I 5	give you many
examples, if you have time, of the difficult
and dangerous jobs which some children do.
Interviewer: If you 6	a child in that
situation, what, should you do?
John: Contact us. In most countries such work
is illegal.7	there be an
accident, the employer, and maybe parents,
would be in a lot of trouble.
8	I a politician, I would
make very strong laws to stop young
children working. Also, if you
to hear of stories like
this, contact us, and the police.
Interviewer: Thank you, John. If you want to know about
the work of UNICEF,10
go to their website.
160
F Complete the sentences.
1	If someone is making a child work, and you know about
it. then ptow tke pebe
2	The little boy cannot stop work unless
3	Write to UNICEF if
4	If a child is working all day,
5	....... ______________________________
if it wasn't for greedy compani es.
6	If a child happens to need money badly,
МНШ!
Write sentences using conditionals for these situations.
1 You need to get your mum a present but you don't
have any money.
!l ifat t им iwj маь< it ,s a5uu| и tt iiffiadt ta biuj mydiiiuj!
aj чм> is kcpuy (w a uu jrtitnt, ska's s Ы) lustakr.
2 It is raining. You need to go out. You don't have an
umbrella.
3 Your parents can't decide where to go on holiday.
4 You borrowed your friend s bi ke and broke it Your
friend doesn't know yet
5 You have a big match tomorrow but you don't feel
very well.
6 You found some money in the dasvoom. You don't
know who lost it.
1
2
3
4
5
a won't
a didn't go
a made
study property
to school,
a mistake, he got into big trouble.
Circle the correct option.
tf you were hungry, you
We can't teach children if they
IfAlhajI
If it
b couldn’t c didn't
b wouldn't go
b will make c
for UNICEF, many children would have very difficult lives
I in Alhaji's situation. I don’t know what I would do a Am
a was
b Be
c aren't going
makes
b wasn't c isn't
Were
Variations on conditionals 161
Review: comparatives and superlatives;
the passive; conditionals
A Complete each sentence using the word in brackets in
the correct form.
1	Angelique is one of tkt best singers I’ve
ever heard, (good)
2	Si Yee looks a lot	than she did
yesterday, (happy)
3	I used to think mathematics was very difficult but I
find it much	nowadays, (easy)
4	Excuse me. Do you know where
bank is? (near)
5	Ten o’clock is quite late. Could you come a little
than that? (early)
6	What's	mistake you’ve ever made?
(big)
7	The first level of this computer game isn’t hard but it
gets a lot__________	____________(complicated)
8	I love the taste of coffee, but I know that tea is a much
drink, (healthy)
9 The roads had ice on them and we had to drive as
as possible, (careful)
10 Water is cheap here but in some countries it’s
..........................._....... than cola, (expensive)
11 There were lots of well-known artists in the 20th
century but Picasso was probably
of them all. (famous)
12 We’ve had lots of rain recently. In fact, it’s
summer I can remember, (wet)
В Circle the correct option.
Kolo: Have you x... heard of Aconcagua?
Sylvia: Yes, it’s a mountain in South America, isn’t it?
Kolo: Yes, it’s in Argentina - well, on the border with
Chile too. It’s the 2... mountain in the world
outside Asia. It’s 6,962 metres.
Sylvia: I see.
Kolo: Yes, I’ve been reading about it and they say it’s
3... easy to climb, so you don’t have to be an
experienced climber to get up it.
Sylvia: Really?
Kolo: Yes, several hundred people do it4....
Sylvia: I imagine you need to be 5... strong and healthy,
though.
Kolo: Oh yes, and you have to prepare very 6..., because
it can be dangerous. You go up in a group with
experienced climbers.
Sylvia: How long does it take?
Kolo: Usually about ten days, I think. You can’t go any
7... than that because you have to get used to the
air up there. There isn’t much oxygen, you see.
Sylvia: Yes, I can imagine. I’m sure that’s really 8....
Kolo: Yes, but not impossible. The 9... person to reach
the top was 87 years old.
Sylvia: Wow!
Kolo: So, I’m sure we could do it. In fact, I think I 10... try
and do it myself one day in the future.
1	a never b sometimes ©ever d often
2	a higher	b highest	c high d highly
3	a highly	b absolutely c obviously d fairly
4	a the year b for a year c yearly d by year
5	a pretty b practically c hardly d nearly
6	a careful b carefully c care d carefuly
7	a quick b quickest c quicker d quickly
8	a hard	b hardly	c harder d hardest
9	a elder	b older	c old d oldest
10	a definitely will b will definitely
c definitely won’t d won’t definitely
C Make the sentences passive.
1	We won’t see the film in cinemas until the autumn.
The fi Im	w6h t be seen in cimmls outfit tke autumn.
2	I hate it when someone cuts my hair.
3	What questions did they ask you in the exam?
What questions
_______________________________________________ 7
4	They're showing the event live on TV.
The event
5	They didn’t allow her to leave.
She
6	People are treating many of the injured in hospital.
Many of the injured	_________
7	A police officer was questioning the men.
The men
8	Someone had used a stone to break the car windows.
The car windows	______________________
162
9	The woman gave the journalists false information.
False information
10	People should have reported the problem before
The problem
0 Complete the sports stories using passive forms of the
verbs in brackets.
Itl»»1 btW ЙЛМишХ announce) (hal Jorge Gomez, the
minagcr nl Real Madrid, is «leave the club He
. (яау.»to have *	-----
I* it л the iob of manaitinc the Irish national team. It
«think) than the exacl date fot Mr Gomez’s
mnvewill5	i agree I laser Ibis »'cck
Motta Serban, the Romanian 1.500 metre runner, *
(expect) to return to racing at the European
Garres next month, festentey, she told journalists 1 hawnt raced
internaoonallyforowra year. Last year l’	(tell)
had to haw an operation on my knee and my tearing programme warn t
rdit and needed to1	[change!,bullnowfeel
htterand stronger than wet
The Scottish lennis player. Andrea Finlay. ’
Import) u he moving to France. In the past, she has said that
-J-!-	, II.  .
by journalists in her home town Fncnds say she wants to
(leave) in peace so that she can work
hard on her iniining. More details about this
(announce I later today
L Circle the correct option.
1	If you want to be successful in life,
you have to work hard
b you would plan things carefully.
2	If you had a lot of money.
a how will you spend it?
b what would you spend it on?
3	Let's see the new Superman film unless
a you didn’t like that kind of film
b you've already seen it
4	You will be late
a as long as you hurry.
b unless you leave now.
5	We re not going out
a if it's snowing,
b If there will be snow.
6	I really wish
a I can have more time
b I had more time.
7	Please ask Lee to call me
a rf you happen to see him.
b if you saw him.
8	Phone a doctor
a if you felt ill
b if you feel very ill.
9	If you like this CD,
a why don’t you buy it?
b I'd buy it for you.
10	If you'd come with us yesterday,
a you would have a good time
b you would have enjoyed yourself.
F Underline the correct option.
1	If I tttsis/am you, I’d be careful what I said to Sonya,
2	Get a taxi if you get/wiW.qet lost
3	I wish I can/could stay a bit longer
4	If you happen /happened to see Mike, phone me at
once.
5	I really wi sh my si ster wouldn't / doe tn't sing in the
shower.
6	Sarah wouldn't team/wouldn't hove learned Spanish if
she hadn’t lived in Madrid.
7	Trevor has agreed to help as long as / supposing it
doesn’t take too long.
8	ProvidedSupposing you saw a ghost, what would you
do?
9	If only Jill had ashed/ashed me before she bought it.
10	You won't /wouldn't know if I hadn't told you.
Review 5 163
38
U Indirect statements
Иг They said their son was flying.
When Mr and Mrs Green phoned the police and said that their six-year-old son was flying away in a
balloon, it became big news. Their story was that Mr Green had made a balloon in his garden and that
their son, Kevin, had got inside the balloon and flown away.
The police followed the balloon for three hours. When the balloon came down, they found nobody inside.
The police thought that this was very strange and started to look for Kevin. They found him in his parents'
garage. Kevin said he had been hiding.
Many people now believed that the whole balloon story was false Newspapers wrote that Mr and
Mrs Green (ex-actors) had done this to get on TV. Finally, Mr Green admitted that it was all a joke. He
said he was sorry and promised that he wouldn’t do anything so stupid again. The police didn’t think
it was very funny - it had cost two million dollars to try and save the boy.
Put the events in order,
a The police found Kevin,
b Mr Green said,‘I’m sorry.’
c The police found the balloon,
d Mr Green phoned the police,
e Mr Green made a balloon.
AS P? ЭТ -SJaMSuy
164
Indirect statements
If the main verb is in the present, there is no change
of tense in the indirect statement.
Mr Green says that he is sorry.
My opinion is that it was a big mistake.
When the main verb is in the past, the verb in the
indirect statement usually moves into the past.
IIP
Past modal verbs [would, could, etc.) do not change.
The police said that they would like an apology.
3	The verb in the indirect statement does not need to
change if the information is still true or relevant now.
Mr Green was sure that balloons are safe.
People did not know that the earth is round.
direct statement	indirect statement
present simple -»	past simple
‘It seems strange.’	They thought that it seemed strange.
present continuous ч	► past continuous
‘1 am watching TV.'	She said that she was watching TV.
past simple	past perfect
‘1 made a balloon.’	He told police that he had made a balloon.
past continuous -♦	past perfect continuous
'It wasn’t raining.’	The weather report showed that it hadn’t been raining.
present perfect -♦	past perfect
'We’ve lied.’	They told everyone that they had lied.
present perfect -» continuous	past perfect continuous
Tve been hiding.'	He said that he had been hiding.
can	->	could
'1 can fly a balloon.’	Mrs Green said that she could fly a balloon.
will	->	would
‘I won't do this again*	He repeated that he wouldn't do this again.
may	-»	might
We may be famous!’	The Greens thought that they might be famous.
be going to and -» have to	was / were going to and had to
'We have to find the boy.’	They knew that they had to find the boy.
IIP
□mg in t
garage!
Indirect statementscan show
what people think, not what
they actually say.
She didn't believe that it was
possible.
4	Indirect statements can also come after adjectives and
nouns.
It 5 sad that some people will do anything to get on TV.
I love the idea that he was hiding in the garage!
5	That often links the main verb of the sentence to the
indirect statement. That can be left out, especially in
conversation and informal language.
The police didn't think (that} it was funny.
It is lucky (that) Kevin didn’t get into the balloon.
6	Pronouns and time and place expressions may change
for indirect statements.
we -♦ they
now -» then
next week •+ the week after
this morning -> that morning
tomorrow -> the next day
ago -> before
here -» there
We will do it tomorrow.' -> They said they would do it
the next day.
‘I can do it now.-ь He said he could do it then.
7	Many verbs which introduce indirect statements
are followed by to-infinitives, e.g, advise, agree, ask,
promise, tell.
Kevin agreed to hide in the garage and promised not to
tell the police.
Indirect statements 165
Practice
A Underline the correct option.
1	I thought it is/was easy.
2	John shouted that he wanted/has wanted some help.
3	There is a legend that King Arthur lives/lived here.
4	You said you were driving/had driven home when it
happened.
5	Remember that forest fires are/were dangerous.
6	I had a strange feeling that I saw/had seen him
before.
7	Mrs Jones told me she was working/had been working
there for 25 years.
8	It’s a shame that Mozart died/had died so young.
9	Julie said she can't/couldn't play in the match last
week.
10	Jake hoped he will/would be back the next day.
В Write a dialogue using the underlined information in
the text.
Martin called Carol and said *Ье had a problem. He
told Carol that his friend 2Pave wasn’t speaking tphim
because 3they had had a big argument.
Carol thought 4Martin needed to see Dave again. She
knew that 5Pave had been feeling terrible since their
argument.
Martin replied that 6he had tried to call Dave the day
before; 7he had just put the phone down. Martin was sure
8that Dave wasn’t his friend any more,
Carol said 9she couldn’t understand it. She advised
Martin wto write Dave an email the next day,
Martin: 1 । taw a problem..
2
3 because
Carol:	4
5
Martin:	6
7 but
8
Carol:	9
10
C Complete the sentences with indirect statements.
1
He said it tad been a
Ury xykt
It's been a long night
2 My sister dreamed
3 He thought
4 Dracula said
5 Tom wrote
6 She was confident
D Complete each sentence b to make a direct or indirect
statement like sentence a, using the word in brackets.
1	a ‘Sam, it’s five o’clock.’(told)
b Mary	Sam it was	five o’clock.
2	a ‘I’m reading a book.’(said)
b She	a book.
3	a ‘Liz has asked him.’(thought)
b I
4	a Andrea told Tim she would go the next day. (leave)
b ‘Tim,
5	a ‘What! Nobody knows!’(strange)
b It was
6	a Richard had the idea that everybody disliked him.
(nobody)
b ‘I’m sure
7	a ‘You have to!’(said)
b My boss
8	a Brian told Maya that he had done it four weeks
before, (month)
b ‘Maya, I
166
E Complete the text using the correct forms of the words
in the box.
be beat bring can get hear hide invent
may change play will make
In 1770, Wolfgang von
Kemplen visited the
queen of Austria.
He said that he
1 Ud brOiujlit her a very unusual present: a machine
which could play chess The queen didn't believe that von
Kemplen 1 2 3	serious, but the machine
really did play chess. She thought that someone
inside the machine, but she opened it
and found nothing.
The chess machine travelled all over the world. Von
Kemplen understood that he 4	a lot of
money from his machine and he was proud that it
even very good players. Napoleon
and Benjamin Franklin both played and tost! People
believed that von Kemplen 6	a real
chess machine and they hoped he2
another one Newspapers wrote that technology
the laws of nature.
But there was someone inside the machine. People
didn't know that all the time a little man
for the machine. The secret was
discovered but the machine was still popular, finally, the
machine went to a museum in America. In 1854, there was
a fire in the museum and the machine was destroyed. One
man thought that he10	the machine
shouting for help in the fire Today the museum has a
working model of the original machine.
F Complete the sentences with indirect statements.
1	My fnend didn't buy me a birthday card.
I thought tfat site luui [on|8tt« about м bcrtUaj /
slu was oryrj witk м
2	A stranger stopped me and asked me for ten euros.
I said
3	They are planning to open a new shopping centre near
where I live.
I don't like the idea
4	No one knows If there is life on other planets.
I think
5	The film we saw last night was all right.
Myopinion was
6	I found an i nteresting b log about strange pets.
I went on the blog and wrote
Circle the correct option.
1 The newspapers wrote that Mr and Mrs Green the truth, a not to tell b don't tell c weren't telling
2 Mr Green said that he the story that his son was in the balloon, a had invented binvents c has invented
3 journalists couldn't believe that Kevin at home all the time,	a is b was c has been
4 Mrs G'een said she to write a book about the story one day.	a has wanted b had been wanting	c wants
Indirect statements 167
39
True or False?
1 Greenland has some big glaciers.
2 Glaciers are made from sea water.
Yes, in some mountains. There are
also glaciers on Mars!
\_________________________________
U Indirect questions
" If you are wondering why glaciers are interesting ...
^^l^elcome to my blog on glaciers! If you are wondering
why glaciers are interesting, read this blog.
Maria (14, Spain) asks what a glacier is. J
A glacier is a large piece of moving ice. Glaciers cover 10% of the Earth's surface.
Kylie (13, New Zealand) asks the question how quickly glaciers move
Fairly slowly, usually less than 100 metres a year. Big glaciers move more quickly:
some glaciers in Greenland move more than one kilometre a year.
Ming-Ji (13, Korea) wants to know if icebergs are
V 4		-----Ц
No, icebergs are pieces of glaciers (sometimes very big
pieces!) which break off from glaciers into the sea.
Djalma (15, Brazil) asks why glaciers are important.
Glaciers give us 75% of our fresh water. They are
very important for the climate. If the Antarctic
glaciers melt, sea water will rise 65 metres.
Henry (14, Tanzania) asks whether
there are any glaciers in Africa.

168
Indirect questions
1	For indirect questions, the word order is question
word + subject ♦ verb. There is no auxiliary do or
question mark.
Maria asks what a glacier is NOT what it a
I 11
I wonder who DJalma tow NOT .. ww did Dfeima
see?
5 Usually, if and whether are both possible.
I don't know if / whether it is true.
But we can use only whether after prepositions and
before to infinitives.
It's a question of whether we need it. NOT . .of-if,^
Claire wondered whether to phone him
NOT... if to phone...
2	If the main verb is in the present, there is no change
of tense in the indirect question. When the main
verb is in the past, the verb in the indirect question
usually moves into the past.
A lot of people wonder why I am interested in
glaciers.
i asked my dad why he looked to sad.
MOT, *л*Иу ih1** /оо/сд
ЛЬ wondered where she had gone
NOT ...whereshehasgone...
IIP
We say whether or not, NOT ifornot.
I asked whether or not that WPS OK.
6 If the subject of the indirect question is the same as in
the main part of the sentence, we can use a to-infinitive.
Maria doesn't know where to see glaciers
He asked what to write.
► See Unit 38 for more information on the change of tenses
in indirect speech.
3 Indirect questions can also come after nouns and
adjectives.
Kylie asks the question how quickly glaciers move.
Il is uncertain who did it.
We say know how to. NOT know to.
Scientists don't knowhow to stop climate change
4 For indirect yes / no questions, use if or whether.
Ming-Ji wants to know if i whether icebergs are
glaciers.
Henry asks if/ whether there are any glaciers in
Africa.
Practice
A Match the situations to the indirect questions.
1	You have been waiting for a bus
for one hour. -
2	You need to borrow 200 euros
from your dad.
3	Somebody has taken your favourite
pen without asking you.
4	You have a test tomorrow but
you know nothing.
5	Your aunty has given you a book on
gardening for your birthday.
6	There was a very exciting film on TV
but you missed the end of it.
7	Your friend wants to wear a bright green
dress to the party.
8	You are at a great party but your mum rings
and tells you to come home.
a I don't know what to say to her.
b I wonder whether my friend Louise can help me
с I want to know why she chose this present for me.
d I doubt if it iscoming.
e I’ll ask if I can stay for another hour.
f I’m not sure if he will say yes
g 111 find out who took it
h I'm interested in what happened next.
Indirect questions 169
В Make sentences by putting the
words in the correct order. The first
word is underlined.
1	me / was / date I what / asked / it /
she
Ske osted me wkat date it was.
2	birthday/wonder/is/when/1/
Jack’s
3 care / what I say / Liz / doesn’t 11
4 Simon / nobody / his / knows /
exam / passed / if
5 happened/where/it/me/told/
she
6 asked/1/all/right/the/
whether / was / doctor
D Circle the correct option.
A hundred years ago, a team of explorers found a glacier in Antarctica. They
weren’t sure1..^ so they named it the Mertz Glacier after the explorer Xavier
Mertz. Although the Mertz Glacier is one of the biggest glaciers in the world,
many people can’t even say2....
Xavier Mertz (1883-1913) was part of a team which wanted to find out
3... Antarctica. There weren’t even any maps of Antarctica at that time. They
needed to know 4... this very big continent, and5... possible to get from
Antarctica to South Australia.
In November 1912, Mertz and two men, Ninnis and Mawson, were on a
long difficult journey across the ice. There was a scream. At first, Mertz didn’t
understand 6„.. Then he saw that Ninnis had fallen through the ice. Even worse,
he had fallen with most of their food. Mertz had no idea 7... and asked Mawson
8... to wait for help. Mawson told him they had to continue.
The two men were soon tired and hungry. On 7 January, 100 miles from their
camp, Mertz asked 9.... He wasn’t sure10.... Sadly, Mertz soon died. Mawson
managed to get back to camp safely and went on many more Antarctic journeys.
7 do / is / Charles / what / thinking /
to
8 of / money / where / the / get /
problem / is / the / we / there
1	a what is it called 'Jjj what to call it c what was it called
2	a who was Mertz b who Mertz was c what did Mertz
3	a was what in b what it was c what was in
4	a how do you cross b how was crossed c how to cross
5	a if it was b was it c what was it
6	a if happened b was what happening c what had happened
7	a what to do b if to do c what he did
8	a if b whether or not c if or not
9	a if he had stopped b why to stop c to stop
10	a how he continued b he could continue c if to continue
E Write indirect questions for what they are saying or thinking.
C Complete the sentences with
indirect questions.
1	'Six o’clock.’
I wanted to know what time it
was.
2	‘February 15th.’
I asked
3	‘I’m not feeling very well.’
I wondered
4	‘Yes, it should be great!’
I asked
5	‘My friend Sam.’
I was interested to know
6	‘No, I don't have enough money.'
Do you know
1 He is asking if ke can kave ah ice
cream.
2
4
6
170
F Complete the indirect questions.
It was midnight. Jill was in bed ‘but her husband lack
wasn't home. J i II phoned Jack ‘but there was no answer.
Then she called Jack's friend Tom ‘about Jack. Tom knew
nothing. Two hours later Jack came home. Jill wanted 4an
explanation. Jack said he would tell her in the morning.
Then they both went to sleep
Jill woke up very early because of '‘a strange noise, ftHad
lack heard it too? she thought Jack then got up and went
downstairs. The noise stopped but then there was a very
bright light. 7 |ill was confused and frightened. Jack came
back to the bedroom. He was carrying two spacesuits. 8 9 10Jill
was very surprised.
“jack asked and Jill agreed to put on the spacesuit They
went outside and Jill saw the spaceship Jill kissed Jack and
answered 1 “his question by saying that yes. she was happy.
At last they were going back to Earth.
1	Jill didn't know	wktr* Jack was
2	Jill wondered
3	Jill asked
4	Jill wanted to know
5	Jill didn't know
6	Jill wondered
7	Jill didn't understand
8 Jill wondered
9 Jack asked Jill
10 Jack wanted to know
G Write indirect questions about these people.
1	James Bond
I’d asl kin if kt llktd detective stwi».
2	Your favourite sports star
3	William Shakespeare
4	Xavier Mertz
5	Your favourite actress
6	The cleverest person in the world
MflURk!
Complete the sentences with your own ideas.
1	I need to ask someone tf tky cat («к ufttr ну ddj
wkilt I n ба kdlidcy.
2	I've always wanted to know
3	Inmy opinion. It Is doubtful if
4	It's very bad manners to ask
5	Most teenagers have no idea
6	Does anybody know the reason why

--------J
Circle the correct option.
1
2
3
4
a what an iceberg is b what is an iceberg
a where can you see
b what I liked
She doesn't even know
I wonder the biggest glacier in the world.
The teacher asked geology a if I liked
There's some doubt about	glaciers wi ll exist । n
С if an iceberg is
b where you can see c you can see
c if I did like
a if b that	c whether
Indirect questions 171
40’
Defining relative clauses
The companies who connect people to the Internet
Do you know your ISPs
from your USBs?
Test your computer knowledge
by matching the computer words
to their definitions.
USB cable
hacker
avatar
virus
1	The companies who connect
people to the Internet are called ***s.
2	A *** is something we use to move
around the computer screen.
3	A *** is what you use to move
photos from your digital camera to
your computer.
4	An *** is a picture of yourself or a favourite character whose picture
you use. The picture represents yourself in games and discussions on the
Internet.
5	A *** is a small computer program which is designed to damage your
computer files.
6	A *** is someone who uses or changes the information in other people's
computer systems.
7	A *** protects your computer. It stops information which you don't know
about coming into your computer.
Немалую	sniiAg jeieAefr aiqp>fl$n£ asnow z dSIT^MSuy
172
Defining relative clauses
1	A relative clause gives us information about a noun. A
defining relative clause says which person, thing, animal
or idea we are talking about.
A hacker is someone who uses or changes the
information in other people’s computer systems.
2	Many relative clauses begin with the relative pronouns
who, which or that.
Use who to refer to a person. Use which to refer to a
thing, an animal or an idea.
Use that instead of who or which in informal language.
A computer programmer is a person who / that designs
computer programs.
A virus is a small computer program which / that is
designed to damage your computer files.
We can use who or which to refer to groups of
people.
The companies who / which connect people to the
Internet are called ISPs.
3	We can leave out the relative pronouns who, which or
that when they are the object of the relative clause.
This is something (that) we use to move around the
computer screen.
6	If who comes after a preposition or is the object of the
relative clause, we can use whom instead. This is only
used in more formal language.
... the woman to whom the prize was given...
... someone whom Theo had met years before...
7	Use when or where as relative pronouns after nouns
which refer to a time or a place. We can often use a
preposition + which with a similar meaning.
The room where the exam is taking place is ready.
(= the room in which the exam is taking place)
I don't like days when it gets dark early.
8	Use why (or that) after the noun reason.
That's the reason why / that I came.
9	Use what to mean ‘the thing(s) which’.
A USB cable is what you use to move photos from your
digital camera to your computer. (= the thing which
you use)
10	Use whose + noun to mean of whom, of which. Whose
can refer to people, animals or things.
We are an organisation whose aim is to make
computer training available to everyone. (= the aim of
which)
IIP
4	If there is a preposition, it usually goes at the end of a
relative clause.
... information (which) you don't know about...
In more formal language, we can use the preposition
directly in front of the relative pronoun.
... information about which you know nothing...
5	When the relative pronoun is the object of the relative
clause, or comes after a preposition, we do not need to
repeat it.
This is something that we use to move around the
computer screen.
NOT This is something-that we use d-to-meve-.,.
The teacher (who) I was telling you about.
NOT The teacher who I was telling you about her.
We can often use with instead of:
-	a relative clause with whose
a friend whose brother lives nearby - a friend with
a brother who lives nearby
-	a relative clause using who I which and have
an old computer which has a lot of problems -
an old computer with a lot of problems
11 There is no comma before a defining relative clause.
The companies who connect people to the Internet
are called ISPs.
NOT The companies, who connect people to the
hrlTstrtrifft ЛГД C-Cllfincf /CDc
TTftVrrrUl	tTCJIlL U IJr J.
Defining relative clauses 173
Practice
A Underline the correct option. Sometimes both options are possible.
1	This is the place where/which I live.
2	April is the month in which/when she was born.
3	The giant panda lives in forests which/where are being cut down.
4	The letter should only be read by the person to who/to whom it is
addressed.
5	He’s a lovely man who has/with a lot of friends.
6	The 1950s and 60s were the years when/where the Cold War was at
its worst.
7	That’s the reason that/why we moved.
8	I don’t know what/that you mean.
В Complete the email by putting relative clauses a-h in the correct places.
Г» n	<_>
О R € 9 3
Deleft Kept» Reply All Ferward Pro*
I had a letter from Lily Wylie recently. You remember me talking
about my Uncle Ray, don't you? He's the uncle 1 J .He
grew up in Glasgow with my dad and my Uncle Colin. Uncle Ray
left home when he was quite young. That was in the 1950s
. He got on a ship 3	and lived there for the
rest of his life. When he arrived in Canada, he stayed with a
couple, Mr and Mrs Bennett, 4	. They had one child.
She's my cousin, but I've never met her. Uncle Colin stayed in
Glasgow In the house 5	and opened a shop 6
Uncle Ray and Uncle Colin never saw each other again. Anyway,
I had a letter from Lily recently. She's the daughter of the cousin
7	. She's going to be over here 8	and I think
she would like to meet you!
a I’ve never met
b when you could leave school at 15
c when you're next at home
d where he was born
e that sold fish
f which was going to Canada
g who moved to Canada
h whose daughter he later married
C Complete the sentences with who, which or that. (More than one
relative pronoun is possible in each sentence.) Then put brackets
around the pronouns which can be left out.
1	It's the 5.00 train (vokick /that) you need to catch.
2	The man	is sitting in the corner is not well.
3	The reporter asked her a lot of questions	she couldn’t
answer.
4	You can pick any strawberries	are red.
5	There are not many people	would like his job.
6	How could a person	I love have done this?
7	Look! It’s the actor	played Sam.
8	Chelsea is the football team	my brother supports.
D Complete the sentences by putting the
words in the correct order.
1 were I about / you / boy / telling I the /
me
Is that the bcj were
nu about	?
2 of/ that I something / I’m / proud
It’s not
3 joke / laughing / understand I were / at
/the/they
I didn’t
4 book/film/which/on/the/the/
based I is
I’ve read
5 books/for/looking/which/found/
you / the I were
Have you
?
6 old I across I came / which / were / very
/they
The clothes
7 yesterday / to / the / listening I you /
were / song
What was
?
died / to / was / married / has / she
The actor
8
174
E Join the sentences using relative pronouns.
1	The stories talk of a princess. Her hair is like gold.
Tkt stsrccs tali ef« princess wkese tair й likt jeW. /
Tke starits tali a| a princess wkc kas kair (ite^ld
2	This is the film. The Coen brothers are most famous for
this film.
МНШ)
Complete the sentences with relative clauses to make
them true for you.
1 I can't imagine a time ^kw. tkcrc were nc coixp.ws.
3 That's the guy. You go to school with his son.
4 The people should come to the front of the class. I read
out their names.
5 You will never guess. I've just been talking to someone.
6 Why don’t we visit that museum? You were looking at
their website.
7 There are some shoes in this shop. I'd really like them.
8 Suddenly Dawn saw the man. She had bought the car
from him.
F In your notebook, write definitions for at least four of
the computer words, using the words in brackets.
1	a webmaster (create)
t) mcbnutsttr is sonecw wks creates a wtbsitt.
2	a chatroom (send I rece ive)
3	a cybercafe (use)
4	an email (send)
5	a laptop or a notebook (carry)
6	screen (look at)
7	Bill Gates (start)
2 I’ve never been to a country
3 I'd like to meet someone
4 I prefer watching films
5 I don’t like people
6 I never buy clothes
7 I always remember places
8 I love days
HI1ES1
Circle the correct option.
1	I need to find someone can fix my computer. a who b which c-
2	An inbox is the place your emails arrive. a when b where c why
3	I don't know _____ .
a what about you were worrying b about what you were worrying c what you were worrying about
4	That is the guy I went to school with. a who the wife b whose wife c the wife of who
5	A console is you need to play a video game on the TV or your computer.	a what b which c that
Defining relative clauses 175
Non-defining relative clauses
‘I thought it was dumb, which shows he’s smarter than I am!'
When Mike Hayes suited
university at Illinois in the
United States, he found he did not
have enough money to pay for his
studies. Hayes came up with an
idea. He wrote to Bob Greene, who
was a famous writer for the Chicago
Tribune, and asked every reader of
the letter to send him a penny The
newspaper has millions of readers,
many of whom sent in a penny.
Money was received from every
stale in the USA, as well as Mexico,
Canada and the Bahamas, where the
paper is also read. Eventually. Mike
raised $28 JW. which was the amount
he needed for his studies. Hayes, who
went on to get his degree in food
science, says the idea worked because
1 didn't ask for a lot of money. 1 just
asked for money from a lot of people
Hayes's father, Bill, says. When
Mike first told me about his idea. 1
thought it was dumb, which shows
he's smarter than I am!'

1	Why did Mike Hayes write to the Chicago Tribune?
2	Was the idea dumb?
ON Z Xuuad p jo) uapcgu am ||r e» uj ( .u*«u,
176
Non-defining relative clauses
1	A non-defining relative clause gives us additional
information about a person, thing, animal or idea.
Hayes, who went on to get his degree io food science,
says the idea worked
► See Unit 40 for information on defining relative clauses.
2	If we take the non-defining relative clause out of a
sentence, the sentence will make sense without it.
Hayes, who we*>l on to get hrs degree in food science,
says the idea worked
We can use brackets () or dashes -... - instead of commas
(,) before and after nun defining relative clauses.
Hayes {who went on to get his degree in food science)
says the idea worked.
3	Use commas with a non defining relative clause.
Eventually. Mike raised 328,000, which was the amount
he needed for his studies.
Bob Greene, who was a famous writer for the Chicago
Tribune, asked every reader of the tetter to send a penny.
4	Who. whose, which, where and when are common
relative pronouns in non^iefining relative clauses.
Money was received from every state in the U3A, as weli
as Mexico, where the paper is also read.
5	We cannot leave out the relative pronoun in non-
defining relative clauses.
Bob Greene. who he wrote to, thought it was a great
IГ I.’ 11 I	. , II . . ' •	i . . ' . . .
'UcU. 1 “SJ I ГхсЛГл USLtrrt, rre. IT’l'tv t"
6	We can use which to refer to a whole statement.
I thought the idea was dumb, which shows he’s smarter
than I am! ( which refers back to I thought the idea was
dumb!
IIP
We do not use that as a relative pronoun in a
non-defining clause.
Bob Greene, who was a famous writer for the
Chicago Tribune, asked every reader to send Mike a
penny. NOT Bob Greene, that was a famous writer
7	After words like all, both, many, neither, some, first,
last, numbers and superlatives (e.g. the best, the worst),
we can use of which or of whom.
The newspaper has millions of readers, many of whom
sent in a penny
There are о number of newspapers in Chicago, the most
popular of which is probably the Chicago Tribune.
8	If there is a preposition, it usually goes at the end of a
relative clause.
Bob Greene, who he wrote to, thought it was a great
idea.
In more formal language we can use the preposition
directly in front of the relative pronoun, as in defining
relative clauses.
She did not mention John again, for which I was grateful.
9	If who comes after a preposition or is the object of the
relative clause, we can use whom instead. This is only
used in more formal language.
The people, to whom the land actually belonged, were
asked to leave
Practice
A Underline the correct option.
1	Mario Testino has taken some great photos, some of which/that are in this book
2	Toby, whose/ who his parents wanted him to be a doctor, became a musician instead.
3	I missed the game on Saturday, what/which was a shame
4	They had four children, the eldest of who/whom was just ten years old.
5	They called their daughter Emiko, which/that means‘smiling child'.
6	Everyone came except for Cameron, who / which was not very well.
7	Most people had not heard of Usain Bolt before the Beijing Olympics, where/which
he won three gold medals.
8	I met Dale last year, when /who he was work ing at the holiday centre.
Non-defining relative clauses 177
В Complete the sentences with the correct
relative pronouns.
1	The actor, u>ke is now only 26, has
already starred in a number of well known
films.
2	The city centre hospital,	my
mum worked, is dosing at the end of the
year.
3	In the summer,	the tourists
are here, there are lots of jobs in bars and
restaurants.
4	The dog,	had followed her
along the road, didn’t seem to have a
home.
5	At this hotel, ...... he often came
to stay, Proust wrote his most famous
book.
6	The team,	manager left last
January, have not been playing well.
7	He has never spoken to me about it,
I think is really strange.
8	The money was won by a couple,
later gave it away.
C Complete these sentences with the correct
relative pronouns and prepositions.
1	The running club is going to several
races this year including the New York
Marathon, "kick I’m taking part
....M .......
2	I was so embarrassed in the restaurant
yesterday! My uncle didn't like the
food,	he kept complaining
3	There was a bad accident here yesterday.
The old woman,	house the
car crashed	, was later taken
to hospital.
4	There are many hotels in the city, the best
is probably the
Victoria.
5	I can't work at the cinema on Saturday.
They will need someone to collect the
tickets at the door,	I’m
usually responsible
6	Tomorrow my mum is going to stay with
my aunt,	she is always
worrying
7	Thankfully the neighbours,
dog we’ve been looking	, are
coming back from holiday tomorrow.
8	The pop band sang in front of around
20,000 people, most
seemed to be young girls.
D Rewrite each sentence to include the information in brackets.
1	The Taj Mahal was built by Emperor Shah Jahan for his wife. (It is in
northern India.)
Tke Tai Makal, wkick is in nortkern India, was kilt bj tke бмрегбг
5kak Jakan for kis wife.
2	There are 132 rooms and 35 bathrooms in the White House. (The
President of the United States lives there.)
»••••* M	—I,, «41^,,.—,.| I Ч1М..Н—.И. <••**•>**— «	. •> •• • If 	- •••• •- •  • • • ••• ' •• - ...... *
3	Vincent Van Gogh was born in the Netherlands in 1853. (His most
famous work is probably Sunflowers.}
4	Landing on the planet Mars was finally achieved in 1976. (Scientists
had always dreamed of this.)
5	The Sydney Opera House was designed by Danish architect, Jorn
Utzon. (Its roof looks like the sails of many boats.)
6	Che Guevara fought in the Cuban Revolution. (He died in 1967.)
7	The idea of using sound waves to find illness was put forward in the
middle of the 20th century. (We now know this as ultrasound.)
8	The Russian winter lasts from late October to April. (Temperatures
typically drop to -25°C)
E Rewrite this story, changing the underlined sentences into relative
clauses.
I love this story. I think about it when things are difficult. It is a true
story. The beginning of the film Good Will Hunting is based on it. The
story is about a young maths student, George Dantzig. He studied at the
University of California, Berkeley, in the USA- One day Dantzig arrived
late for a class and copied down two maths problems from the board. He
thought these were for homework. The problems took him longer than
usual to solve. Dantzig found both of them difficult, A few weeks later he
was woken early by someone at the front door. Dantzig had forgotten all
about the homework now. He opened the door to find his teacher with the
homework in his hand. His teacher was very excited. The homework had in
fact been two examples of famous unsolved maths problems and Dantzig
had just solved them! Dantzig believed this was an example of positive
thinking. Dantzig’s father was a mathematician. If he had known these
were unsolved problems, he would never have been able to do them!
I low tkis stenj, «kick (tkink about wken tkiiup are difficult.
178
The man went back to pick up all the apples. It took a long
time. Night fell and it was dark when the man finally got
to the town. He saw a hotel,8
, and went in.
The boy,’	.was
staying there too
'Ah,' sa id the boy. ‘I told you to go slowly!'
Add more information to this story using relative clauses.
One day a man was taking some apples to the town.
1 wUk mM several dwiy . . He put all the
apples into bags on his donkey.1
. On the way he met a boy,
л	.and his donkey.
How long will it take to get to the town? asked the man,
I
If you go quickly, it wi II take you a long time,’ said the boy.
But if you go slowly, you will get there quicker.'
The man thought the boy was being si Uy,5
'i'll get there before you!' he said.
The man and his donkey went very quickly along the road.
They went so fast that the apples started to fall out of the
bags. The man,6	,
stopped for a rest. Suddenly he saw the bags,
1
'Where are all the apples?'he cried
Circle the correct option.
The hotel is on a fantastic beach,
They had three sons, all of became lawyers.
The teacher did not give me a very good mark,
Mike Hayes, idea it was, ra ised $28.000.
The club meetings. , are on Tuesday evenings,
a I look forward to which b which I look forward to c that I look forward to
2
3
4
5
a where
b whom
the sand is almost black.
a which
I did not understand,
a whom b who
b which
c who
a that b what c which
c whose
c that
Non-defining relative clauses 179
42"
 Word formation 1: verbs and adjectives
(affixes)
’ Scrabble - the international game
Scrabble is a game where you need to build
words from letters. It's not difficult to
understand the basic rules of Scrabble but
players need to be very skilful if they want to
score a lot of points and outplay each other.
Look for 'affixes', groups of letters which
go before (prefixes) or after words (suffixes)
and make them bigger.
For example, prefixes like mis, sub, over and un
are very useful because you can make words like
mishear, substandard, overeat and uninteresting.
Suffixes like ize I ise, ent
and ive are also great.
IM, 0, DIE, R,INI I, ZJE.
1Л
Remember that you can also put
affixes together in one word.
П
Scrabble is an international game with versions in many languages.
There are professional games and contests, but most people
play for fun. Scrabble can also be very helpful for building your
vocabulary. Look at the website www.scrabble.com to discover
more about this great game.
1	In the word unhappy, is
un a prefix or a suffix?
2	Do suffixes come at the
start or end of words?
pus ЭЩ з xyajd v I :sJ9MSuy
180
Word formation 1: verbs and adjectives
(affixes)
Prefixes
1 Prefixes change the meaning of з word.
I played John, but lost.
I outplayed John, and won
1 These prefixes change verbs and / or adjectives:
prefix	meaning	examples
co-	together	coexist, cooperate
de-	change, reverse	deform, deforest
dis-. m-\H-J im-t ir-\ un-	not	inactive, impossible, unhappy
inter-	between	interview, international
mis-	wrongly, badly	mistake, misunderstand
out-	do something better than	outdo, outplay
over-	more, too much	overeat. over-excited
post-	after	postgraduate, post war
pre-, ante-	before	preview, anterior
pro-	for, in favour of	pro-democracy, pro-freedom
re-	again	rebuild, resell
semi-	half, partly	semic irculor, semiconscious
tele-	from far away	telephone, telework
trons-	across	transport, transatlantic
under-, sub-	less, not enough	underestimate, substandard
Instead of in-, use im- before m and p. it- before I, and ir- before r.
in- + mature -♦ immature
in- + legal-* illegal
in- + responsible irresponsible
UP
__ The prefix en- changes nouns and adjectives into verbs.
endanger, enlarge
3 Most prefixes don’t have hyphens | |. Add a hyphen only if it
is needed to show a change of meaning, or make the meaning
clearer.
remark - to say someth ing
re mark • to mark again
UP
New words created with prefixes in English usually have
a hyphen until they become very common. For example,
today email is spelled without a hyphen.
Some words can
be spelled both
with and without
a hyphen.
cooperate» 4лл прЛ a tiv.'
e Aui u.ii I've mirj tfuxx nod m plat tAnr «urn
•«» Unitf i. A** Mn >r м hrJMg mejwraMH
Suffixes
	4	Suffixes usually change the type of word as wel as its meaning; heart is a noun but heartless is an adjective; hard is an adjective but harden is a vert. A skilful player has a lot of skill If you lengthen a word, you increase its length	
	5	These suffixes change verbs о adjectives: suffix	meaning able	can be done -al	related to -ant, ent related to -en	made of -ful	full of, related to •fc	related to -rsb	like / people or language of -ive	related to less	without like	like out	related to •y	like/having	nouns into examples doable. workable accidental, critical important, dependent golden. wooden harmful, useful heroic, poetic greenish, Spanish creative, effective homeless, speechless businesslike, childlike famous, nervous funny, windy
	6	These suffixes change nouns or adjectives into verbs. suffix	examples -ate	create, demonstrate -en	deafen, strengthen -ify	horrify, simplify -Ise J ize	modernise, revolutionize	
	IP 1	1 Many verbs can be spelled with both ise and -ize, but -ize is more common today, especially in American English. a computerised /computerized system Some verbs are only spelled with -ise, even in American English, e.g. advertise, revise.	
Word formation 1: verbs and adjectives (affixes] 181
Practice
A Match the pairs.
1	This rice is overcooked.—a
2	This rice is precooked.	——-'v b
3	It’s harmful.	a
4	It’s harmless.	b
5	She’s semiconscious.	a
6	She’s unconscious.	b
7	Wanda is overpaid.	a
8	Wanda is underpaid.	b
9	Brad is very forgetful.	a
10	Brad’s acting was unforgettable. b
Just put it in the microwave.
Throw it away!
Don’t touch it!
Don't worry.
She is moving her eyes.
She can’t hear you.
She is looking for another job.
She has a bigger salary than me.
He forgot what time the play started
I think he is brilliant.
D Write a word with an affix
that means the same as each
definition.
1	across the Atlantic
transatlantic
2	to make modern
В Add affixes to the words.
1	Federer lit played Nadal and won the match.
2	Switch off your computer and then___start it.
3	It was a cold and wind_ day.
4	You can save money by______-booking two weeks before you go.
5	That music is too loud. It will deaf_you!
6	If the pasta is________cooked, it will be very hard, so put it back in
the pan.
7	They supported the president and his____-government army.
8	It is expensive to advert__on TV.
9	It was all done in a very business___way.
10	Julia is a very like____girl. She’s popular with everyone.
3	by chance
4	to get too hot
5	to do an exam again
. >l«laa<t.a»a*<(t*aaa»t»lllaa*taaaa»laaoal>>«a»»atl»«a
6	with no hope
7	to see before
8 the language spoken by the
Finns
C Complete the crossword with verbs and adjectives.
Across
2 Strong winds can be very .........
4	Running will	your legs.
5	Horror films ....... me. I can’t
watch them!
7	footballers get very high
salaries.
9	Jack really......his parents
when he didn’t go to university.
10	If something is , it is not
good enough.
11	‘To the wheel’means to
make something that already exists.
12	English is an.......language.
Down
1 I .... it at first but then I listened
again and everything was clear.
3 The opposite of‘valuable’.
6 The piano and the guitar are
examples of...........instruments.
8 My alarm clock was broken, so I
..........this morning.
182
E Complete the text with the correct prefixes and / or
suffixes.
English spelling is‘fam for being * 2illogic
Many words are not written as they sound. G. B. Shaw
liked to’demonstr how you could4 nounce
the (non word| 'ghoti'as'fish' gh is pronounced like fin
laugh; о is pronounced like i in women; li is pronounced
like sh in station He argued that our spelling system is
very3 effect ive and he wanted to6 form the
system. Shaw invented a different system but people used
to ’critic it and call his system 8 workable.
Since Shaw, there have been attempts to
’reorgan the system of English spelling but none
have really been losuccess Noah Webster, a
-spelling reform dictionary writer, managed to
usimpl some spellings in American English, for
example the -or instead of -our suffix: color (colour], honor
(honour).
Actually, it is not true that English words are
13unpronounce	In fact, over 90% of words are
completely14 dictable in how they are read. English
is not so l5chaot I Maybe this is the reason why
attempts to ’’revolution spelling have not been
popular
F Guess the meanings of these words from their affixes.
1	co-write
te «nee checker
2	telesales
3	interlock
4	blueish
5	deplane
6	unprintable
Mf TUfift!
Make up six new English verbs and adjectives using
affixes (then check if they really exist!).
ce stui) - te stiui) for л test wirt 4 |»im4
(Not a real word - yet’l
ktlW. - <tn) bod	_______
(Yes, it exists.)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
c re
c able
over b under c mis
a al b ive с у
Circle the correct option.
1 We should play the game if you think it was unfair. a out b over
2 Scrabble is use if you want to improve your spelling. a ful bless
3 Sandra reacted when she couldn’t make a word and started crying. a
4 It is very effect to make words with uncommon letters of the alphabet.
5 It is a big disadvantage to be literate today. a im b in c il
Word formation 1: verbs and adjectives (affixes) 183
43
Word formation 2: nouns (affixes)
You need imagination, self-confidence ...
1. Imagination
2. Self-confidence
3. Cooperation
5. Professionalism
or. яг aisjsMsuv
2
3
Time is money. Don’t waste time going to
different places yourself. Using email or the
telephone will save your time, and legs!
Are these good (G) or bad (B) ideas
according to the text?
Making sure you do everything yourself.
Travelling a lot.
Taking risks.
Are you thinking of starting your own business when you leave
school? Here are five things you need to be successful.
Think of a good idea, then do some
research to see if it will work.
Every business is a risk but you need to believe in
yourself. Always remember that if you don't do it,
someone else will. Have some optimism!
You can't do everything. Make contacts and get help.
Relationships are very important in business.
4 Good time management
I
Be the best at whatever you do. You may not make mega-money
but you will definitely get a lot of enjoyment and self-satisfaction.
So, start thinking and planning now. Your business might not be
the next Microsoft, but perhaps it could be a mini-Microsoft!
184
Word formation 2: nouns (affixes)
Prefixes
1 Prefixes add to or change the meaning of the original word to			6 These suffixes are added to verbs and	
make new nouns. A plant grows outside. A transplant is a medical operation.			adjectives to make suffix -age -al	nouns. examples baggage, breakage arrival, refusal
2 The following p are used with ve prefix co- dis-, in-, un- re- tele- trans- under-, sub- ► See Unit 42 for pr	Kefixes can be used v rbs and adjectives. meaning together not again, back from far away across below, too little efixes used with verbs	rith nouns the same way they examples cooperation, co star disease, inaction, unhappiness reconstruction, return telephone, television transaction, transplant underwear, subway and adjectives.	-ance, -ancy, -ence, ency -ation, -ition, -sion -{e)ry -ity -ment -ness -ship 7 Another way of ma	brilliance, residency imagination, competition bakery, entry rarity, similarity disappointment, enjoyment sadness, weakness hardship, relationship king nouns is
3 The following p prefix auto- cyber- non- e- ex- mega- micro- mini- mono self- semi-	refixes usually come meaning self computer not electronic, Internet former very big very small small one personal half	with nouns only, examples autobiography, autograph cyberspace, cyberwar nonsense, non smoker email, e-sales ex-footballer, ex-husband, megabyte, mega-star microchip, microscope minicab, mini Olympics monopoly, monorail self-confidence, self-study semi-professional, semicolon	compounding: adding words to each other. Compund nouns can be written with or without a hyphen, or as a single word. business suit,	noun + noun tablecloth mother-in-law	noun + preposition + noun go-ahead	verb + adverb	
Suffixes
4 Suffixes add to or change the meaning of the original word to make
new nouns.
A relation is someone in your family.
A relationship is connections between people.
5 These suffixes make a new noun from the original word.
suffix	meaning	examples
-ant, -ent	a person who acts	assistant, student
	or works as	
-ar, -er, -or	a person who	manager, auditor
	works as	
-ess	female	lioness, waitress
-ful	quantity	bagful, handful
hood	relations	brotherhood, childhood
-ism	belief, practice	Darwinism, racism
-ist	person with a	biologist, pianist
	belief or skill	
ology	study of	geology, psychology
-phobia	fear of	claustrophobia
Word formation 2: nouns (affixes) 185
Practice
A Write at least one word from the box next to each affix.
В Add prefixes to these words to make nouns.
1	vision television	2	production
3	trust	4	circle
5	biography	6	chip
7	smoker	8	wear
C Add affixes to each word to make at least three nouns.
1	vision
television, revision, revisionism, visional^
2	form
3	market
4	manage
5	play
6	rule
D Look at the affixes and work out what these words mean.
1 refusal
wken^ousaj no’
2 misinterpretation
3	microsecond
4	monosyllable
5	sociology
6	submarine
7	tigress
8	applicant
Now do the same by adding suffixes.
9	wait	10	neighbour
11	assist	12	guitar
13	hard	14	spoon
15	weak	16	millionaire
186
Complete the advertisement with the correct affixes.
Calling
all young
business
people!
After the incredible 1 popular itj of last year's
contest, we are starting a second
2compet for teenagers who have a great
business idea. The first prize, 10,000 euros to
help start your business, will again be given
in a special " present by Donald Fish. Sir
Donald is4	- president of the World Bank
and is now in 5retire in Florida.
Last year's 6winn was Rachel Thomas, 16,
from Skegness who started an 7	- book
company on her home computer. It wasn't
easy. First, Rachel is not an IT 8special
Second, she had a big 9 agree with her
parents about her business plans. However,
Rachel had the -° fidence and
ncommit to make her dream come true,
and even her parents are happy now!
Remember, we are not looking for amazing
original , something that will make you
a business13	- star, just projects which
show i4imagin and real ’’useful
To apply, you first need
F Guess each noun from its definition, then underline the
prefix and I or suffix.
1	You feel this emotion when what you hoped for did
not happen.
dmppeiittixuc___________________
2	Scientists use this instrument to look at small things.
3	A situation where all the business is controlled by one
company.
4	A path which lets you walk under a busy road.
5	What you feel when you aren’t happy.
6	This punctuation mark;
7	Somebody who makes and checks financial documents.
8	You take part in this to win something.
Circle the correct option.
1	Agoodmanag works hard and plays hard. a or b ar c er
2	working (doing yourjob away from the office) is getting popular. a Ex b Tele c Mis
3	It is sense to say that money brings you happiness. anon b dis c in
4	In my child I dreamed about opening a chocolate shop. a hood b ness c ment
5	A completely original business idea is a rar . a aty b ety c ity
Word formation 2: nouns (affixes) 187
44
unj Яылец Z V3M Pus P3J!1H T :^эм$иу
1 What can long-term stress do to the body?
2 What should you make time for?
or eat?
like it when exams start.
What is stress?
It and there
Do you find it difficult to sleep?
Do you often feel worried or unwell?
Are you unusually quiet, angry or sad?
Do you find it difficult to sleep
If you answered yes to any of these
questions, you could be showing
signs of stress.
Stress is the body's way of preparing us for an
emergency situation, such as a car accident. It is
important that the body reacts quickly. There are a
number of physical reactions; for example, the heart
beats faster and the body produces more glucose for
energy.There's no doubt this is a good thing in an
emergency situation. But situations such as difficulties
at home can also produce stress. Over a long period of
time, it can make a person tired and weaken the body.

What can I do about it?
It's very easy to do too much.Try giving
up one activity per week.
Don't stay up late doing homework.lt s not
worth it.You'll feel more tired and find it
harder to learn new information.
Be positive. There are some things you
can't do anything about. There's no point
worrying because it’s rainy or you don t
Know when it's time to stop. Make sure
there's enough time for having fun!
188
It and there
1	Use it r be to identify or describe something which has
already been mentioned or which is already known to
exist.
What's that noiseTIts my phone ringing.
What colour's your cor? It's blue.
2	Use It < be for facts or situations which have already
been mentioned or which are already known about.
The heart beats fas ter and the body produces more
glue ose. It's the body's way of preparing us for an
emergency situation.
3	We can sometimes use it to refer to a person.
Who's that over there?It s Mrs Ivans.
NOT She's Mrs hvom
And on the phone: Hello'll s Lara. NOT Im Lara.
4	Use it + be to describe days, dates, distances,
temperatures, times, weather and tire current situation.
H's rainy.
It's five miles away.
It's Friday already.
We can also use this / that instead of it to refer
back to a fact or situation. This / that give more
emphasis.
long-term situations, such as difficulties at home,
can also produce stress.
It I This ran leave a person feeling tired.
5	We can use it when the subject of a sentence is a to-
infinitive.
ft's very easy to do too much.
NOT usually Todo too much is-very-eusy.
Il In informal language, we can sometimes use
the verb + -ing instead of the to-infinitive.
It was great seeing you. (= It was great to see you.)
6	We can use ft when the subject of a sentence is a clause,
ft was a shame that she gave up.
NOT usually That she gave up waso shame
7	Use ft as a subject in certain expressions.
It doesn't matter. / ft doesn't matter if._
It's no use. f It's no use ♦ ing._
ft’s no good. / It’s no good ♦ ing._
It's (not) worth it. / Il's (not) worth + ing...
It seems (> adjectwel that...
ft looks as if...
ft’s time (/or + object) lo...
8	We can use a past tense verb or to-infinitive after ft’s
time. Both refer to the present.
ft’s time I stopped. / It's time to stop
9	Use ft with take ♦ to-infinitive to talk about time that
is needed.
It takes | him) on hour to get ready
10	Use it as an object in certain expressions.
couldn't believe it when ._
like / love > hate ft when _.
find it difficult / hard / impossible / easy to ...
make it clear that .
There
11	Use there is / there are to show that something is
present or exists.
Make sure there s enough time for having fun.
There are some things you can't do anything about.
When we are speaking, we often use there's with
plural subjects.
There's a lot of things I want to tell you
12	Use there’s with pronouns such as nothing and someone.
There’s nothing to worry about
13	Use there in the following expressions:
There's no point / use (in)...
There s no need for [+ noun) / There's no need to -.
There’s no doubt I that) - / There's no doubt about
(♦noun)
There’s no danger / sign of\v noun|
There’s no guarantee / way (that) ...
Reporting with it and there
14	It and there are common in reports with the passive
of the verbs believe, expect, feet, report, say. think,
understand.
It is thought that 70% of visits to doctors are due to
stress.
There were thought to be 20.000 people there
► See Unit 34 for more information on reporting using the
passive of the verb.
It and there 189
Practice
A Match the sentences to the replies.
1	What have you got in that bag?
2	Who's your teacher this year?
3	Can you see Mark?
4	Have you enjoyed the training?
5	Can you see any seats?
6	Sorry, I can't find that number.
7	Look! It’s really late!
8	Was that the bell?
a Yes, it’s time we went
home.
b Yes, there's some at the
front.
c It doesn’t matter. Jay will
have it.
d No, there’s no sign of him.
e Yes, there’s someone at
the door.
f It’s a surprise.
g It’s Miss Collins.
h Yes, but there’s no
guarantee of a job at the
end of it.
D Complete the text with the words in the
box.
clear doubt important impossible
matter nothing point thought
Bullying is a problem which affects
millions of teenage students.
It is	that nearly half of all
teenagers have suffered from
cyber-bullying: on mobile phones
or the Internet.
1 f 2	3	4
5	6	7	8
В Circle the correct option. Sometimes more than one option is
possible.
1	It is best honest.
to be $ that you are c be
2	safe to drink the water?
a Is there b Isit c Is she
3	Thanks again-it has been lovely to you.
a that talk b talking c to talk
4	She's a great dancer. It’s a shame
a that she’s giving up b she to give up c give up
5	no need to get upset.
a It’s b There are c There’s
6	She didn’t phone to say where she was. was very worrying,
a This b There c It
7	reported to be fewer than 2,000 Giant Pandas left in the
world.
a It is b There are c There’s
8	I hate when you talk to me like that.
a it b this c there
Be positive. Don't think this is your fault and
there’s 2	you can do about it.
• Walk away. If you walk away or ignore
someone's rude messages, you are
making it3	that you just don't
C Complete the sentences with it or there.
1	How long does it take to get to the airport?
2	Who were you talking to last night?	was Tina.
3	Go straight on.	’s a post box on the corner of the street.
4	seems strange that walking to school is now often
quicker than going by car.
5	A: What can you do at the sports centre?
B:	's lots of different exercise classes.
6	's nearly my birthday!
7	I knew something had happened to her.	was just a
feeling I had.
8	This year	has been a big increase in crime in this area.
care. He or she will soon get bored.
•	Don’t reply. There’s no 4	trying
to fight back or reply to the messages. It’ll
only make things worse.
•	It’s 5	to build your confidence.
It doesn’t6	if it’s karate or
computers - join a club and do something
you enjoy.
•	There’s no 7	talking to
someone will help you. Talk to an adult
you can trust.
•	Think carefully about sharing personal
information or photos. Once you've put a
photo or message online, it can be
8	to delete.
190
В Write two sentences using it and two sentences using
there for each picture. Use the labels to help you.
F Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar meaning,
using the word in brackets.
1	There was no point, (worth)
It wesn t wortk it
2	it's not necessary for you to know. (There’s)
3	It's time for you to leave, (left)
4	There’s no use in talking to him. Igood)
5	I needed three hours to finish it. | me)
6	People say there are 500.000 words in the English
language, {said)
7	I'm definitely not going on my own. (way) •
8	The winner is certain. |doubt|
9	I was really surprised when they walked in the room,
(couldn't)
H —
ШЕЕП
c There
a that talk
I’m b it
b It's no c
Circle the correct option.
1
2
3
been very cold at night. a It b It's
It's good to someone who understands.
I find hard to study when I'm tired. a
doubt in my mind. a There are no
lots of people at the party.
b to talk c talk
c there
There's no
a There were b They were c It was
It and there 191

Linking words 1: addition, contrast
and time
Once you have read one ...

There are many reasons to
read detective stories First of all, you
know that lots of things will happen
and the story will move quickly,
especially as the detective is usually in
danger. Then there's the fun of being
a detective at the same time as the
characters. And finally, there is the
satisfaction of a solved crime.
If you're new to detective stories,
try the Alex Rider series by Anthony
Horowitz.
Though only 14, Alex Rider is no
ordinary teenager. After his uncle is
mysteriously killed, Alex is thrown into
the world of spies. While most kids
worry about spots and homework, Alex
is just trying to stay alive!
There are six books in the series. Once
you have read one, you'll want to read
the others. The characters are easy to
believe in, the stories are original and,
above all, the situations Alex gets into
are really cool!
Gavin Martin (aged 15)
ANTHONY HOROWITZ
NO. 1 BESTSELLING AUTHOR
CROCODILE TEARS
К
ANTHONY HOROWI
NO. 1 BESTSELLING AUTHOR
SKELETON KEY
1 What does the writer think is fun about detective stories?
2 When does Alex Rider become a spy?
рацр| X|snouaisAui si apun siq лэуу j sjap?jeqa
aqise auifi auies aq> je элрэа:ар e Jhnag j sjavsuy
Linking words 1: addition, contrast
and time
Addition
1 Use and, too, as well and also to connect words, phrases
or sentences.
You know that lots of things will happen and the story
will move quickly.
2 Too and as well are usually used at the end of a
sentence. Also can come in the middle.
She writes great stories. She draws the pictures too. I
She also draws the pictures.
192
3	Use in addition, besides, furthermore, moreover
or what's more to introduce a sentence with more
information. What's more is informal.
He was cold and hungry. What's more, he didn't know
the way home.
4	Use the phrase above all to suggest that something is
more important than other things you haw mentioned.
Above alL the situations Alex gets into are realty cool!
5	Use equally, likewise and similarly at the beginning of
a sentence to introduce information which is similar in
some way.
There are a lot of Sherlock Holmes stories Similarly,
there are many films.
Contrast
6	We can use but. [and] yet, however and nevertheless to
contrast information.
The government knewof the problems, yet they didn't
publish the report until now.
7	We can also use although, though, in spite of + noun or
despite ♦ noun to contrast ideas.
Although he is only 14. / Despite his young age. Alex
Rider is no ordinary teenager.
Use though in informal language at the
beginning of a sentence to mean although'or at
the end to mean ‘however’.
Though only 14. Alex Rider is no ordinary teenager.
We had a great time at the beach. It was very
windy, though
We can’t use in spite of to join sentences. Instead
we use the phrase in spite of the fact that.
I was really hoppy in spite of the fact that I hadn't
won NOT, in sptte of that I hadn 't wwi
8	Use on the one hand „ on the other hand, while, whereas
and in / by contrast to compare contrasting ideas.
The footballer dislikes being seen in public. His wife, in
contrast, clearly loves it!
We can use on the other hand without on the one hand.
Todd wasn ‘t sure if Terry was telling the truth. I. on the
other hand, had no doubts at all.
9	Use on the contrary when you add information to
support a negative statement.
The government has not managed to improve standards
In schools. On the contrary, more students are failing
their exams.
We also use it to contradict a suggestion made by
another person.
A: Vou probably know this already.
8- On the contrary. I hod no ideal
Time
10	Use as, when or while to talk about two things
happening at the same time.
He was still working when I went to bed.
While most kids worry about spots and homework,
Alex is just trying to stay alive.
11	Use after, before, when, as soon as and once to talk
about two things that happen one after the other.
I phoned him when / after I got home. (• I got home
Then I phoned him.)
12	Use since to talk about when something began and for
to talk about how long it went on.
I've lived here since last year /1 got married / for a year.
► See Units S and 26 for the use of since and for.
13	We use until to talk about the time when something
stops happening and something else starts.
He didn't know anything about alt this until his uncle
died / until las t year.
Use by the time to mean at the time when or before
something else happens.
I'll be rich by the lime I'm 30
14	Use the following adverbs or adverbial phrases to
describe the order of events or the sequence of points
in an argument: /irstjly), secondly) (etc.), first of all,
next / then, afterwards / after that, before, finally/
eventually / lastly, later.
first of all, you know that lots of things will happen.
Then there is the satisfaction of a solved crime.
Use before and afterwards [not after] as adverbs.
I finish college next summer. Afterwards 'NOT After],
I'm going travelling for a year.
15	Use meanwhile to talk about what happens between
two events or at the same time as another event.
The parents went out. Meanwhile, at home, the
children ._
Linking words 1: addition, contrast and time 193
Practice
A Match the sentences.
1	There are some good coats in that shop at the moment.
2	I don’t think you need your own car.
3	The new riverside centre would bring more caf£s and
restaurants to the town.
4	Since the new manager arrived, the team has won
a few matches.
5	Windsurfing is exciting and not particularly dangerous.
6	Don’t tell anyone your number.
7	More teenagers are taking up dance classes as a
result of recent TV shows.
8	The organisation helps governments to provide
food and clean water for their people.
a It also trains health workers and supplies medicines.
b In addition, the players are training harder.
c Besides, we can’t afford to buy one.
d What's more, they're half price this week!
e Moreover, the development would create valuable jobs.
f Similarly, don't give this information over the Internet.
g Likewise, there has been increased interest in classes from older
people.
h Above all, it is fun.
C Complete the sentences in an appropriate way.
1	We had a lovely day in spite of tke fact tkat it
was raining.
2	I haven't read The Lord of the Rings.
.though.
3	We don’t really have time. On the other hand,
4	My friends want to go snowboarding. However,
5	Simon is very confident, whereas
6	The buildings around the edge of the city are
mostly modern. In contrast,
7	It was cold but
8	The teacher spoke a bit quickly.
.nevertheless.
D Complete the student’s presentation using
the linking words in the box.
after also as before but in spite of
meanwhile what’s more
В Make sentences by putting the words in the correct order. More
than one answer is possible.
1	you / until /1 / home / sleep / were / couldn’t
I couldn’t sleep until wu were Lome. /
llntil jou were коше, I couldn’t sleep.
2	go / before / lunch / let’s / have I we
3	arrived / had / we / a / when / surprise / we
4 afterwards / dinner/ they / a / had / watched / and / film
5 home / time / the / we / midnight / it / was / by / got
6 start / once / you’ve /can / eating / finished j we
7 getting I dressed / noticed / he / something / as / was / strange /
he
8 boiling/the/water/add/next
I want to talk to you about my favourite book. It’s
Noughts and Crosses by Malorie Blackman. My
aunt gave me this book for my birthday. I don’t
read many books,1	but	I
couldn’t stop reading this! It's the first in a series
of books. I’ve just started reading the second book
which is 2	_____great!
The story is about Sephy, a Cross (I won't tell you
what that means. You’ll find out
*	you’ve read the first
few pages.). Ever since she was little, Sephy's best
friend has been Callum, who is a Nought.
4	they get older, this
becomes a problem because in their world Noughts
and Crosses don’t mix.5
this, Sephy and Callum try to stay friends. Their
parents,6	, try to make
them understand the rules of their world.
Malorie Blackman has written a very exciting story.
, you'll feel you’ve
known the characters for years. Of course, this
means you share their feelings, so make sure you
have some tissues with you 8
you start reading!
194
E Complete this formal letter of complaint by underlining
the correct option. Sometimes both options are possible.
Customer Complaints
In Your Drcams Holidays
I am writing to complain about a holiday that I spent in your
hotel in August of this year
I have several reasons for complaining.'Fttsllx I Firtit p.t all- the
information I received about the hotel was incorrect. The adverts
talked about a swimming pool and a golf course. In August of
this year, 1 however / in addition, the swimming pool had not
yet been built.5Equally I Ukewi.se. the golf course was still
unfinished.
*Then / After there was the room.5Although / Despite this had a
sea view as advertised, the view was spoilt by building works in
front of the hotel. bOn the other hand I Furthermore, the noise of
the building woke us up early every morning.
1 Lastly I Secondly, we were so disappointed by the holiday that
we left early.
^Despite I In spite ofour complaints, the hotel manager was rude
and refused to give us any money back.
I am therefore wnting to request an immediate refund It we do
not receive this within seven days, we will send our story and
photos to the newspapers.
Yours sincerely.
Mr Y Mee
F Complete each sentence b so that it has a similar
meaning to sentence(s) a, using the word in brackets.
You may need to leave out some words, put the
words in a different order or add another sentence.
1	a I had a sandwich. Then I got on the train, (before)
b |	kad a saaztaick before I jot 6* tke train.
2	a He had an injury. He still finished the race,
(despite)
b He
3	a She was singing. She was packing her bags at
the same time, (while)
b She
4	a I’ll stay here. I’ll leave at 9.00. (until)
bl
5	a She cleans during the week and helps in the
caf£ at weekends, (too)
b She
6	a It started raining. I immediately went inside,
(as soon as)
b I
7	a She was not unreasonable and listened
carefully to everything, (contrary)
b She
8	a The team played with ten men. It was surprising
that they managed to win easily, (yet)
b The team
MfTURN!
Think of a book you enjoyed reading. In your notebook, write paragraphs about the story events,
the characters and why you enjoyed it. Use the questions and the linking words to help you.
1	The story [when, while, and, at first, then, finally]
What’s the name of the book? What happens at the beginning of the story? What are two other things that happen?
2	The characters [although, hut. however, also, as well]
Who is your favourite character? What do you like about this character? What weakness does the character have?
Who else do you like?
3	Why did you like it? (above all, what's more)
Which adjective or phrase best describes the book? Can you think of two other reasons why you liked it?
Circle the correct option.
1	I could stop her, she had left the room. a Before b After
2 TV adverts should be allowed, not in the middle of a film! a
3 The book was interesting. It was very long, . a although b too
4 Anthony Horowitz has written The Power of Five series. a though
5 Alex trains as a spy. he is sent to the home of millionaire Herod Sayle
c When
b but c in contrast
c though
b too c also
a After b While c Afterwards
Linking words 1: addition, contrast and time 195
» Linking words 2: reason, purpose
f and result
Why? Because the roads were bad.
John McAdam (1756-1836) is famous for improving
roads. Road transport became very important in the
early 1800s because England was a busy industrial
centre, so people and goods were moving all over the
country. However, in order to move things quickly, they
needed better roads.
Therefore, McAdam tried out a new type
of road.The new roads were built with
a lot of small stones so that they were
stronger.There was also a small rise,
called a 'camber', in the middle of the
road, in order that rain could run off
the road. McAdam made the first of his
roads in 1816. As these roads were very
successful, he built them in America in
the 1830s.
camber
At the end of the 19th century, cars came onto the roads.
Cars are heavy, so roads needed to be stronger The
basic McAdam roads were covered with a thick black
material called tar so that they would hold cars.The new
surface was called 'tarmac'.
True or False?
1 There were no roads in England before 1816.
2 Tarmac made roads stronger.
ЭП4£ I | T :5JdMSUV
196
Linking words 2: reason, purpose and
result
Reason
1	Use because, since and as to give a reason. Because is
the most common and the most informal.
The roads were bad because they were very old.
He knew a lot about roads since he was an engineer.
As these roads were very successful, he built more
IIP
As can also mean 'in the same way as’.
The workers made the road as McAdam told them ta
2	The part of the sentence with the reason usually comes
last but it can come first.
I went by car because it was quicker.
Sime it was quicker, I went by car
3	Only because can come by itself in short answers.
A. Why did you go by car? В Because it was quicker.
NOT Since...
Some prepositions also give a reason, e.g. because
of. due to. owing to, on account of Because of is
the most common and informal.
Roads were better because of McAdam.
4	for meaning because is very formal and old fashioned.
For never comes first in the sentence.
Lngineering is a difficult subject, for it is necessary to
study very hard.
5	Seeing that and now(that| are informal.
Seeing that it's Monday.you should beat school.
Now he has a car. he's happy.
6	Use in case ♦ present tense for reasons for things that
might happen in the future.
П1 stay at home in case Jock phones.
Carry it carefully in case it breaks
Purpose
7	In order to I that and so that show purpose. We often
use modal verbs after in order that and so that.
In order to move things quickly, they needed better
roads
The roads were rebuilt so that they would be stronger
8	For + -ing shows purpose.
Tor is for making roads stronger
Toinfinitives also show purpose.
He drove faster to get there on time.
Result
9	So (that) also shows a result. If it comes in the middle
of a sentence, there is a comma before it.
So McAdam became rich and famous.
It was snowing heavily, so there was no way we could
get there.
10	The adverbs therefore, thus, accordingly, hence and
consequently are formal ways of showing a cause,
reason and result. These words usually go at the
beginning of a sentence and are separated by a
comma.
Therefore. McAdam tried out a new type of road.
There were more cars. Consequently, roads became
worse.
Use in case only if you are describing a future
possible reason for doing something, not for a
future possible situation.
lake a sandwich in case you get hungry.
fit stay at home if it rains. NOT _. nr ease it rams
► See Umts 35,36 and 37 for more information on if.
Linking words 2: reason, purpose and result 197
Practice
A Underline the correct option.
1	I'm wet because/so that it’s raining.
2	As/For it’s already ten o’clock, we really need to finish.
3	I did it because/in order that you told me to!
4	Now/In orderthat Jo knows, she feels happier.
5	Remind him because/so that he won’t forget.
6	Lesley was excited because/because of the party.
7	A: Why did you come?
B: Because/As I wanted to see Justin.
8	I was tired, because/so I went to bed early.
9	There’s a great place since/forcycling in the park.
10	Therefore, /In order that we have a serious problem.
11	Phone me if/in case you get there.
12	Take a good book to read if/in case the plane is late.
D Join the sentences using different
linking words. More than one answer
is possible.
1	James was 15. He still went to school.
Sitvce Jameswas 15, ke still..........
went to school.
......... ...
2	Nicky is angry. Don’t speak to her.
3 It’s your birthday. You can go home
early.
В Match the pairs.
1	I saved some money because
2	I needed some money so that
3	John did it quickly as
4	John did it quickly in order that
5	Claudia wasn’t feeling well because
6	Claudia wasn’t feeling well, so
7	Now you know English,
8	In order to know English
9	Hide your money if
10	Hide your money in case
a I could buy my gran a present
b I didn’t spend much.
a he could finish on time.
b he didn’t have much time.
a she ate something bad.
b she phoned the doctor.
a you should study French.
b you need to study hard.
a someone steals it.
b you know a safe place.
4 Lisa bought some fruit. She wanted
to make a cake.
5 The Internet is working now. Check
your email.
C Complete each sentence b so that it means the same as sentence a, using
the word in brackets.
6 Luke is training hard. He wants to get
on the school team.
1	a Jack felt bad and stayed at home, (because)
b Jack stayed at home......................because U felt................bad.
2	a It might rain so take your umbrella, (case)
b Take your umbrella ................
3	a I flew because it saved time, (order)
b I flew	time.
4	a Since it’s Friday, you can stay out later, (seeing)
b	, you can stay out later.
5	a These shoes are specially designed so that you can run on grass, (ideal)
b These shoes are	on grass.
6	a Bad driving is the main cause of road accidents, (of)
b Most road accidents happen..................................................
7	a Sally must feel great because her exams are over, (now)
b ..........................................have	finished, she must feel great.
8	a Mike and Sarah went early in order to get a ticket, (so)
b Mike and Sarah went early .................................could	get a ticket.
7 Leona didn’t understand. She didn’t
know Spanish.
8 It’s a lovely day. It would be nice to
have a picnic.
198
E Complete the text with appropriate linking words.
Route 66 is a famous road which once went 3,940 km
from the east to the west of the USA. It was built in 1926
1 because there was no road transport across
the country Many poor farmers travelled along Route 66
in the 1930s 2	to move to California.
They went1	they could find work
there.
The road was very useful3 4	people
driving on business. Therefore, many shops, restaurants
and hotels opened along Route 66 5 6
drivers could take a break on their journeys The first
McDonald's restaurant opened on Route 66.
A new. bigger road was
built next to Route 66 and
the
famous road became, sadly,
less important. In 1985,
Route 66 was taken off the
road map 7
it was no longer an official
state road The road was broken up,8
it became a system of smaller roads.9
it is no longer possible to dnve along Route 66 today.
However, there is a Route 66 museum and even a Route
66 fan club10	the road is still very
famous.
F Complete the sentences using linking words.
1	tW M Los tdplauu4 , everyone understands.
2	Jake apologised to his teacher
3
. let's begin the game.
4 Julie is saving money	____
5 Alex started laughing
6 Tomorrow is Vicky's birthday,
G Complete the sentences with your own ideas.
1	Sally worked hard since t>ke Iut4 a test du WKt <{ai|
2	Jim was tired because
3	It was a lovely day. so
4	Be careful with that glass .n case
5	As
. Sam didn't have breakfast.
6	Now
.you can relax.
7	The supermarket made their prices cheaper in order
that
Circle the correct option.
1 Transport was difficult roads were bad. a because b for c so that
2 it was 1830, there were no cars. a For b So c As
3 He built better roads people could travel more quickly a in order b so that c for
4 Taris making roads stronger, a for b because c since
5 Transport got better , prices went down. a Because b So that c Therefore
Linking words 2: reason, purpose and result 199
Review: indirect speech; relative clauses;
word formation; it and there; linking words
A You are interviewing Sophie Dickens, who writes novels
for teenagers. Rewrite Sophie’s answers as indirect
statements, using the words in brackets. Sometimes
more than one answer is possible.
1	‘OK. I’ll answer some of your guest ions.'(agreed)
Sophie ajtwi to answer sonu of nuj
2	‘I’ll be as open and honest as I can.’ (promised)
She
3	‘I know what my readers are interested in.' (knew)
She
4	‘Tell me what you think about my last book.’(asked)
She
5	‘It's true some readers didn’t like the ending of my last
book.’(admitted)
She
6	'In my opinion, it’s my best book so far.’(thought)
She
7	‘I've tried to introduce more humour into my new
book.’(said)
She
8	‘I've been reading about birds in preparation for
another writing project.’(told)
She
9	‘Young writers like you should read as much as
possible.’(advised)
She
6	Amalia asked the little girl how old she was/was she.
7	We often talk about how can we/how we can improve
our environment.
8	I wonder where my keys are/where are my keys.
9	There is some doubt about if/whether we should go
by bus or by train.
10	Can you tell me how can I/how I can solve this
problem quickly?
C Join the sentences using relative pronouns. Sometimes
more than one answer is possible. Then underline the
pronouns that can be left out.
1	This is the cafe. I told you it was good.
Tkfo ii> tfie cale wkick I was. jooi /
Tkb fe tke cafe tkat I tc Ld jot* was амА.
2	There are two people at the door. They want to speak
to you.
3	That’s the house! My dad was born there.
4	Martin Amis is a famous author. His father was a
writer too.
5	Look at that boy. Emily’s sitting next to him.
6	It was a great day. I’ll never forget it.
7	I have two good friends. They always come when I
need help.
В Underline the correct option.
1	I’m not sure where we are /are we going this evening.
2	She asked me what should she do/what she should do.
3	Enrico doesn't know to/doesn’t know how to use a
washing machine.
4	Lizzie couldn’t decide whether or not/if or not to go
home.
5	I asked my brother what was he/what he was looking
at.
8	My cousin goes to a school. They have hardly any rules
there.
9	This song is about a woman. Her life was very hard.
10	This photo is of an old friend. I used to play tennis
with her.
200
D Complete the text with new words formed from the
words in brackets.
A long time before J R R Tolkien’s x(die) deatk
in 1973, his books, 2(special)	The Lord of
the Rings, had become very ^fashion).............
in many countries round the world. Since the 1970s,
their 4(popular)	has continued to grow.
Tolkien himself was a very quiet man who was s[comfort)
with all the attention directed at him.
He didn’t write his books in order to become 6(fame)
. In fact, he wrote his first book, The
Hobbit, to read to his children. His books are actually
full of things he was interested in, like 7(tradition)
ways of life, religion, old stories and
languages. His deep love and 8(know)	of
languages, particularly ancient ones like Old English, Old
Icelandic and Old German, helped him to invent new but
’(believe)	languages for the characters in
his books. Not everyone likes Tolkien’s work, and when The
Lord of the Rings was first published, it received quite a lot
of I0(criticise)	. Far more people, however,
expressed admiration for Tolkien's incredible H(imagine)
and 12(skill)	storytelling,
and they still do.
E Complete the sentences using it and there.
1	fkeri is a strange insect in the bathroom.
It is flying around the light.
2	is someone at the door. I don’t know
who_________________is.
3	is an interesting market in the town
square on Saturdays.	will only take us
20 minutes to get ________________
4	iseasytobuy books on the Internet,
is no point travelling so far to buy
them.
5	is a big, black cloud coming towards
us.	looks as if we’re going to get wet.
6	doesn't matter if you use all the
paper.	is more in the cupboard.
7	isn’t enough time to cook a big meal
now.	is very easy to make a sandwich
instead.
8	will be a party for the opening of the
new sports centre.	is reported that
several well-known people will be at the party.
9	is no good complaining.
is no more ice cream for anyone.
10	is a shame we didn’t get to the
museum earlier, because	is such a lot
to see.
F Underline the correct option.
Dear Editor,
I am writing 'for / to tell you what I think
about the plan to build two new car parks in
the city centre.2Although I However it is true
that we have a problem with too many cars
parked at the side of the road, building more
car parks is not the solution 3as / but this will
only encourage more people to drive into
the centre. We already have too many cars
in the city centre. 4So I But, we should try
to stop people driving there, not encourage
them. 5On the one hand I Moreover, we need
to make big changes 6before I whereas the
problem becomes even worse.
7Firstly I Similarly, we need to close some
of the city centre streets to traffic. BOn the
contrary / In addition, we need to make it
very expensive to park cars in the centre.
aNext I Finally, we need a much better bus
service 10so /in case more people will be
happy to travel by bus. At the moment, the
buses are uncomfortable and expensive and,
11above all / nevertheless, they are very slow.
'2 Lastly / On the other hand, we need to
make it safer for people to cycle, 13so / then
more special paths for bicycles are needed.
Many cities have made changes like these
14for / in order to reduce the amount of traffic
in their centres. We should do the same.
Review 6 201
Verb tenses
statement		negative	questions
Present simple			
l/you/we/they he/she/it	work works	do not work (1 don’t work) does not work (he doesn't work)	Do 1 work? Does he work?
Present continuous			
1 you/we/they he/she/it	am working (I’m working) are working (you’re working) is working (it’s working)	am not working (I’m not working) are not working (you’re not / you aren’t working) is not working (it’s not /it isn’t working)	Am 1 working? Are you working? Is it working?
Past simple			
l/you/he/she/it/we/they	worked	did not work (you didn’t work)	Did you work?
Present perfect simple			
l/you/we/they he/she/it	have worked (they’ve worked) has worked (she’s worked)	have not worked (they haven’t worked) has not worked (she hasn’t worked)	Have they worked? Has she worked?
Present perfect continuous			
l/you/we/they	have been working (you've been working)	have not been working (you haven’t been working)	Have you been working?
he/she/it	has been working (he’s been working)	has not been working (he hasn’t been working)	Has he been working?
Past perfect simple			
l/you/he/she/ it/we/they	had worked (you had worked)	had not worked (you hadn’t worked)	Had you worked?
Past perfect continuous			
l/you/he/she/ it/we/they	had been working (she had been working)	had not been working (she hadn’t been working)	Had she been working?
202
Irregular verbs
infinitive	past simple	past participle
be	was/were	been
beat	beat	beaten
become	became	become
begin	began	begun
bend	bent	bent
bet	bet	bet
bite	bit	bitten
blow	blew	blown
break	broke	broken
bring	brought	brought
broadcast	broadcast	broadcast
build	built	built
burst	burst	burst
buy	bought	bought
catch	caught	caught
choose	chose	chosen
come	came	come
cost	cost	cost
creep	crept	crept
cut	cut	cut
deal	dealt	dealt
dig	dug	dug
do	did	done
draw	drew	drawn
drink	drank	drunk
drive	drove	driven
eat	ate	eaten
fall	fell	fallen
feed	fed	fed
feel	felt	felt
fight	fought	fought
find	found	found
flee	fled	fled
fly	flew	flown
forbid	forbade	forbidden
forget	forgot	forgotten
forgive	forgave	forgiven
freeze	froze	frozen
get	got	got
give	gave	given
go	went	gone
grow	grew	grown
hang	hung	hung
have	had	had
hear	heard	heard
hide	hid	hidden
hit	hit	hit
hold	held	held
hurt	hurt	hurt
keep	kept	kept
kneel	knelt	knelt
know	knew	known
lay	laid	laid
lead	led	ted
leave	left	left
lend	lent	lent
let	let	let
lie	lay	lain
I infinitive	past simple	past participle
light	lit	lit
lose	lost	lost
make	made	made
mean	meant	meant
meet	met	met
pay	paid	paid
put	put	put
read	read	read
ride	rode	ridden
ring	rang	rung
rise	rose	risen
run	ran	run
say	said	said
see	saw	seen
seek	sought	sought
sell	sold	sold
send	sent	sent
set	set	set
sew	sewed	sewn/sewed
shake	shook	shaken
shine	shone	shone
shoot	shot	shot
show	showed	shown/showed
shrink	shrank	shrunk
shut	shut	shut
sing	sang	sung
sink	sank	sunk
sit	sat	sat
sleep	slept	slept
slide	slid	slid
speak	spoke	spoken
spend	spent	spent
spit	spat	spat
split	split	split
spread	spread	spread
spring	sprang	sprung
stand	stood	stood
steal	stole	stolen
stick	stuck	stuck
sting	stung	stung
stink	stank	stunk
strike	struck	struck
swear	swore	sworn
sweep	swept	swept
swim	swam	swum
swing	swung	swung
take	took	taken
teach	taught	taught
tear	tore	torn
tell	told	told
think	thought	thought
throw	threw	thrown
understand	understood	understood
wake	woke	woken
wear	wore	worn
weep	wept	wept
win	won	won
write	wrote	written	
Appendices 203
Glossary
afford	to have enough money to buy something 19	get fit glove
agriculture	the work of growing plants and looking	
	after animals which are then used for	graphologist
	food 4	gravity
alarm clock	a clock that makes a noise to wake you 18	
architect	someone who designs buildings 7	helmet
bilingual	using or able to speak two languages 30	hero
boarding school	a school where students live and study 28	
burglar	someone who gets into buildings illegally and steals things 1	high heels
CCTV	closed circuit television: a system of television cameras filming in shops and	homesick
	public places so that people can watch and protect those places 26	hunter
colleague	someone that you work with 26	hurricane
composer	someone who writes music 22	ID
copper	a soft, red-brown metal 33	
crack	a line on the surface of something that is	inflation
	damaged 32	inhabitant
crash	If a vehicle crashes, it hits something by accident. 7	junk food
credit card	a small plastic card that allows you to buy	kid
	something and pay for it later 22	knee pad
creep	to move very quietly and carefully 1	
currency	the money used in a particular country 3	monument
detective	someone whose job is to discover information about a crime 45	
disaster	a very bad situation, especially something that causes a lot of harm or damage 6	nuclear bomb
diving	the activity or sport of swimming under	
	water, usually using special breathing equipment 32	online
dumb	stupid or silly 41	part-time
earthquake	a sudden movement of the Earth’s surface,	
	often causing damage 6	passenger
entrance exam	an examination which you take to decide if you can be accepted into a school, etc. 4	
erosion	where parts of land or buildings disappear because of the effect of the weather 13	penny
estate	an area with a lot of buildings of the same type 26	publisher
extreme sport	a sport that is very dangerous and	
	exciting 29	ranger
gang	a group of criminals who work together 26	
become healthy and strong 18
a piece of clothing which covers your
fingers and hand 18
a person who studies handwriting 17
the force that makes objects fall to the
ground 10
a hard hat that protects your head 29
a very brave man that a lot of people
admire 2
women’s shoes with heels raised high off
the ground 32
feeling sad because you are away from
your home 28
a person or an animal that hunts animals
for food or for sport 9
a bad storm with very strong winds 6
identification: an official document that
shows or proves who you are 33
an increase in prices 3
someone who lives somewhere 14
food which is bad for your body but quick
to eat 24
a child 30
a piece of soft thick cloth or rubber which
is used to protect the knee 29
something that is built to make people
remember a famous person or something
important that happened 32
a very powerful weapon that explodes
using power that is made when an atom is
divided 9
connected to a system of computers,
especially the Internet 24
working or studying only for part of the
day or the week 24
someone who is travelling in a car, train,
etc., but not controlling the car, train,
etc. 2
a small coin in the US worth one cent; a
small coin in the UK (=-^ of a pound) 41
a company or person who prepares and
prints books, newspapers, magazines,
etc. 19
someone whose job is to look after a
forest or a park 6
204
refund	an amount of money that is given back to	tram	an electric vehicle for carrying passengers,
regret	you, especially because you are not happy with something you have bought 45 to feel sorry about a situation, especially	try on	mostly in cities, which moves along metal lines in the road 34 to put on a piece of clothing to see if it
	something that you wish you had not done 19	tsunami	fits 18 an extremely large wave from the sea
remote control	a piece of equipment that is used to		which causes a lot of damage to buildings,
robot	control something such as a television from a distance 18 a machine controlled by a computer, which		etc. on land and is often caused by an earthquake (= sudden movement of the Earth’s surface) under the sea 6
	can move and do other things that people	twin	one of two children who are born to the
rottweiler	can do 7 a type of large, powerful dog 1	vaccine	same mother at the same time 30 a substance that is given to people to stop
rust	a dark orange substance that you get on		them from getting a particular disease 7
	metal when it is wet 33	virtual	using computer images and sounds that
safe	a strong metal box with locks where you		make you think an imagined situation is
scream	keep money, jewellery, etc. 32 to make a loud, high noise with your voice	windsurfing	real 7 a sport in which you sail across water by
security	because you are afraid or hurt 1 the things that are done to keep someone		standing on a board and holding onto a large sail 45
	or something safe 22	worthless	having no value in money 3
smart	clever 41	zoology	the scientific study of animals and how
solar panel	a piece of equipment that changes light		they behave 4
sour speed bump spy steel surfer survivor swell tin trainer	from the sun into electricity 34 having a sharp taste like a lemon, and not sweet 21 a small raised area built across a road to force people to drive more slowly 26 someone who secretly tries to find information about a person, country, etc. 22,45 a very strong metal made from iron, used for making knives, machines, etc. 33 a person who rides on a wave on a special board 29 someone who continues to live after almost dying because of an accident, illness, etc. 6 an old fashioned US English word for‘very good’ 36 a soft silver metal 33 a soft sports shoe 18		
Glossary 205
Grammar index
а/ап 97,100
a lot of/ lots of 105
adjectives 126,127,130,131,135
adverb phrases 138,139
adverbs 131,135,138,139
any 100,101
articles 97
be + to-infinitive 39
be able to 45
be about to 39
be going to 31
both 101
can 45
can’t 45,53
can't have 57
certainty 53,57
comparatives 130,131
conditionals 151,155,159
could 49,53,61
couldn’t have 57
didn't have to 49
each 101
every 101
few 105,131
first conditional 151
future continuous 35
future forms 31,35,39
future perfect 39
had better 45
had to 49
have to 45
indirect questions 169
indirect speech 165,169
indirect statements 165
it 189
less 131
linking verbs 91
linking words 192,193,197
little 105
many 105,131
may 53,61
may have 57
might 53
might have 57
modals of ability 45,49
modals of obligation 45,49
more 131
most 105
much 105,131
must 45,53
must have 57
need 45
need to have 49
needed to 49
neither 101
no 100,101
none 101
offers 61
ought to 45
ought to have 49
passive 143,147
past continuous 11
past perfect continuous 27
past perfect simple 27
past simple 10,11
permission 61
phrasal verbs 79
plenty of 105
possibility 53,56
prefixes 181,185
prepositional verbs 75
prepositions 112,113,120,121
present continuous 7,35
present perfect 19,22,23,39
present perfect continuous 23
present perfect simple 19,22,23
present simple 6,7,19,35
promises 61
pronouns (reciprocal) 109
pronouns (reflexive) 109
quantifiers 100,101,105
question forms 67
question tags 71
relative clauses (defining) 173
relative clauses (non-defining) 177
reported speech 165,169
requests 61
second conditional 151
shall 61
should 45
should have 49
some 100,101
state verbs 7
suffixes 181,185
suggestions 61
superlatives 135
the 97
there 189
third conditional 155
to-infinitive 39,83,87
transitive verbs 117
used to 15
verb + -ing form 83
verb + object + to-infinitive 87
verb + to-infinitive 83
will 31,61
word formation 181,185
would 15,61
zero conditional 151
206
Answer key
1 Present simple and present continuous
A 2 is creeping 3 hears 4 is watching
5 turns 6 doesn't see 7 starts
8 is watching 9 hears 10 sees
11 is sitting 12 Are you talking 13 asks
14 says 15 laughs 16 does your owner call
17 replies 18 I don't know 19 don’t want
20 says 21 runs
8 2a is increasing; are staying; are not (aren't)
travelling
3d is (’$] always talking; is fs) always losing
4e am (’m) working
5b goes: travels
C 3b 4a 5a 6b 7b 8a 9b 10a
D 2 is fs) weighing 3 do not (don't) have
4	is not (isn't/'snot) having 5 are you thinking
6	do you think 7 do not (don't) look
8	are not (aren't) looking
E Possible answers
2	do they get home 3 is... going
4	Do. agree 5 are you laughing
6	Do you remember 7 are you reading
8	are you crying
F Possible answers
2	He doesn't eat meat
3	I don't earn very much.
4	She's working at the supermarket
5	we’re waiting for you!
6	that man is wearing strange clothes.
7	I haven't got / don't have any brothers or sisters
8	he's forever telling me what to do.
2 Past simple and past continuous
A 2 did 3 had 4 got 5 opened 6 ate
7 swam 8 shouted 9 fell 10 tried
11 knew 12 became
В 2 was crying 3 Were... watching
4 was not (wasn’t) working 5 were waiting
6 Was... living 7 were having
8 was not (wasn't) snowing 9 was... dreaming
10 were not [weren’t] playing
С 2a 3a 4b 5b 6b 7a 8a
D Possible answers
2	Peter was riding his bike.
3	Maggie was carrying some bags.
4	Terry and Sue were running.
5	Dan was singing.
6	Steve and Amanda were talking
7	Arthur was cleaning the windows.
8	Sally was open! ng her umbrella.
E Possible answers
2	He remembered his car keys while he was
walking to his car.
3	As he was coming back, he saw a woman with
a picture
4	He shouted as the woman was running away.
5	Martha was cleaning the room when the
lights went out
6	She was looking for some matches when the
lights came on.
7	She noticed glass on the floor as she was
looking around.
would plaii
В И BQ
8	Sam was sitting at his desk when the phone
rang.
9	As he was picking up the phone, a strange
woman came in.
10	While he was speaking, the woman went out
F 2c 3a 4d 5b 6d 7d 8b 9b 10a
11c 12b
3 Used to and would
A 2 used to 3 didn't use to 4 didn't use to
S used to 6 used to 7 didn't use to
8 used to 9 didn't use to 10 used to
В 3 He used to work in the prison kitchen.
4 He did not (didn't) use(d) / used not to like his
neighbours.
5 He used to write letters.
6 He used to wear a prison uniform.
7 He did not (didn't) use|d| / used not to see his
friends.
8 He used to go to bed early.
9 He used to feel sad.
10 He d id not (d idn't) use(d) / used not to be free
С I remember my childhood very welt. Every
would ай
summer, we wentv to the seaside.
I was ten years old and I loved the sea. I
on the beach and my father bought v'me an
«oulijo
ice cream. Sometimes we went' bn a boat. Some
wmU smk	wmU fak
people swem * around the boat, others fished *,
v.suU«a«k
others watched ' One trip my sister fell into the
sea! Luckily, she was a good swimmer. That was
<оби1л walk
very funny In the evenings, we walked Y around
till
the town. My mother ttdd * us stories about
would listen
all the places and we listened v very carefully.
W&lUfltll
At night I fel+ * asleep feeling very happy. A
wonderful time!
D 3 phoned 4 used to speak / spoke
5	used to play / would play
6	didn't use to know 7 Did it used to be
8	used to carry / would carry 9 didn't work
10 never used to worry / would never worry
11 used to be
E 2 used to do / would do
3	did not (didn't) use(d) / used not to go
4	Did Mike used to be 5 would get up
6	never used to be 7 would always shout
8	used to / would have
F 2 was/used to be
3	used to cost / would cost / cost
4	would get / got 5 used to buy / would buy
6	left 7 came 8 became
9 used to exchange / would exchange /
exchanged 10 made
4 Present perfect, past simple, present
simple
A 2 have married, met 3 has broken; ran
4 has lost; called 5 has gone; said
6 have built; started
В 2 has lived 3 is 4 doesn’t speak
5 hasn’t spoken 6 Have you ever seen
7 have played 8 doesn't taste
9 has had 10 thinks
С 3a 4b 5b 6a 7a 8b 9b
10a Ila 12b 13a 14b 15b 16a
D 2 has not (hasn't /'s not| finished
3	has fs) happened 4 phoned 5 told
6	is 7 was 8 Have spoken
9	have not (haven't /'ve not) seen
10	did... start 11 took
12	have not (haven't /'ve not) missed
E 2a 3b 4b 5a 6b 7d 8a 9a 10c
F Possible answers
2	When did you decide to become a DJ?
3	What do you like about Greece?
4	When did the hotel open?
5	Has anybody famous stayed in the hotel?
6	Do you get any time off?
7	Have you ever wanted to do something different?
5 Present perfect simple and present
perfect continuous
A 2 I have been looking for you everywhere.
3	Mike hasn't been feeling well.
4	We have been giving her advice.
5	Who has been eating my chocolate?
6	My dad has been helping me.
7	The phones haven't been working.
8	Have you been doing that crossword?
В 2 been listening
4 has been singing
6 has been reading
8 have been thinking
10 has been drinking
C for
[ages]
a longtime
my whole life
the rest of the year
two months
D Possible answers
2
3
4
5
6
E 2
4
5
F 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3 hasn’t come
5 taken
7 has finished
9 hasn’t understood
since
February
it happened
I got home
midnight
she was two years old
Christmas
They have ('ve| been eating (chocolate).
She has fs) been sleeping
He has fs) been studying.
They have (’ve) been fighting.
It has fs) been raining.
have been getting 3 have been working
has been decreasing / getting smaller
have been visiting 6 have been spending
I have teamed German.
Shelly has been driving for two hours.
The children have broken the window.
They have been playing tennis since 12.00
I have forgotten my keys.
My sister has been telling me a joke.
Ed has watched the film twice.
Answer key 207
G 2 havefve) been standing
3	have(ve)frozen
4	has not [hasn’t /'s not) been
5	have not (haven't /'ve not) sold / have not
(haven't /'ve not] been selling
6	has fs) got / has fs| been gett ing
7	have (ve) been thinking
8	have fve) decided
9	have fve) left / have fve) been leaving
10	Have .„had
6 Past perfect simple and past perfect
continuous
A	2c	3e	4a	5d	6b
В	2a	3b	4b	5a	6b	7b	8a
С	a4	Ы	c6	d5	e7	f3	g8	h2
D 2 had been hoping 3 had come 4 had gone
5 had been waiting 6 had done
7 had been playing 8 hadn't heard
E 2 had already made; ended 3 had visited; knew
4	thanked; had given
5	had just finished; arrived
6	came; had been watching/had watched
7	thought; had not (hadn’t) been
8	wasn't; had intended
F 2 caused 3 died 4 told 5 had travelled
6 had begun 7 had been running
8 arrived 9 had not (hadn’t) had
10 saw 11 returned 12 lost
13 had been fishing 14 did not (didn't) come
7 Will and be going to
A Possible answers
2 will probably travel 3 will certainly be
4 will possibly have 5 will possibly be able to
6 probably won’t be 7 definitely won’t have
8 definitely won't be able to
8 2 He is |'s) going to fall over.
3	She is fs] going to drop them.
4	They are (’re) going to do some exercise.
5	It isfs) going to break
6	He is fs) goi ng to burn in the sun.
C 2 This will be the runner's last race.
3	What are they going to do when they leave
school?
4	My dad's going to pick me up afterwards.
5	It will not bite you.
6	lom(‘m|goingtopaintmyroom.
7	What do you think he will do now?
8	ril(wrlf) take it to the shop
D 2 won't leave; know 3 will ('ll) be; finds out
4	will (’ll) have; are fre] 5 pay; won’t have
6 won't be; starts 7 grows up; will ('ll) be
8 work; will ('ll) do well
E 2 ’ll 3 will / is going to 4 s going to
5 are going to 6 'll 7 ’s going to
8 will / is going to
F 2 will win/is going to win
3	am |’m) going to stay
4	will ill) land / are fre) going to land
5	will (’ll) have 6 am (’m) going to sell
7 will (’ll) buy 8 won’t like
8 Present continuous and present simple
for future use; future continuous
A 2g 3b 4e 5f 6d 7a
8 Possible answers
2 Harriet will be reading some notes for the
meeting.
3 Harriet will be sleeping on the plane.
4 Harriet arrives at Heathrow, London.
5 Harriet will be waiting for her next flight.
6 Harriet leaves Heathrow, London
7 Harriet arrives in Berlin, Germany.
8 Harriet will be having a meeting in Berlin.
C 2 am ('m) going to get
3	am ('m) meeting/going to meet
4	are not (aren't) going to be able to
(= prediction. See Unit 7.)
5	am (’m) going to find (- prediction. See Unit 71
6	am I'm) going to travel 7 am fm) going to
8	are spending / are going to spend
9	are ... going to live
10	am fm) going to rent
11	are looking at / are going to look at
D 2 leaves / is leaving. 3 going to say
4 will be thinking 5 babysitting
6 I'm helping 7 is retiring / is going to retire
8 re not arriving / don't arrive 9 shall betaiking
E 2 spends
3» a о I 1 f a 1 1 kJ 1 rsam
VTTT I 11> IC<11 j	I •
4	^k44*t^ is
5	will not be brewing h-not breaking
6	wiH jet tn
7	shell be beginning
8	picks up
9	is being like *s like
niil i rr J iewv
FTTTVV Xn1KTTT)5
F Possible answers
2	I’m going to the dentist tomorrow and I am
leaving the house at 11.30, so come before
then.
3	I’ve got long hair and I'll be wearing a brown
suit.
4	What time does the show start’
5	I’m having dinner with my cousin
6	I'm going to a club with my friends
9 Future perfect and other future forms
A 2018-graduate
2020 start my own business
2030 - become a millionaire
2035 - buy a 10 million dollar house
2040 sell this house for a big profit
2041 move to an island
2050 - retire to the island
2 he will have graduated.
3 he will have started his own business.
4 he will have become a millionaire.
5 he will have bought a 10 million dollar house.
6 he will have sold this / that house for a big profit.
7 he will have moved to an island.
8 he will have retired to the island.
Possible answers
2 By next year, I will have learned to swim.
3 By 2020,1 will have got married.
4 By 2030,1 will have written my autobiography.
8 2 She will have studied for five hours.
3 She will have watched TV for 12 hours.
4 She will have run 65 km.
5 She will have slept 55 hours.
6 She will have dnven 10 hours.
7 She will have given E20 to ‘Save the Animals'.
C 2 She is fs) on the point of winning.
3	He is fs) about to sing.
4	She is fs) on the verge of jumping.
5	They are fre) about to drink.
6	ltisfs)onthepointofbuming.
D 2 I was going to phone him.
3	It was going to rain.
4	He was going to open the window.
5	They were going to meet me.
6	She was going to move (house).
E 3 At 12:00, the Prime Minister is to speak at a
conference and the Queen is to give prizes to
school children
4 At 13:30. the Queen and the Prime Minister are
to have lunch.
5 At 16:00, the Queen is to see the King of
Shangri-La and the Prime Minister is to go to a
business meeting.
6 At 18:00. the Prime Minister is to give a talk to
Economics students.
7 At 18:30, the Queen is to open a theatre.
8 At 2100, the Queen and the Prime Minister are
to return home
F 2a 3a 4b 5c 6a 7c 8a 9b 10c lib
R1 Review: present, past and future forms
A 2 is having 3 'm thinking
4 is forever getting
5 Does your mum usually take 6 is still growing
7 don't believe 8 is borrowing
9 doesn't get 10 just complete
8	2 was putting on 3 have not (haven't) eaten
4 did not (didn't) mean 5 have... had
6 had fd) been driving 7 have been playing
8 have fve) known 9 had fd) seen
10 did ... wake up
C 2 since 3 ago 4 When 5 then 6 during
7 for 8 ever 9 never 10 recently
11 still
D 2 used toplay football
3	had already started by the
4	has been learning English for
5	Had you ever been
6	have never / haven't / haven t ever visited / been
to
7	long have you been playing
8	would always say
E	2b	3a	4a	5c	6c	7b	8a	9c	10a
F	2a	3c	4b	5c	6a	7c	8b	9a	10c
10 Modals of ability and obligation 1
A	2a	31	4h	5d	6j	7e	8c	9g	10b
В 2 must 3 will be able to 4 don't have to
5 Can 6 mustn't 7 Should she 8 should
9	could 10 have got to 11 don't need to
12 can
C Possible answers
2	He must like children
He doesn't have to stay late at work.
He can have long holidays.
3	She has to be fit
She should speak English.
She must train hard.
4	He must like travelling.
He ought to have a good manager.
He is able to make a lot of money.
5	I have to do the washing-up every day.
I can swim more than a kilometre.
I don't have to get up early at the weekend
D 2 Jillmust/should/hasto/oughito/needsto
eat more.
3	Emily can cook very well.
4	We mustn't / shouldn't / ought not to stop.
5	You don't have to / needn't / don’t need to wait
There is no need (for you) to wait.
6	Jo can / is able to speak French.
7	Will you be able to come / Can you come
tomorrow?
8	They have to / must go.
E Possible answers
3	has to
There is a party.
4	ought to
Tomorrow I need to get up early.
5	don't have to
We've already visited iL
6	must
She didn’t pass.
208
7	rwetfto
She is angry with me
В isn’t Ji* to
He has broken nis arm
F 2a	3b	4b	Sa	6c	7b 8a	9b 10г
] 1 Modals of ability and obligation 2
A 2h	la	4f	Sb	й	7e 8c
В 2 We had toneeded to go
3 We couldn't / warant aUuwcd lo go
4 You should have bought iL
S She didn t need to come
6	They could/were аЫе toх>ей Fvercn
7	He had Toneeded to sleep.
8	He wasn't able to / couldn't be here
C 2 had to 3 needed to speak
4 didn't has* to 5 was able to
6 Wouldn't Mve 7 could В didn't need to
9 Were you лЫе 10 weren't allowed to
D 2 She coJdn't/ wasn’t .ji wed to eat ad the
chocolates
3	She cocid / was аЫо to use his computer.
4	She had to buy some paper.
S She didn't need to didn't have to finish the
report
6	She raottad to ,* had to chock his emails
7	She didn't need ta/thdn4 have to go to the
meeting.
8	She couldn't ? wasn't allowad ю 1c*gel
Maggie s birthday
f Possible answers
2	People rcukint send emails.
They had to wrte letters.
3	They weren't ab.r to travel much.
They had to use buses ind trams.
4	Children could play all day.
They tfidnl have to $tudy.
5	People needed to buy food every day
They couklnl hire ccCd dnnks in summer
6	Doctors couldn't help mary people.
Pdop и needed to go a tong way to find
a hospital
F 2c 3a 4d Sc fib 7d 8a 9d 10b
lib 12c
12 Possibility and certainty tn the
present and future
A 2 The green square must be a il
3 The yellow square must be a •
4 The pink square can't be a t
$ The grey square can the a •
6 The nhin square must be a ♦
В 2 musiberkh 3 must be fit
4	must be tired
5	must be disappointed
6	пч»Я be bored 7 must be anjyy
C 2 She may / might not ha»e the address.
3	She could / may ' г»лкн be working late
4	She cm»id / may Г rraght ba ill
5	5he coud) may / m»gla lie buying a present.
6	She caaMdmay / might have a problem with
he*phone
7	She might/may not be coming.
0 2 The scientist tud life might exist on other
planets / The scientist said there might be
life on other planets
3	Hr could go to prison.
4	He might not know much about <a<v
5	We may rot see her again
6	Wearing glasses might make your eyesight
worse
7	He could oe wrirg
В We rnghr rot go on holiday this tumrriev.
9	i may phone her later
10	He doMr't say much - he may be shy.
E Possible answers
2	must be |very/ reallyl hungry
3	could I may ! might know / know his name /
know *ho it л
4	could у may ,.' might be i waiting) theie
5	must be (getting) old
6	can't be coming
7	cm. d / may / rwght be Mana's
8	cant be Amy
F Possible answers
2	She might |Ae eat ing leaves.
She trjy not be very wall
Georgina could be a giraf e
3	fark may not have any petrol in the car
A tar magazine could be taking bs photo.
He might be waiting fur someone who doesn't
arrive.
4	The cat may be afraid of mice
The mouse could be wry big
Г ha cat Could be mgetaran.
There might to a very b»g dog behind the
mouse
13 Possibility and certainty tn the past
a	21	Ь	й	51	6g	7d
В	2d	3f	4h	Sa	6e	7g	8b
C 2 He must have passed his test.
3	You must have looked silly.
4	He must have made a mistake
5	That must have been vetyfnghtenmg.
6	They must ha*e ger* cut.
7	You must have slept very well
D 3 He must have got married in London.
4	Me can't luve teen burn m 190Q |Hc was 25
h
5	He may , might not have had any children |We
don't know.|
6	Sarah may •' might have been older than hm.
iWecan'1 road this)
7	They may f might have met wnile they we»e
wxkirK. (They were both servants.)
F 2 nuymight haw seen
3	must have had 4 cant have looked after
5	may / m'jht have broken
6	can't have made
F 2 You must have been a good friend of Join $
3	she may/might not have understood
4	The accident could might ham been a lol
worse
5	She didn't play very well -she may /might
have been nervous
6	I can't / couldn't have imagined It.
7	Youmay/might m>i hrf«e heard whal he said
0 Something must have gene wrong,
14 Requests, permission, offers,
suggestions, promises
A 2 Could 3 Will 4 WnU.1 5 not making
6 shall 7 tit 8 w*l
8 2 Could 3 mmd 4 II.'shall 5 W.II/CoOd
6 could 7 Shall ./Could
C Possible answers
2	We might go for a para.
3	How about going camping?
4	Why don't we go shop png ц Turner's?
5	Let's go to the стета
6	Shall we gel a new phnne?
О Possible answers
2	Could we go for а риса?
3	May we go camp ng
4	Can we go shopping?
5	Do you mind if we go to the cinema?
6	IS It all right if we get a new phone?
E Possible answers
2	Do you mind if I Open the window?
3	Could yuu possibly тоя» уомг bags?
4	Could I sea ynur i<k.e«x please?
S I’ll open the door for you.
6	Shall I carry уtxa bug?
F 2 Shall I tell you 3 Why don't we ulk
4 Shall I make dinner 5 ft it all right 4
6 Do you mind 7 Cotdd you posvbly
8 May I see the doctor
R2 Rcs’icw: modal»
A 2b )c 4a fc 6u 7a
В 2c За 4c 5b 6a
7b 8a 9c 10г 1U 12b
C 2 might 3 might not 4 can't
5 may 6 mighinot 7 could
8 (M’t 9 may not 10 тия
D 2 may have taken 3 c mt have had
4 may have forgotten 5 must have found
6 mutt have missed 7 (Ml have known
8 must have doo 9 might not have made
10 may have lost
E 2b 3a 4a Sc 6b 7c 8c
F 2 Could / Can 3 must have , may nave
4 have to 5 should have h could Mvt
7 need /have 8 better 9 may/might
10 don't you 11 can't
15 Question forma
A 2 Is Clare washirigkvfr hair?
3	When did you see her?
4	Who was the firsl president of America?
5	Move you ever been co a horse ?
6	Howmany apples did you buy?
7	What true does rhe g.«me start?
8	Why are you standing in the rain?
В 2 Why couldn't he sleep? i Whul did he hear?
4 Where dd he go? 5 How did he feel?
6	What was happening?
7	WKj’ was near the housa?
8	What did the animal want?
C 2 Didic? 3 Haven't you? 4 Is he?
S 'Were yuu? 6 Hasn't she?
D Pkmible answers
2 How much do .cost 3 Did you have
4 What time is 5 Dr you speak
6 Have you seen? 7 Where are
8 Why did you
E 2 Whtve does - c 3 Whai ik• b
4 Which of c 5 What do - d
6 What / Which rt-a 7 Whore do-a
8	What age - b
F Possible questions
2	Did she write7
Dd she understand •*
Did she get atari?
3	Hare you got the tickets?
Hme yuu seen the film?
Have you «ver oeen to Monaco?
4	War» t hey in London?
Mrtfre they OK?
Were tnry with you?
5	L3td I му that?
Did we make her angry?
Did I pass?
16 Question tag»
A 2c 3d 4a 5? 6e 7i Bf 9b 10g
H 2 was be. French 3 warm t they. China
4 did she; tennis 5 aren't there; 30
6 shouldn't we; Eight 7 is it; twelve
8 mustn't you right
Answer key 209
С 2 hasn't he 3 didn't we 4 aren't they
D Possible answers
2 You've seen 3 It isn’t 4 You like
5 We're in 6 They can come
7 The lest wasn’t 8 There's
E 2 Neither do I./1 don't either / Me neither
3	so will Mum / Mum will too
4	So did Dad. / Dad did too.
5	neither has Mum / Mum hasn’t either.
6	Neither do I. /1 don't either. / Me neither.
7	So did I. /1 did too.! Me too.
8	So will our friends. / Our fnends will too.
9	So have I. /1 have too. / Me too
10	Neither will I. / I won't either. / Me neither.
Г 2d 3b 4b 5a 6d 7a 8c 9a 10b
lid 12c
G Possible answers
2	I'm not ill. am I? Yes. you are.
3	That’s strange, isn't it? Yes, it is.
4	She’s got a problem, hasn't she? Yes, she has.
5	I haven’t done anything wrong have I?
No. you haven't
6	It’ll be very hot there, won’t It? No. it won’t.
17 Multi-word verbs 1: prepositional verbs
A 2 bus 3 exams 4 job 5 taxi 6 football
7 dad 8 yellow
8 2e 3a 4h 5f 6c 7d 8b
C 2 with 3 at 4 about 5 for 6 for
7 of 8 about 9 of 10 at 11 about
12 of
D 2 dealing with 3 got off
4 looked after 5 know , about
6 suffer from 7 going through
8 looks like 9 was working on / worked on
10 ran into
E 2 What music were you listening to?
3	What are you thinking about7
4	What do you want to talk about?
5	Have you ever spoken to a famous person?
6	Who are you smiling at?
7	What happened to you?
8	Who paid for the meal?
Г 2 Who does this bag belong to?
3	Do you agree with her?
4	Did you come across my passport when you
were tidying my room?
5	I don't know whether to go for the black boots
or the brown ones.
6	That shirt doesn't go with your jacket
7	I'll pay him for the tickets,
8	We talked about films for hours.
18 Multi-woid verbs 2: phrasal verbs
A 2 Stand up 3 Get up 4 hurry up
5	turn... off 6 wash up
8 2c 3b 4f 5a/d 6d/a 7e 8g
C 2 out 3 in 4 down 5 off 6 up 7 on
8 out 9 away 10 down
D Possible answers
2	I'll make it up. 'it' « the story / the answer
3	Can you look it up on the Internet? 'it'« a
word / some information
4	Don't put it on your head' it’ = a bowl / my hat
5	The man told us off. ‘us’ = me and my friend /
me and my mum
6	Can you pick that up. please? ’that' - your coat
/ some rubbish
7	I’m going to take them back, 'them' • the jeans
/ the glasses
8	Can you turn it up? 'it'=the musi c / the TV
E I was in the shop 'Hats and Things'at lunchtime
There was a tall woman in the shop.
She was trying on hats. She picked up a blue one
it
and put v on. I remember thinking it looked good
on her I had tried on some gloves and was just
tkoi
taking v off The woman came over, picked up
tun
some gloves and putv on too. Then she started
looking at some bags. She dropped one on the
it
floor by my feet. I bent down to pick v up and
when I turned round she was just going out And
she was still wearing the clothes! I ran out to stop
tUn
her taking v away, but then I felt someone's hand
on my shoulder. It was the shop owner. I was still
ы
holding the bag! And he started telling v off while
the woman got away!
F 2 Turn it on 3 find it out 4 get them back
5 give it up 6 pick you up 7 throw it away
8 wake me up
19 Verb + to-infinitive or -ing
A ♦ to	♦ ing	e to or ing
arrange	admit	begin
deserve	avoid	continue
fail	deny	deny hate
help	enjoy	love
manage	keep	prefer
promise	miss	regret
refuse	suggest	remember
seem would like		try
8 2 to bring 3 doing 4 to come
5 to cook / cooking 6 working 7 to become
8 having 9 to be/being 10 to go
11 seeing 12 to meet
С 3a 4b 5a 6b 7b 8a 9b 10a Ila 12b
D 2a 3c 4d 5a 6a 7d 8b 9c
10c 11c 12d
E 2 Mick suggests / suggested buying some flowers.
3	Andy won’t manage to finish all the work.
4	Steve would like to have a coffee.
5	Kate refuses / refused to do it.
6	Jo denies / denied stealing the money.
7	Kay arranged to meet at 7 00
8	Maggie’s hair needs washing. / Maggie needs
to wash her hair.
F 2 remember seeing 3 likes to take / taking
4	manage to phone 5 seem to be
6	prefer having I to have
7	would like to apologise 8 arrange to give
9	forget going
10	continue / are continuing to investigate /
investigating
20 Verb ♦ object ♦ to-infinitive
A 2a 3f 4b 5h 6i 7c 8d 9j 10g
8 2 to buy 3 let 4 go 5 pay 6 to sit
7 not to get 8 to run 9 say 10 toplay
C 2c 3< 4b 5b 6a
D 2 ask to answer 3 warn _ to eat
4 let -. go 5 force _ to do
6 advise / tell... to be 7 help... (to) grow
8 see._ choose 9 need... to talk
10	advise / tell... to go
E 2 Charles dean the machines.
3	Nancy visit her mother on Saturday.
4	the workers to have a bath on Sunday.
5	Robert to do his Latin homework.
6	Emily how to use the new machine.
7	Jonas to paint the walls.
8	Lady Grey to come to tea next Friday.
F 2 his heart beat very fast 3 her to come round
4	her drive to the house
5	her take off her coat 6 him not to panic
7	him to sit down and think 8 him start to cry
21 Linking verbs: be, get, fee/, etc.
A 2 keeps 3 look 4 went 5 went 6 taste
7 seems 8 grew 9 is 10 sounds
8 1 sounds terrible 2 seems difficult
3 smell lovely
C 2 get 3 become / get 4 become
5 become/get 6 get 7 become
8 become/get
D 2a 3d 4c 5b 6a 7b 8a 9d
10c lib 12d
E Possible answers
2 I want to become a writer 3 I don’t feel well.
4 It doesn't look fresh. 5 That sounds strange1
6 It's getting warmer. 7 It feels terrible.
8 I look like my mother.
F Possible answers
2	hungry
He hasn't had any breakfast
3	nice
I like her a lot
4	colder
Soon it will be winter.
5	more expensive
Everyone wants more money.
6	scientists
You need to study a lot
R3 Review: questions; multi-word verbs;
verb structures
A 2 How much 3 Who 4 Where
5 What 6 How 7 How often
8 Which 9 Whose 10 Why
В 2 weren't there 3 aren't I 4 shall I
5 aren't they 6 have I 7 will he
8 Isn't it 9 doesn't she 10 will you
11 don't we 12 should he 13 haven t they
14 won't you 15 can he
C 2 have 3 сап I 4 you should 5 I haven't
6 won't 7 did you 8 didn t
9 Neither / Nor do 10 neither 11 should I
12 wasn’t 13 does too 14 would
15 not either
D 2 look this word up / look up this word
3	looking forward to It 4 told them off
5	made that up
6	give chocolate up / give up chocolate
7	turn it down 8 dealing with problems
9	throw ft away
10	coming up with strange ideas
11	turn the light off / turn off the light
12	take ft back
E 2d to 31 for 4b about 5c for 6j to
7a like 8e to 9f with lOh at / about
F 2 trying 3 to send 4 to take 5 breaking
6 not going 7 not to drive 8 to be
9 to take 10 making
11 tidying / to be tidied
G 2b 3c 4d 5a 6b 7b 8d 9c
lOd Ila 12c
22 Articles
A 2 a beautiful country
3	The Amur leopard; the most endangered; in the
world
4	Diwali; in October or November
5	the water
6	the sun; in the UK; in Australia
210
7	an old ас the only car
8	Time
В 2 safe water 3 an hour 4 The Romans
5 Mondays 6 an aunt 7 The government
8 Canada
C 2 Dr Hammond gave me good advice
3	Do you like living in the country?
4	What an untidy house!
5	We are learning about the planets at school.
6	Why does the moon go round the Earth?
7	This car runs on electricity.
8	Put your coat on the bed.
D 2 Yes. I've got them for the film at 3. What time
will / do you get here?
3	At 2.00.1 didn’t have lunch. Are you hungry?
4	Yes, let's eat before the film.
5	OK. Where's the best cafe?
6	Tom's Place on Station Road. Have you got a
map?
7	I've got /1 got one from the Internet See you
there.
E 2 a 3 a 4 The 5 a 6 A/The 7
8-9-10-11 -/the 12 a 13 -
14 - 15 the 16 - 17 - 18 the
19 the 20 the 21 A 22 The 23 -
24 An 25
F 2 That’s the boy with a famous father.
3	He's been working with the young foe ten years.
4 What a terrible journey!
5	She lives in a lovely house by the sea.
6	The potatoes cost £1 a kilo.
7	I’m the tallest in my class
8	He speaks in / has got / has a very quiet voice.
23 Quantifiers 1		
A countable	uncountable	both
chair	advice	danger
computer	information	hair
map	knowledge	wood
mountain	luggage	
nose	money	
piece	news	
street	pasta	
torch	traffic	
8 2 each 3 any 4 All 5 Both 6 Everyone
7 some 8 any 9 either 10 no
C Possible answers
2	Both boots are / Each boot is black
3	Somejumpers are green/yellow.
4	Each / Every chocolate bar is brown.
5	All the apples are / Every apple is red.
6	Every / Each radio is blue.
7	Both maps are / Each map is pink and blue.
8	Some socks are pink / grey.
D Possible answers
2	There are no museums. / There aren’t any /
many museums.
3	Neither will be OK.
4	Don't use any salt. / Use no salt.
5	I went to every shop / some shops.
6	Nobody asked me.
7	All of us an.
8	There were some / many questions.
9	Both her brothers knew,
10	You can’t swim anywhere here. / You can
swim nowhere here.
E 2 a some b no c neither (c The biggest
problem is having no water)
3	a none b any c some(c)
4	a anything b both c all(b)
5	a some b nothing c all(a|
6	a everyday b all day c no (a]
F 2 None 3 some 4 anything 5 both
6 either 7 no 8 Noone 9 any
10 every 11 all
24 Quantifiers 2
A 2 Not many 3 Most 4 a lot of 5 Few
6 Most 7 a few 8 most 9 Few
10 99% 11 Few 12 Most
В 2 many 3 Many 4 too much 5 How many
6 much 7 How much 8 too many/many
C 2 We have been missing you a lot.
3	We were given little information about the war
4	A few of us would like to go to Japan.
5	You're not old enough to understand.
6	There are a couple of good restaurants here.
7	His health has improved a little.
8	I've got a bit of good news.
D 2h 3a 4e 5d 6f 7c 8b
E 2 I don’t remember much of the story.
3	He talks to her a lot
4	I've got too much luggage.
5	How much chocolate do you eat? / Do you eat
much chocolate?
6	Drink a lot of water
7	There’s too much work and there aren’t
enough people to do it. I There aren't enough
people to do the work.
8	We knew a couple of (the| people at the
wedding.
F 2 Many 3 a few 4 a lot of 5 How many
6 much 7 a couple of 8 too much
9 a few 10 plenty of 11 enough
12 a lot
25 Reflexive and reciprocal pronouns
A yourself himself, henelf, itself ourselves,
yourselves, themselves
В 2 himself 3 myself 4 herself
С 3a 4b 5b 6a 7a 8b 9b 10a Ila 12b
D 2 yourself 3 herself 4 itself 5 me
6 each other/one another 7 her
8 myself 9 each other / one another
10 us 11 ourselves
12	each other/one another
£ Possible answers
2	He cut himself.
3	No, they wrote it themselves.
4	No, I did it by myself.
5	Yes. did you make it yourself?
6	It wakes up by itself.
F 2 yourself 3 ourselves 4 themselves
5	each other/one another 6 herself
7	himself 8 him 9 itself 10 himself
11 yourself 12 each other/one another
26 Prepositions of place, movement and
time
A at
6.20
the bus stop
73 Forest Road
Jo’s party
New Year
in
the country
July
the pocket
Poland
the spring
on
my birthday
Sunday evening
the top floor
the wall
the way
В 2h 3e 4f 5a 6d 7b 8g
C 2 at 3 in 4 at the side of 5 al 6 for
7 behind 8 out of 9 to 10 in front of
11 around 12 into 13 on 14 on 15 by
16 in
D 2a 3b. c 4a 5b, c 6b 7c 8c 9a 10b, c
E Possible answers
2 two years 3 half an hour
4 be was 10 years old 5 Friday
6 World War II
7 the ages of five and 10 / 2005 and 2010.
8 New Year / the weekend
F Possible answers
2	on a farm / at the zoo
3	in front of a noun / after the verb be
4	on your birthday
5	in the east
6	on your coat / on a shirt
7	at the theatre/in a film/movie
8	on Tuesdays I on Tuesday afternoon / at ten
o'clock
9	in the sky
10	in a dictionary
27 Verbs with two objects
A sends, build, wish, allow, leave, telling, teaches,
brings, costs
В Possible answers
3	Give the football tojennifer. / Give Jennifer the
football
4	Buy the scarf for Grandad. / Buy Grandad the
scarf
5	Give the hairdryer to Liz. / Give Liz the
hairdryer.
6	Buy the CD for Max. / Buy Max the CD.
7	Give the trainers to Patty. / Give Patty the
trainers.
8	Give Sarah the doll. / Give the doll to Sarah.
C 2 I threw him the keys.
3	Mike showed his photos to me.
4	She sold Fiona a bike.
5	She promised it to me.
6	Send him it
7	They offered us some advice.
8	She teaches Maths to children.
D 3 - 4 for 5 - 6 to 7 - 8 to
9	to 10 -
E 2 charged me 3 sold a computer to
4	promised me her old printer
5	to tell you something
6	explained the problem to me
7	allows me red meat once
8	sister lent me her skirt / lent her skirt to me
9	describe Venice to you
10	She said, 'Be careful!'
F 2c 3a 4a 5b 6a 7c 8c 9d lOd
My Turn!
2 to; telling 3 say to; wish; to me 4 myself; for
5 for; say; my mum 6 you; for me; you
28 Prepositions
Answer key 211
В 2 to 3 for 4 from 5 concerning
6 without 7 in 8 on 9 for 10 against
C 2 by; about 3 on 4 to 5 by 6 on
7 with; in 8 on 9 to
D 2 upto 3 In case of 4 in spite of
5 Far from 6 by means of 7 above average
8 in fact 9 except for 10 in place of
E 2 The players lacked confidence
3	She fell over on purpose.
4	There was a problem with the train. That was
the reason for the delay.
5	My grandmother’s life was very different from
mine.
6	He writes books for adults as well as children.
7	the trains were delayed due to the snow.
8	She's always doing things in a hurry.
9	He is responsible for / has responsibility for
advertising
F Possible answers
2	about
I'm worned about my fnend - he is not very well.
3 in
I’m not interested in History.
4	on
I was keen on stories from the Disney films.
5	of
I’m proud of getting a good mark in my
English test.
6	about
The best thing (about being on holiday) is not
getting up early.
7	on
I prefer to study on my own.
8	on
The last thing I watched (on TV) was the news.
R4 Review: articles; quantifiers;
pronouns; prepositions
A 2 tlie 3 a 4 the 5 the 6 an 7 a
8	the 9 the
В 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 the 7 the
8 the 9 - 10 - 11 a 12 the 13 the
14 a
C 2 every 3 little 4 some 5 many
6 some 7 too 8 no 9 few 10 most
11 anyone 12 a lot of 13 either
14 None 15 both
D 2 it by myself 3 will turn Itself
4 sent one another 5 paid for us
6 each other laugh 7 answer by themselves
8 blames herself for 9 borrow one another’s
10 children behaved themselves
E 2 a and b ($) 3 b and c (D) 4 a and c (D)
5 bandc(S) 6 bandc(S) 7 bandc|D)
8 a ardc(S| 9 aandc(O) 10 aandc(S)
11 aandc(D) 12 aandc(D) 13 bandc(S)
F 3 He’s always telling us stories / stories to us.
4	Could you pass me the water / the water to
me please?
5	These shoes only cost me 15 euros.
6	She just speaks Hindi to her mum.
7	Can you say that to me more slowly please?
8	Who gave it to you?
9	It was John who suggested the idea to me.
10	I need to buy my sister a present / a present
for my sister for her birthday.
11	I want to explain something to you.
12	She’d like you to teach that song you were
singing to her.
G 2 as 3 for 4 into 5 into 6 on 7 as
8 for 9 of 10 over / round / around
11 in 12 about/on 13 from 14 to
15 at 16 In 17 on
212
29 Adjectives
A 2 It’s quite difficult to leant.
3	I’m keen to try it.
4	The boots have four smalt plastic wheels in a
line.
5	It’s absolutely brilliant!
6	Old people usually do this sport.
7	You need to wear knee pads and a helmet.
8	Increasing numbers of teenagers are taking up
this sport.
9	It’s a bit frightening.
8 2g racing driver 3d windsurfing
4f table tennis 5c snowboard
6e swimming pool 7h rock climbing
8a goalkeeper
C 2 confused 3 depressing 4 shocking
5 frightened 6 boring 7 amazed
8 surprising 9 pleased
D 2 The woman was alone in the building.
3	They have three lovely happy children.
4	It’s a small square blue plastic thing
5	It was quite a tiring meeting.
6	I would like some new black leather football
boots.
7	He’s bought a red Italian car.
8	They’re having quite a worrying time.
E 2 You were wrong to say that.
3	There were no buses - it wasn't possible to get
home
4	Children are usually quick to learn.
5	He’s afraid to go out alone at night
6	Sony to interrupt - but have you seen Mr I ее?
7	I was anxious to get home in time
8	That was the right thing to do
F Possible answers
2	We were absolutely freezing!
3	It was very hoL
4	She was absolutely exhausted!
5	It was absolutely awful!
6	It’s very big.
7	The burgers are very tasty he re.
8	It was absolutely impossible!
30 Comparatives
A 2c 3f 4e 5g 6a 7h 8d
В 2 A mile is further than a kilometre
3	Sky blue is paler than navy blue.
4	A dolphin is cleverer than a snake.
5	Gold is more valuable than silver.
6	Yoga is more relaxing than football.
7	Wind energy is cleaner than nuclear energy.
8	A billionaire is richer than a millionaire.
C 2 as 3 as 4 like 5 far 6 as
7	to 8 than
D 2 as far away as possible
3	as early as possible
4	as comfortable as possible
5	as soon as possible
6	as often as possible
7	as clearly as possible
8	as little as possible
E 2 more easily / faster 3 more carefully
4 more confident 5 harder 6 more aware
7 faster/more easily 8 as logical as
9 less / more interested 10 further
F Possible answers
2 more polite 3 further / longer
4 better than 5 worse / worse and worse
6 more common 7 more quickly
8 higher / higher and higher
31 Superlatives
A 2 the healthiest 3 the most beautiful
4 (the] strongest 5 the worst 6 (the] latest
7 the most exciting 8 Most
В Famous city Cambridge
2 smallest 3 most expensive 4 best
5 furthest 6 most difficult 7 driest
8 highest 9 least
C 2 The most interesting place for tourists is
Clarkesville Park.
3	The most famous person is the writer, Art Jones
4	The best way to get around is the bus.
5	The nicest thing to do is walking by the river.
6	The coolest place to go is Route 66 disco.
D 2 The boxer is the shortest / smallest.
3	The hat is the most expensive / costs the most.
4	The tie Is the cheapest / costs the least.
5	Melbourne is the hottest.
6	Moscow is the coldest.
E 2 The most unusual 3 largest 4 The deepest
5	the easiest 6 the furthest / farthest
7	the rarest 8 the most dangerous
9	the tastiest 10 the best
F Possible answers
2	Water: it's the healthiest drink.
3	Maths: it’s the most useful.
4	Autumn: it’s the most colourful.
5	Chess: it’s the most intelligent
6	Fish: they are the qu ietesl.
32 Adverbs and adverb phrases
A 2f 3h 4b 5g 6a 7e 8c
В 2 Hi! I was just talking about you!
3	He's only leading the competition by one point.
/ He’s leading the competition by only one
point.
4	The TV series is very popular mostly with
teenagers. I The TV series is mostly very popular
with teenagers.
5	Mandy mainly works at the weekends. / Mandy
works mainly at the weekends.
6	You can either come to a class on Wednesday
evening or on Friday morning. / You can come
to a class either on Wednesday evening or on
Friday morning.
7	It's very busy at the weekends, so she has to
work hard.
C 2 I asked to see a doctor quickly/Quickly I asked
to see a doctor.
3	He sometimes doesn't wake up until 10.00 /
Sometimes he doesn’t wake up until 10,00 / He
doesn’t wake up until 10.00 sometimes.
4	We should never have gone. / We never should
have gone
5	He began crying quietly. / He quietly began
crying. / Quietly he began crying.
6	I have always wanted to see L.A.
7	I would not normally have done that. / Normally
I would not have done that. /1 would not have
done that normally.
8	It will soon be dark. / Soon it will be dark. / Il
will be dark soon.
D 2 Poppy smiled at me in a friendly way.
3	She runs very fast.
4	I eventually passed my driving test. / Eventually
I passed my driving test. /1 passed my driving
test eventually.
5	He is hardly ever late.
6	I play chess quite well
7	She was not well enough to leave hospital.
E Possible answers
2	in Dubai on holiday.
3	badly in the summer.
4	there immediately.
5	carefully in the corner of the page.
6	quietly at the back.
F 2 Jeffrey Bteim ha* always enjoyed diving. Now
heworks|"n Florida)« a golf bail dr.rr (in
Florid^ I to one day /оПел^ he < after*) collects
5,000 balk from lakes on golf courses |in ore
da>| {Weekly, That » 35.000 balk iwwklyl
5 Elen 5irat л a fool model She wears й lot of
make up. tail [only) on her f«q [only). |Every
r»ght| before th» goes lu seep |every night|.
Ellen pens lots of cream on her feet Every
night the sleeps **th her fee’, in plastic hags
rd ne*«r wears hgh hreb
4 When she was three. Francie B»fgH started
playing with LEGO bncks and she has never
slopped. When sfc₽ left college, she toon gut a
yob as a model make* with LKjO (Today she
can b_ d irxxlels with as nwny bocks as she
wants ItodayJ
33 The passive I
A 2 Itrrented 3 «scaled 4 hive known
5 was bring collected 6 shoUd be thrown awuy
7 do you make H was nut -rHucd
В 2 <D may be requested.
3	Tickets must be shown at toe door.
4	If ynu leave a bag In the station, it will be
taken away and may be destroyed
5	Credit cards are not aaepted
6	Ркам* Cto rot nuks-too much roiw» nr yocwill
be asked to bare
7	Hird hats must be worn.
8	1П should be carrwd at all limes.
C 2 can be duped 3 could not have been built
4 have only heen produced 5 was discovered
6 is found 7 is taken H is heated
9 was first produced 10 are needed
11 is reused 12 CM be recycled
D 2 The rued *$ being repa red
3	The floor is being cleaned
4	The film is bring shown today.
5	The-mirp arebe-r^
6	Sh? is being taken tn taispital
E 2 here closed / have been dosed
3	is being blamed >' has boon blamed
4	am wasting/have b«en wasting
5	hive been put forward ,r arc bmrfi put forwarc
6 could be asked 7 was arrested
й WM trying 9 к.. be ng Questioned
10 got 11 wailtom 12 I1,was) brought up
13 made
PossMe headlines
DRIVERS WASTING PETROL
MAN ARRESTLD IN CITY CENTRE
MAX IOBIN M ARRj ED IN SECRET
F 1 Die film was directed by Irvin Kershner.
2	Tta firM six 5fur Wars films w»?e Median by/
w«fe bused or a story by George Lucas
3	I ute Skywalker is played by Mark Hamill /
Mark Hamill stars as Luke Skywalker.
4	It wnnthe Oscar™ for bet sound
5	If was filmed *n Norway and th» Elsiree
Studios inlonfon
6	The film was followed by Return of ihejeef.
34 The passive Z
A 2 lobe left cut 3 will be sold
4 u? be interviewed 5 was used
6 was bought 7 to fc* heard
8 (О be forgiven 4 to be put
8 2 have,' get my teeth checked Jbya dentist)
every $n months
3	like to be remembered
4	is thought to tie extremely pouinous
5	a parcel left for rm
fi 10betaid th*result*
7 needs tn tie fixed
8	being taken for a walk
9	tj expected to be the best ever
10	beng told I would fail
C 2 An appointment will be oflered to you as мюп
as possible
3	I wasn’t left my food
4	Neal was offered the last plate in the team
5	Tht room was shown to her as soon as she
i’rived
6	The sd i?ul was bought new computer).
7	I was lent the cac for a week
8	A seat in the buck row was found for me
D Possible answers
2	He prefers to be; get mnytred in fi Wn wort
3	He doesn't lik* being left on hrs own
4	He hates being photographed
S He hopes Io be remembered lor ptaymg
Hamlet.
6	Me |x..njc surrounded by friends.
7	He wants to be taken senously.
8	He hates being told what to do
F Possible answers
2	m*ds cleaning / to be cleaned
3	needs feedingneeds to be fed
4	needs cutting ,r needs tn be cut
5	need checking,1 need io be checked
6	needs changing/needs Labe changed
7	needs doing/ needs to b₽ done
8	need washing/need IO be washed
F Rosvble answers
2	He shaving/getting his temperature taken
3	He's having / getting his truck panted.
4	She's hffwing / gwtbog her teeth chocked.
5	He's has-ng / getting his coat cleaned.
6	She's having / getting a jacket made.
3S Zaire», firel and second conditionals
A 3a 4b 5a 6b 7b 8a 9b 10a 11b 12a
В 2 would 3 am 4 Will 5 «new 6 doesn't
7 wosXdbr 8 breaks 9 unless 10 if
C Posable answers
2	we ll hare а ркшс
3	If I’m with iny friend Sam
4	I'd buy her a present
5	If we w*i the fooituil match
6	I would still tie *i bed!
7	You won) pass the Geography test
Я my dad knows
□ 3 If I fell frightened. I'd go to my parents'room.
4	Ifthtir room was empty I'd call their mnbles
S fl their mobiles were switched off, I'd |>e wwrred
6	If I sat down on the bed. Fd Think what to do
next.
7	If I dosed my eyes. I'd fall asleep
8	If I heard my alarm dock, rd wake up
E 2a 3< 4b 5d 6c 7b 8< 9a lOd
Г Possible answers
2	I'll lend you the money f you give 4 back to
me tomorrow
3	You wuuldn t believe me f I tc4d you
4	111 phone if i get lost
5	I might go tu Greece 4 I can save enough money
6	I getarwy if my sisaer borrows my cloches.
3$ Third conditional, I with, if only
A 2 IMe 3 bad 4 didn't take; ditto t get
5 faraway 6 can't 7 didn't drive; was
8 gave 9 helped; didn't lake
8 2 wcwld have called |*d have cafled|
3 had listamd |'d listened) 4 had eaten (deafen)
5 would hare seen fd have seen|
6 had been I'd beer ,' 7 had lost fd lost)
8 wculd nave gone f'd have gone|
C 2 I wish Г if only i had enough menty/1 could
afford
3 I wish , were
4 I rwih/lf oWy . were going
D 2 we had fd) l*ft curlier
3	I had ( d) head the pbcm. I wvuki |'d} have
spoken to her
4	they could rome tonight
5	would hare been finished if they had fd| had
«rough time
6	I was sitting nearer the front
7	had ( d) gone to Australia «и her -r ends, she
would fj| have had a good I >me
8	I hadn't sent chat email
F PussiWc answers
1	। wnh i hadnl written short stones for
irugaames.
2	I wish I had n« giM married
3	I wish I had not bnrrene famous soquukly
4	I wsh I had made /earned more money
5	I wsh my wife had not brrome 41
6	i wish my books had been more successful
F Pbss»ble answers
2	If I'd found the first shop. I wouhln't hare got a
phone for half the price
3	If I hadn't gne stuck in the ice,1 woUOki lhive
met m> hu^und.
4	I wouldn’t have gone to college if I hadn't
travelled for aywr.
5	If my bass hadn't told mn io leere, I wouldn't
have started my own busmen
Ь We wouldn't have HXjvcd to the country if my
parents had had enough mewey
7 If I had passed my Maths warn the first txne, t
svoultAs t have found out I really liked .Mdths.
37 Variations on conditional*
A 24 3c 4o 5a 6c
8 2 is working 3 was 4 yxtuld
5 wntiM 6 hadn't own 7 Should 8 then
C 2 Mum gets nervous if Chid is drrring.
3	Ifyou ara sUyirxin Lnrdnn. let's meet.
4	Natality laughed If I told в jbke.
5	• I we don't gjo now, rt m>ght lx too late
6	If Clare issuing lathe party, sne needs a nice
dress
D 2 take 3 Mad 4 happen
5 c not linn’ll flyir^S *» wasn't / weren't
7 read 8 have fre) firvshed
E 2 С4П1 3 would 4 wasn't $ could
6 are 7 Should 8 Ware 9 happen
10 then
F Pnsslhta answers
2	Ns father can find a better |of>
3	you know of children in the same situat Ion
4	he Is not able to sludy
5	№ wnuldh т need children to work
6	she ws«l work anywhere
RS Review: comparatives and
«upnrlAthres; th» рамгге; conditionals
A 2 happier 3 »as»4r 4 the пежем
5 earlier b tin» biggest 7 тси« corrptaated
8 healthier 9 carefully 10 mure expensive
11 the most famous 12 thewctUM
В 2b 3d 4c Sa 66 Л &i 9d 10b
C 2 hale having j gelling my haircut
3	w»re you asked in th₽ mam?
4	is being shown lire cn TV.
5	wasn't allowed to lear.e
6	are being treated in hospital
7	were bemg Questioned I by police)
Answer key 213
8	had been broken with a stone.
9	was given to the journalists (by the woman).
10	should have been reported before.
D 2 is said 3 been offered 4 is thought
5	be agreed 6 is expected 7 was told
8	be changed 9 is reported
10 being followed 11 be left
12 will be announced
E 2b 3b 4b 5a 6b 7a 8b 9a 10b
F 2 get 3 could 4 happen 5 wouldn't
6 wouldn't have learned 7 as long as
8 Supposing 9 had asked 10 wouldn't
38 Indirect statements
A 2 wanted 3 lived 4 were driving 5 are
6 had seen 7 had been working 8 died
9 couldn't 10 would
В 2 Dave isn't speaking to me
3	... we've had I had a big argument.
4	You need to see Dave again.
5	Dave has been feeling terrible since your
argument.
6	I tried to call Dave yesterday.
7	... he just put the phone down.
8	Dave isn't my friend any more.
9	I can’t understand it.
10	Write Dave an email tomorrow.
C 2 (that) she was flying.
3	(that) he was a genius.
4	(that) he had toothache.
5	(that) he had been there.
6	(that) she could do it
D 2 said (that) she was reading
3	thought Liz had asked him
4	I will (’ll) leave tomorrow
5	strange (that) nobody knew
6	(that) nobody likes me
7	said (that) I had to
8	did it a month ago
E 2 was 3 was hiding/had hidden
4 could get 5 beat / had beaten
6 had invented 7 would make
8 might change 9 was playing
10 heard / had heard
F Possible answers
2	that was too much money.
3	that there will be lots more cars near my house.
4	there might be
5	that the acting was bad.
6	that I wanted a pet tiger.
39 Indirect questions
A 2f 3g 4b 5c 6h 7a 8e
В 2 I wonder when Jacks birthday is.
3	Liz doesn't care what I say.
4	Nobody knows if Simon passed his exam.
5	She told me where it happened
6	The doctor asked whether I was all right.
7	Charles is thinking what to do.
8	There is the problem of where we get the
money.
C Possible answers
2	when her birthday was.
3	why she hadn't come to school
4	ifhe was coming to the party.
5	who gave her the flowers.
6	if you are going to buy a new computer7
D 2b 3c 4c 5a 6c 7a 8b 9c 10b
E Possible answers
2	They are wondering where they are
3	She can't understand why her daughter did it.
4	He’s asking what is in the bag
5	He's not sure if it's warm enough.
6	She's asking how it happened
214
F Possible answers
2	Jill wondered why his phone was switched oft
3	Jill asked Tom if he had seen Jack.
4	Jill wanted to snow where Jack had been.
5	Jill didn't know what the noise was.
6	Jill wondered if Jack had heard it.
7	Jill didn't understand what was happening.
8	Jill wondered what the spacesuits were for.
9	Jack asked Jill if she would put on the
spacesuit.
10	Jack wanted to know if Jill was happy.
G Possible answers
2	I wonder if Serena Williams likes her sister.
3	I want to know if he wrote all the plays himself.
4	My question is why he became an explorer.
5	Id ask what her next film will be about.
6	I wonder how she knows she is the cleverest
person in the world.
40 Defining relative clauses
A 2 in which/when 3 which 4 to whom
5 who has / with 6 when 7 that / why
8 what
В 2b 3f 4h 5d 6e 7a 8c
C 2 wiw/that 3 (which/that) 4 which/that
5 who/that 6 (who/that) 7 who/that
8 (who / which / that)
D 2 something that I'm proud of
3	understand the joke they were laughing at
4	the book which the him is based on
5	found the books which you were looking for
6	which they came across were very old
7	the song you were listening to yesterday
8	she was married to has died
L 2 This is the film (which/that) the Coen brothers
are most famous for. / This is the film for which
the Coen brothers are most famous, (formal)
3	That's the guy whose son you go to school with.
4	The people whose names I read out should
come to the front of the class.
5	You’ll never guess who I've just been talking to.
6	Why don't we visit that museum whose
website you were looking at?
7	I here are some shoes in this shop (which /
that) I'd really like.
8	Suddenly Dawn saw the man (who) she had
bought the car from. / Suddenly Dawn saw
the man from whom she had bought the car.
(formal)
F Possible answers
2	A chatroom is a place on a website where you
can send a message and receive an immediate
reply from other users.
3	A cybercafe is a shop or a cafe where you can
use the Internet.
4	An email is a message (which / that) you send
on the Internet.
5	Alaptop or a notebook is a small computer
(which / that) you can carry with you.
6	A screen i s the part of the computer (which /
that) you look at.
7	Bill Gates is one of the businessmen who
started Microsoft.
41 Non-defining relative clauses
A 2 whose 3 which 4 whom 5 which
6 who 7 where 8 when
В 2 where 3 when 4 which 5 where
6 whose 7 which 8 who
C 2 which about 3 whose... into 4 of which
5 which ...for 6 who ...about
7 whose... after 8 of whom
D 2 there are 132 rooms and 35 bathrooms m the
White House, where the President of the United
States lives.
3	Vincent Van Gogh, whose most famous
work is probably Sunflowers. was born in the
Netherlands in 1853
4	Landing on the planet Mars, which scientists had
always dreamed of. was finally achieved in 1976.
5	The Sydney Opera House, whose roof looks like
the sails of many boats, was designed by Danish
architect, Jom Utzon.
6	Che Guevara, who died in 1967, fought in the
Cuban Revolution.
7	The idea of using sound waves, which we now
know as ultrasound, to find illness was put
forward in the middle of the 20th century.
8	The Russian winter, when temperatures typically
drop to -25°C, lasts from late October to April.
E It is a true story, which the beginning of lire film
Good Wit Hunting is based on.
The story is about a young maths student,
George Dantzig, who studied at the University of
California, Berkeley, in the USA.
One day Dantzig arrived late for a class and copied
down two maths problems from the board, which
he thought were for homework.
The problems, both of which Dantzig found
difficult, took him longer than usual to solve.
A few weeks later, when Dantzig had forgotten
all about the homework, he was woken early by
someone at the front door.
He opened the door to find his teacher, who was
very excited, with the homework in his hand.
Dantzig. whose father was a mathematician,
believed this was an example of positive thinking.
F Possible answers
2	whose name was Alfred
3	who was also going to the town
4	who was in a hurry
5	which made him angry
6	who was getting tired
7	which were now empty
8	where he could stay
9	who had arrived earlier
42 Word formation 1
A 3a 4b 5a 6b 7b 8a 9a 10b
В 2 re 3 у 4 pre 5 en 6 under 7 pro
8 ise/ize 9 like 10 able
C Across
4 strengthen
5 terrify
7 professional
9 disappointed
10 substandard
11 reinvent
12 international
Down
1 misunderstood
3 worthless
6 musical
8 overslept
D 2 modernise/modernize 3 accidental
4 overheat 5 retake 6 hopeless
7 preview 8 Finnish
E 2 illogical 3 demonstrate 4 mispronounce
5 ineffective 6 reform 7 criticise / ize
8 unworkable 9 reorganise / ize
10 successful 11 pro-spelling 12 simplify
13 unpronounceable 14 predictable
15 chaotic 16 revolutionise / ize
F 2 selfing by telephone 3 to join together
4 a colour similar to blue 5 to get off a plane
6 not suitable for people to read / hear
43 Word formation 2
A

М1Г
fOfTlfcn
СОПИТ
Ay
tftnllir
tnx»t
imporwre
rest
popdar
<tnrr
Ay
vis»*
gr.llllllt*
ground
л*ы
tonhdencc
help
i’npCfUn^
fund
I* Ip
PU>
rest
l/ия
fui
count
W
steward
•W
atkM
Hy
/ntflt
В 2 reproductionco-product ion
3 distrust / пъягиЯ 4 SMldcbcl*
5 aMnbloprriph-y Б m<rodh<i
7 попшчДег 8 underwear 9 waiter
10 neighbourhood 11 assistant/assistance
12 patanst 13 hardship 14 spoonful
15 weakness 16 millionairess
C Романе answers
2 formation, reform, deformity, formality
3	mini market. imrketer, supermarket
4	manage». m manager, management, seff-
manaeerrent
5	replay. auto play, piayrr. ro-p layer
6	ruler, ex ruler, self-nde
D 2 understanding someth-of wrongly
3	a small part of one second
4	a word with one syllable
5	the study of society
6	a Doji which goes under the sea
7	a ♦tsnulr tiger
8	somebody iAj applies for sonelhng
E 2 compebticn 3 presentation
4 ec-president S retirement 6 **n»«
7 ebcoc 8	9 d<ugyeemeni
10 confident* 11 commitiraMit
12 originality 13 mega star
14 imagirutton 15 usefdbns
F 2 rwiruKope 3 muntipdr 4 su&way
5 «happiness 6 icmcoloc
7 atroufftdril or auditor 8 tcmpctitran
44 II and there
A 2g ЭС 4h So Бс 7a 8e
fi 2b 1? or с 4a 5< 6a or c
7 bore 8a
C 2 It 3 There 4 И S There 6 »t
7 It 8 there
D 2 r*c<hir< 3 ck-Jf 4 point S important
6 matter 7 doubt 8 impossible
F 2 H'swcwy 4 Theresa feu
5 It's hull рая thrre 6 It’S 14 November
7 There s one customer
8 There are tots of docks. 9 It's» hot day
10 It's 40*-’С И There's nobody in the cafe.
12 Tkere are a lot of empty tables
F 2 There 11 no ncec for you to know.
3	h'stimeyuulaft
4	It's no good talking to Nrn
5	It tool me three hours to finish it.
fi There are said to Ы*  Ц в said (that| mere are
50Q DOO words in the English laog^aip*.
7	there's no way Cm gong on my own.
8	There’scan be no itoubl about the winner /
There'scan be no doubt who th* winner is
9	I ссмИпЧ believe it when they walked in tha
room.
45 Linking words 1
A 2c 3e 4b 5h 6f 7g 8a
8 2 Let s haw lunch before we go /
Before we go, let's haw lunch
3	We had a surprise wf*n we arrived f
V/hen wo arrived we had a sopns*
4	They watched a fikn and hart Aoner
afterwards.They watched a Alm and
afterwards had dhvter. They had duw* and
watched a film a<1 awards / They had dwne»
and afterwards watchwl a film
5	It was midnight bylhet'me we got nnm*./
By the time we got home, it was mldf.ght.
6	Once yuu've finished eating, we car start/
We con start one* you've finished eating.
7	He noticed snmrsh-ig strange as he was
grttng dressed / As he was getting dressed,
he noticed someth ng strange
8	Neat add the boding water. / Add the boiling
waler next
C Possible answers
2	I've seen the film
3	we thhchi not get the chance again
4	I think M's too dangerous
5	his brother is quite shy
6	the hcMses in the centre are very old
7	|ii was) sunrry
8	H was nterpsting
О 2 also 3 after 4 As 5 in split* of
6 meanwhile 7 What s more 8 before
E 2 howe.er 3 Ecpaally / likewise 4 Then
5 Although fi furthermore 7 Lastly
8 Despite <* in spite of
F 2 He sne finished the race despite an ryury.
3	5he was singing while sin* wjs packing het
bags
4	I'll stay here until - I leave at| ВХЮ.
S	She cleans dunng the ww4< She helps *i the
cafo at weekends, too
6	। went Inside as хюл as it started raining.
7	She was nst crreasonaole On the contrary, sne
listened carefully to esvrythmg
8	The team played w>|h ten men, yet they
managed to win easty.
4Б Linking words 2
A 2 As 3 because 4 Now 5 so that
6 because of 7 Because 8 w 9 fo»
10 Therefore 11 if 12 incase
В 3b 4a 5a 6b 7a 8b 9b 10a
C 2 m ca-w it Mme 3 in order to save*
4 Seeing |that|il\ Friday 5 ideal for running
6	because of bad drmr^
7	Now |0ut| Sally's exams 8 4O|lhal| they
D POtsibla answers
2	Ojn'1 spvak to Nicky because she ts angry
3	As it's your birthday, you can go home early.
4	Uu bougrii some fruit so she coutd mate a
cake
5	Now that the lnter*wl is work ig. check your
email
fi I uke Is trs mng hard In mdvr *.o get on the
tthcol team.
7	Since Leona didn't know Spanish, she ddnl
undwyiand.
8	lt*s a lovely day for ha.mg a picnic.
E 2 inorder 3 so|that>i'rnoni*» that
4	for 5 so (that) Ь so
7	because ,i* «s / since 8 so |thal)
9	So/Therefore. 10 because
F Possabln answers
2	for being late
3	Since everyone is here
4	in case she loses her job
5	because he had chocolate on his sh«n
6	SO we need tn get her a present
G Possible answers
2	he had fot up early 3 we had a pvenk
4	it tweaks 5 he was late
6	the exams ar» uw*
7	mnrr people would shop tii»»»
R6 Review? mdisoct aptrech; relative
dauaoo; word formation; it and there;
Unking words
A 2 pram std to be t thit she would Im* as open aid
honest ю she could.
3	knew what her readers were >' are mtnreMed in.
4	asked m» ehai I (huu^il about her l»$t bock J
ask«d me for my оряпюп about her last оэск
5	admitted that some rMders hadn’t liked /
didn t like the ending uf her last booh.
6	thought tt was her best book so far
7	said |thR| she had tried to Introduce more
humeur into het new book
8	told me |that| she had been reading abuulbfds
in preparation for another writing project.
9	advised young writers Ae me tn/that we
shook! read as much ts possible.
В 2 wtut she should do 3 doesn't know how to
4 whether or rnt 5 what he was 6 she was
7 how we can 8 whore my keys arc
9 whether 1CI how lean
C 2 There ar* two people at th© door who/that
warn to speak to rou
3	That's the hou&e where,' in wh <h my did was
born! / That's the house which my dad was
born ini
4	Minin Amrs is a fanxxiS writer whose father
was a writer too
5	Look at that boy MELcXiUt Emily's silting
next to
6	If was a great day whi<hthat I'll never
forget.
7	I have two good frerds who/that always
come when I nrid Mp
8	My cousin goes lo a school whore they have
hardly any nutex / My cousin goes to a school
In whkh there ar* kudly any rules.
9	Tbrs song is abixit e woman whose life was
very hard
10	This photo is of an old lr<erd who i that I
used to Ay tmvirs with.
D 2 spieciaiiy/»sp«iidly 3 fashionable
•I popularity 5 incomfortatle 6 famous
7 traditional 8 knowledge 9 bclinvahle
10 criticism 11 itrugmation 12 Atfid
E 2 There; it 3 There.It; there 4 It; There
5 There; It 6 It; There 7 There: Il
fi There: И 9 It; There 10 h. there
F 2 Although 3 as 4 So 5 (Moreover
6 before 7 Firstly 8 Ш addition
9 Next 10 so 11 above all 12 Lastly
13 so 14 <n order to
Answer key 215